Document:

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

_________________________

Plan

FIDELITY BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT NO. 12

 

 

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

	                                    Plan

	Preamble.	 1  
	 	 
	
Article 1. Adoption Agreement 
        	
1 
        
	 	 
	
Article 2. Definitions 
        	
1 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
2.01. Definitions 	
1 
        
	 	
2.02. Pronouns 
        	
9 
        
	 	
2.03. Special Effective Dates 
        	
9 
        

	 	 
	 Article 3. Service	 10  

	 	 	 
	 	
3.01. Crediting of Eligibility Service 
        	
10 
        
	 	
3.02. Re-Crediting of Eligibility Service Following Termination of Employment 
        	
10 
        
	 	
3.03. Crediting of Vesting Service 
        	
10 
        
	 	
3.04. Application of Vesting Service to a Participant’s Account Following a Break in Vesting Service 
        	
10 
        
	 	
3.05. Service with Predecessor Employer 
        	
11 
        
	 	
3.06. Change in Service Crediting 
        	
11 
        

	 	 
	Article 4. Participation 	 11  

	 	 	 
	 	
4.01. Date of Participation 
        	
11 
        
	 	
4.02. Transfers Out of Covered Employment 
        	
11 
        
	 	
4.03. Transfers Into Covered Employment 
        	
11 
        
	 	
4.04. Resumption of Participation Following Reemployment 
        	
12 
        

	 	 
	Article 5. Contributions 	 12  

	 	 	 
	 	
5.01. Contributions Subject to Limitations 
        	
12 
        
	 	
5.02. Compensation Taken into Account in Determining Contributions 
        	
12 
        
	 	
5.03. Deferral Contributions 
        	
12 
        
	 	
5.04. Employee Contributions 
        	
13 
        
	 	
5.05. No Deductible Employee Contributions 
        	
13 
        
	 	
5.06. Rollover Contributions 
        	
13 
        
	 	
5.07. Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions 
        	
14 
        
	 	
5.08. Matching Employer Contributions 
        	
15 
        
	 	
5.09. Qualified Matching Employer Contributions 
        	
15 
        
	 	
5.10. Nonelective Employer Contributions 
        	
15 
        
	 	
5.11. Vested Interest in Contributions 
        	
16 
        
	 	
5.12. Time for Making Contributions 
        	
17 
        
	 	
5.13. Return of Employer Contributions 
        	
17 
        

	 	 
	
Article 6. Limitations on Contributions 
        	
17 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
6.01. Special Definitions 
        	
17 
        
	 	
6.02. Code Section 402(g) Limit on Deferral Contributions 
        	
23 
        
	 	
6.03. Additional Limit on Deferral Contributions (“ADP” Test) 
        	
23 
        
	 	
6.04. Allocation and Distribution of “Excess Contributions” 
        	
24 
        
	 	
6.05. Reductions in Deferral Contributions to Meet Code Requirements 
        	
25 
        
	 	
6.06. Limit on Matching Employer Contributions and Employee Contributions (“ACP” Test) 
        	
25 
        
	 	
6.07. Allocation, Distribution, and Forfeiture of “Excess Aggregate Contributions” 
        	
25 
        
	 	
6.08. Aggregate Limit on “Contribution Percentage Amounts” and “Includable Contributions” 
        	
26 
        
	 	
6.09. Income or Loss on Distributable Contributions 
        	
26 
        

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

i

	 	
6.10. Deemed Satisfaction of 
“ADP” Test 
        	
27 
        
	 	
6.11. Deemed Satisfaction of 
“ACP” Test With Respect to Matching Employer Contributions 
        	
27 
        
	 	
6.12. Code Section 415 Limitations 
        	
28 
        

	 	 
	
Article 7. Participants’ Accounts 
        	
30 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
7.01. Individual Accounts 
        	
30 
        
	 	
7.02. Valuation of Accounts 
        	
31 
        

	 	 
	
Article 8. Investment of Contributions 
        	
31 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
8.01. Manner of Investment 
        	
31 
        
	 	
8.02. Investment Decisions 
        	
31 
        
	 	
8.03. Participant Directions to Trustee 
        	
32 
        

	 	 
	 Article 9. Participant Loans 	 32  

	 	 	 
	 	
9.01. Special Definitions 
        	
32 
        
	 	
9.02. Participant Loans 
        	
32 
        
	 	
9.03. Separate Loan Procedures 
        	
32 
        
	 	
9.04. Availability of Loans 
        	
32 
        
	 	
9.05. Limitation on Loan Amount 
        	
32 
        
	 	
9.06. Interest Rate 
        	
33 
        
	 	
9.07. Level Amortization 
        	
33 
        
	 	
9.08. Security 
        	
33 
        
	 	
9.09. Transfer and Distribution of Loan Amounts from Permissible Investments 
        	
33 
        
	 	
9.10. Default 
        	
33 
        
	 	
9.11. Effect of Termination Where Participant has Outstanding Loan Balance 
        	
33 
        
	 	
9.12. Deemed Distributions Under Code Section 72(p) 
        	
34 
        
	 	
9.13. Determination of Account Value Upon Distribution Where Plan Loan is Outstanding 
        	
34 
        

	 	 
	
Article 10. In-Service Withdrawals 
        	
34 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
10.01. Availability of In-Service Withdrawals 
        	
34 
        
	 	
10.02. Withdrawal of Employee Contributions 
        	
34 
        
	 	
10.03. Withdrawal of Rollover Contributions 
        	
35 
        
	 	
10.04. Age 591⁄2 Withdrawals 
        	
35 
        
	 	
10.05. Hardship Withdrawals 
        	
35 
        
	 	
10.06. Preservation of Prior Plan In-Service Withdrawal Rules 
        	
36 
        
	 	
10.07. Restrictions on In-Service Withdrawals 
        	
37 
        
	 	
10.08. Distribution of Withdrawal Amounts 
        	
37 
        

	 	 
	
Article 11. Right to Benefits 
        	
37 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
11.01. Normal or Early Retirement 
        	
37 
        
	 	
11.02. Late Retirement 
        	
37 
        
	 	
11.03. Disability Retirement 
        	
37 
        
	 	
11.04. Death 
        	
37 
        
	 	
11.05. Other Termination of Employment 
        	
38 
        
	 	
11.06. Application for Distribution 
        	
38 
        
	 	
11.07. Application of Vesting Schedule Following Partial Distribution 
        	
38 
        
	 	
11.08. Forfeitures 
        	
38 
        
	 	
11.09. Application of Forfeitures 
        	
39 
        
	 	
11.10. Reinstatement of Forfeitures 
        	
39 
        
	 	
11.11. Adjustment for Investment Experience 
        	
39 
        

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

ii

	
Article 12. Distributions 
        	
39 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
12.01. Restrictions on Distributions 
        	
39 
        
	 	
12.02. Timing of Distribution Following Retirement or Termination of Employment 
        	
40 
        
	 	
12.03. Participant Consent to Distribution 
        	
40 
        
	 	
12.04. Required Commencement of Distribution to Participants 
        	
40 
        
	 	
12.05. Required Commencement of Distribution to Beneficiaries 
        	
41 
        
	 	
12.06. Whereabouts of Participants and Beneficiaries 
        	
41 
        

	 	 
	
Article 13. Form of Distribution 
        	
42 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
13.01. Normal Form of Distribution Under Profit Sharing Plan 
        	
42 
        
	 	
13.02. Cash Out Of Small Accounts 
        	
42 
        
	 	
13.03. Minimum Distributions 
        	
43 
        
	 	
13.04. Direct Rollovers 
        	
43 
        
	 	
13.05. Notice Regarding Timing and Form of Distribution 
        	
44 
        
	 	
13.06. Determination of Method of Distribution 
        	
44 
        
	 	
13.07. Notice to Trustee 
        	
45 
        

	 	 
	
Article 14. Superseding Annuity Distribution Provisions 
        	
45 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
14.01. Special Definitions 
        	
45 
        
	 	
14.02. Applicability 
        	
45 
        
	 	
14.03. Annuity Form of Payment 
        	
45 
        
	 	
14.04. “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” and “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity” Requirements 
        	
46 
        
	 	
14.05. Waiver of the “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” and/or “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity” 
        	 

	 	Rights	46 
	 	
14.06. Spouse’s Consent to Waiver 
        	
47 
        
	 	
14.07. Notice Regarding “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” 
        	
47 
        
	 	
14.08. Notice Regarding “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity” 
        	
47 
        
	 	
14.09. Former Spouse 
        	
48 
        

	 	 
	
Article 15. Top-Heavy Provisions 
        	
48 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
15.01. Definitions 
        	
48 
        
	 	
15.02. Application 
        	
50 
        
	 	
15.03. Minimum Contribution 
        	
50 
        
	 	
15.04. Modification of Allocation Provisions to Meet Minimum Contribution Requirements 
        	
50 
        
	 	
15.05. Adjustment to the Limitation on Contributions and Benefits 
        	
51 
        
	 	
15.06. Accelerated Vesting 
        	
52 
        
	 	
15.07. Exclusion of Collectively-Bargained Employees 
        	
52 
        

	 	 
	
Article 16. Amendment and Termination 
        	
52 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
16.01. Amendments by the Employer that do Not Affect Prototype Status 
        	
52 
        
	 	
16.02. Amendments by the Employer that Affect Prototype Status 
        	
52 
        
	 	
16.03. Amendment by the Mass Submitter Sponsor and the Prototype Sponsor 
        	
53 
        
	 	
16.04. Amendments Affecting Vested and/or Accrued Benefits 
        	
53 
        
	 	
16.05. Retroactive Amendments Made by the Mass Submitter or Prototype Sponsor 
        	
53 
        
	 	
16.06. Termination 
        	
53 
        
	 	
16.07. Distribution upon Termination of the Plan 
        	
54 
        
	 	
16.08. Merger or Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets 
        	
54 
        

	 	 
	
Article 17. Amendment and Continuation of Prior Plan; Transfer of Funds to or from Other Qualified Plans 
        	
54 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
17.01. Amendment and Continuation of Prior Plan 
        	
54 
        

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

iii

	 	
17.02. Transfer of Funds from an Existing Plan 
        	
55 
        
	 	
17.03. Acceptance of Assets by Trustee 
        	
56 
        
	 	
17.04. Transfer of Assets from Trust 
        	
56 
        

	 	 
	
Article 18. Miscellaneous 
        	
57 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
18.01. Communication to Participants 
        	
57 
        
	 	
18.02. Limitation of Rights 
        	
57 
        
	 	
18.03. Nonalienability of Benefits 
        	
57 
        
	 	
18.04. Qualified Domestic Relations Orders Procedures 
        	
57 
        
	 	
18.05. Additional Rules for Paired Plans 
        	
58 
        
	 	
18.06. Application of Plan Provisions in Multiple Employer Plans 
        	
58 
        
	 	
18.07. Veterans Reemployment Rights 
        	
59 
        
	 	
18.08. Facility of Payment 
        	
59 
        
	 	
18.09. Information between Employer and Trustee 
        	
59 
        
	 	
18.10. Effect of Failure to Qualify Under Code 
        	
59 
        
	 	
18.11. Directions, Notices and Disclosure 
        	
59 
        
	 	
18.12. Governing Law 
        	
59 
        

	 	 
	
Article 19. Plan Administration 
        	
60 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
19.01. Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator 
        	
60 
        
	 	
19.02. Delegation of Authority to Investment Professional 
        	
60 
        
	 	
19.03. Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority 
        	
60 
        
	 	
19.04. Claims and Review Procedures 
        	
60 
        
	 	
19.05. Named Fiduciary 
        	
61 
        
	 	
19.06. Costs of Administration 
        	
61 
        

	 	 
	
Article 20. Trust Agreement 
        	
61 
        

	 	 	 
	 	
20.01. Acceptance of Trust Responsibilities 
        	
61 
        
	 	
20.02. Establishment of Trust Fund 
        	
61 
        
	 	
20.03. Exclusive Benefit 
        	
61 
        
	 	
20.04. Powers of Trustee 
        	
61 
        
	 	
20.05. Accounts 
        	
63 
        
	 	
20.06. Approval of Accounts 
        	
63 
        
	 	
20.07. Distribution from Trust Fund 
        	
63 
        
	 	
20.08. Transfer of Amounts from Qualified Plan 
        	
63 
        
	 	
20.09. Transfer of Assets from Trust 
        	
63 
        
	 	
20.10. Separate Trust or Fund for Existing Plan Assets 
        	
63 
        
	 	
20.11. Self-Directed Brokerage Option 
        	
64 
        
	 	
20.12. Employer Stock Investment Option 
        	
65 
        
	 	
20.13. Voting; Delivery of Information 
        	
69 
        
	 	
20.14. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee 
        	
69 
        
	 	
20.15. Reliance by Trustee on Other Persons 
        	
69 
        
	 	
20.16. Indemnification by Employer 
        	
70 
        
	 	
20.17. Consultation by Trustee with Counsel 
        	
70 
        
	 	
20.18. Persons Dealing with the Trustee 
        	
70 
        
	 	
20.19. Resignation or Removal of Trustee 
        	
70 
        
	 	
20.20. Fiscal Year of the Trust 
        	
70 
        
	 	
20.21. Discharge of Duties by Fiduciaries 
        	
71 
        
	 	
20.22. Amendment 
        	
71 
        
	 	
20.23. Plan Termination 
        	
71 
        
	 	
20.24. Permitted Reversion of Funds to Employer 
        	
71 
        

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

iv

	 	
20.25. Governing Law	
71 
        

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

v

Preamble.

This prototype plan consists of three parts: (1) an Adoption Agreement that is a separate document incorporated by reference into this Basic Plan Document; (2) this Basic Plan Document; and (3) a Trust Agreement that is a
part of this Basic Plan Document and is found in Article 20. Each part of the prototype plan contains substantive provisions that are integral to the operation of the plan. The Adoption Agreement is the means by which an adopting Employer elects the
optional provisions that shall apply under its plan. The Basic Plan Document describes the standard provisions elected in the Adoption Agreement. The Trust Agreement describes the powers and duties of the Trustee with respect to plan
assets.

The prototype plan is intended to qualify under Code Section 401(a). Depending upon the Adoption Agreement completed by an adopting Employer, the prototype plan may be used to implement a money purchase pension plan, a
profit sharing plan, or a profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under Code Section 401(k).

Article 1. Adoption Agreement.

Article 2. Definitions.

2.01. Definitions. Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

  
    (a) “Account” means an account established for the purpose of recording any contributions made on behalf of a Participant and any income,
    expenses, gains, or losses incurred thereon. The Administrator shall establish and maintain sub-accounts within a Participant’s Account as necessary to depict accurately a Participant’s interest under the Plan.

  
    (b) “Active Participant” means any Eligible Employee who has met the requirements of Article 4 to participate in the Plan and who may be
    entitled to receive allocations under the Plan.

  
    (c) “Administrator” means the Employer adopting this Plan, as listed in Subsection 1.02(a) of the Adoption Agreement, or any other person
    designated by the Employer in Subsection 1.01(c) of the Adoption Agreement.

  
    (d) “Adoption Agreement” means Article 1, under which the Employer establishes and adopts, or amends the Plan and Trust and designates the
    optional provisions selected by the Employer, and the Trustee accepts its responsibilities under Article 20. The provisions of the Adoption Agreement shall be an integral part of the Plan.

  
    (e) “Annuity Starting Date” means the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity or in any other form
    permitted under the Plan.

  
    (f) “Basic Plan Document” means this Fidelity prototype plan document, qualified with the National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as
    Basic Plan Document No. 12.

  
    (g) “Beneficiary” means the person or persons (including a trust) entitled under Section 11.04 or 14.04 to receive benefits under the Plan
    upon the death of a Participant; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 13.03 such term shall be applied in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder.

  
    (h) “Break in Vesting Service” means a 12-consecutive-month period beginning on an Employee’s Severance Date or any anniversary thereof
    in which the Employee is not credited with an Hour of Service.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special rules apply in determining whether an Employee who is on leave has incurred a Break in Vesting Service:

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

1

  
    
      (1) If an individual is absent from work because of “maternity/ paternity leave” beyond the first anniversary of his Severance Date, the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on the individual’s Severance
        Date shall not constitute a Break in Vesting Service. For purposes of this paragraph, “maternity/paternity leave” means a leave of absence (A) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (B) by reason of the birth of a child of the
        individual, (C) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual, or (D) for purposes of caring for a child for the period beginning immediately following such birth or
      placement.

    
      (2) If an individual is absent from work because of “FMLA leave” and returns to employment with the Employer or a Related Employer following such “FMLA leave”, he shall not incur a Break in Vesting
        Service during any 12-consecutive-month period beginning on his Severance Date or anniversaries thereof in which he is absent because of such “FMLA leave”. For purposes of this paragraph, “FMLA leave” means an approved leave of
      absence pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

  

  
  (i) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

  
  (j) “Compensation” means wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Eligible Employee by the
  Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for services to the Employer while employed as an Eligible Employee for which the Employer is required to furnish the Eligible Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d)
  and 6051(a)(3). Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception
  for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

        For any Self-Employed Individual, Compensation means Earned Income; provided, however, that if the Employer elects to exclude specified items from Compensation, such Earned Income shall be
  adjusted in a similar manner so that it is equivalent under regulations issued under Code Section 414(s) to Compensation for Participants who are not Self-Employed Individuals.

        Compensation shall generally be based on the amount actually paid to the Eligible Employee during the Plan Year or, for purposes of Article 5 (and, for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1,
  2003, Article 15) if so elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.05(c) of the Adoption Agreement, during that portion of the Plan Year during which the Eligible Employee is an Active Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation
  for purposes of Section 6.12 (Code Section 415 Limitations) shall be based on the amount actually paid or made available to the Participant during the Limitation Year.

        If the initial Plan Year of a new plan consists of fewer than 12 months, calculated from the Effective Date listed in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) of the Adoption Agreement through the end of such
  initial Plan Year, Compensation for such initial Plan Year shall be determined as follows:

  
    
      (1) If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, for purposes of allocating Nonelective Employer Contributions under Section 1.11 of the Adoption Agreement (other than Nonelective Employer Contributions made in accordance with the
        Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Addendum to the Adoption Agreement) and determining Highly Compensated Employees under Subsection 2.01(z), the initial Plan Year shall be the 12-month period ending on the last day of the Plan
      Year.

    
      (2) For purposes of Section 6.12 (Code Section 415 Limitations) where the Limitation Year is based on the Plan Year, the Limitation Year shall be the 12-month period ending on the last day of the Plan Year.

    
      (3) For all other purposes, the initial Plan Year shall be the period from the Effective Date listed in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) of the Adoption Agreement through the end of the initial Plan Year.

  

   

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

2

        The annual Compensation of each Active Participant taken into account for determining benefits provided under the Plan for any determination period shall not exceed the annual Compensation
    limit under Code Section 401(a)(17) as in effect on the first day of the determination period. This limit shall be adjusted by the Secretary to reflect increases in the cost of living, as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17)(B); provided, however,
    that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for determination periods beginning in such calendar year. If a Plan determines Compensation over a determination period that contains fewer than 12 calendar months (a
“short determination period”), then the Compensation limit for such “short determination period” is equal to the Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the “short determination period” begins multiplied by
    the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the “short determination period” by 12; provided, however, that such proration shall not apply if there is a “short determination period” because (i) the Employer
    elected in Subsection 1.05(c) of the Adoption Agreement to determine contributions based only on Compensation paid during the portion of the Plan Year during which an individual was an Active Participant, (ii) an Employee is covered under the Plan
    less than a full Plan Year, or (iii) Deferral Contributions and/or Matching Employer Contributions are contributed for each pay period during the Plan Year and are based on Compensation for that pay period.

  
    (k) “Contribution Period” means the period for which Matching Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions are made and calculated. The
    Contribution Period for additional Matching Employer Contributions, as described in Subsection 1.10(b) of the Adoption Agreement and Nonelective Employer Contributions is the Plan Year. The Contribution Period for basic Matching Employer
    Contributions, as described in Subsection 1.10(a) of the Adoption Agreement, is the period specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.10(c) of the Adoption Agreement.

  
    (l) “Deferral Contribution” means any contribution made to the Plan by the Employer in accordance with the provisions of Section
    5.03.

  
    (m) “Early Retirement Age” means the early retirement age specified in Subsection 1.13(b) of the Adoption Agreement, if any.

  
    (n) “Earned Income” means the net earnings of a Self-Employed Individual derived from the trade or business with respect to which the Plan
    is established and for which the personal services of such individual are a material income-providing factor, excluding any items not included in gross income and the deductions allocated to such items, except that net earnings shall be determined
    with regard to the deduction allowed under Code Section 164(f), to the extent applicable to the Employer. Net earnings shall be reduced by contributions of the Employer to any qualified plan, to the extent a deduction is allowed to the Employer for
    such contributions under Code Section 404.

  
    (o) “Effective Date” means the effective date specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) or (2) of the Adoption Agreement with
    respect to the Plan, if this is a new plan, or with respect to the amendment and restatement, if this is an amendment and restatement of the Plan. The Employer may select special Effective Dates with respect to specified Plan provisions, as set
    forth in Section (a) of the Special Effective Dates Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. In the event that another plan is merged into and made a part of the Plan, the effective date of the merger shall be reflected in Section (b) of the Special
    Effective Dates Addendum to the Adoption Agreement.

  
    If this is an amendment and restatement of the Plan, and the Plan was not amended prior to the effective date specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.01(g)(2) of the Adoption Agreement to comply with the requirements of
    the Acts specified in the Snap Off Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, the effective dates specified in such Snap Off Addendum shall apply with respect to those provisions specified therein. Such effective dates may be earlier than the date
    specified in Subsection 1.01(g)(2) of the Adoption Agreement.

   

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

3

  
    (p) “Eligibility Computation Period” means each 12-consecutive-month period beginning with an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date
    and each anniversary thereof.

  
    (q) “Eligibility Service” means an Employee’s service that is taken into account in determining his eligibility to participate in the
    Plan as may be required under Subsection 1.04(b) of the Adoption Agreement. Eligibility Service shall be credited in accordance with Article 3.

  
    (r) “Eligible Employee” means any Employee of the Employer who is in the class of Employees eligible to participate in the Plan. The
    Employer must specify in Subsection 1.04(c) of the Adoption Agreement any Employee or class of Employees not eligible to participate in the Plan. If Article 1 of the Employer’s Plan is a Non-Standardized Adoption Agreement, regardless of the
    Employer’s selection in Subsection 1.04(c) of the Adoption Agreement, the following Employees are automatically excluded from eligibility to participate in the Plan:

  
    
      (1) any individual who is a signatory to a contract, letter of agreement, or other document that acknowledges his status as an independent contractor not entitled to benefits under the Plan or who is not otherwise
          classified by the Employer as a common law employee and with respect to whom the Employer does not withhold income taxes and file Form W-2 (or any replacement Form), with the Internal Revenue Service and does not remit Social Security payments to
      the Federal government, even if such individual is later adjudicated to be a common law employee; and

    
      (2) any Employee who is a resident of Puerto Rico.

  

        If the Employer elects to exclude collective bargaining employees from the eligible class, the exclusion applies to any Employee of the Employer included in a unit of Employees covered by an
    agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers, unless the collective bargaining agreement requires the Employee to be covered under the Plan. The term
“employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half the members of which are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

        If the Employer does not elect to exclude Leased Employees from the eligible class, contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed
    for the Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer and there shall be no duplication of benefits under this Plan.

  
    (s) “Employee” means any common law employee of the Employer or a Related Employer, any Self-Employed Individual, and any Leased Employee.
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee if Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s non-highly compensated work-force (taking into account all Related Employers) and
    the Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization and providing (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined for purposes of Code Section
    415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from gross income under Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b), (2) full and immediate vesting, and (3) immediate
    participation by each employee of the leasing organization.

  
    (t) “Employee Contribution” means any after-tax contribution made by an Active Participant to the Plan.

  
    (u) “Employer” means the employer named in Subsection 1.02(a) of the Adoption Agreement and any Related Employer included as an Employer
    under this Subsection 2.01(u) . If Article 1 of the Employer’s Plan is a Standardized Adoption Agreement, the term “Employer” includes all Related Employers; provided, however, that if an employer becomes a Related Employer as a
    result of an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other similar transaction, the term “Employer” shall not include such employer for periods prior to the earlier of (1) the date as of which Subsection 1.02(b) of the Adoption Agreement is
    amended to name such employer or (2)

   

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

4

  
    the first day of the second Plan Year beginning after the date of such transaction. If Article 1 of the Employer’s Plan is a Non-Standardized Adoption Agreement, the term “Employer” includes only those
    Related Employers designated in Subsection 1.02(b) of the Adoption Agreement.

        If the organization or other entity named in the Adoption Agreement is a sole proprietor or a professional corporation and the sole proprietor of such proprietorship or the sole shareholder of
    the professional corporation dies, then the legal representative of such sole proprietor or shareholder shall be deemed to be the Employer until such time as, through the disposition of such sole proprietor’s or sole shareholder’s estate
    or otherwise, any organization or other entity succeeds to the interests of the sole proprietor in the proprietorship or the sole shareholder in the professional corporation. The legal representative of a sole proprietor or shareholder shall be (1)
    the person appointed as such by the sole proprietor or shareholder prior to his death under a legally enforceable power of attorney, or, if none, (2) the executor or administrator of the sole proprietor’s or shareholder’s
    estate.

        If one of the Employers designated in Subsection 1.02(b) of the Adoption Agreement is not a Related Employer, the term “Employer” includes such un-Related Employer and the provisions
    of Section 18.06 shall apply.

  
    (v) “Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service.

  
    (w) “Entry Date” means the date specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.04(d) or (e) of the Adoption Agreement as of which an Eligible
    Employee who has met the applicable eligibility requirements begins to participate in the Plan. The Employer may specify different Entry Dates for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan by (1) making Deferral Contributions and (2)
    receiving allocations of Matching and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions.

  
    (x) “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended.

  
    (y) “Fund Share” means the share, unit, or other evidence of ownership in a Permissible Investment.

  
    (z) “Highly Compensated Employee” means both highly compensated active Employees and highly compensated former Employees.

        A highly compensated active Employee includes any Employee who performs service for the Employer during the “determination year” and who (1) at any time during the “determination
    year” or the “look-back year” was a five percent owner or (2) received Compensation from the Employer during the “look-back year” in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d)) and, if elected by the
    Employer in Section 1.06 of the Adoption Agreement, was a member of the top-paid group for such year.

        For this purpose, the “determination year” shall be the Plan Year. The “look-back year” shall be the twelvemonth period immediately preceding the “determination
    year”, unless the Employer has elected in Section 1.06 of the Adoption Agreement to make the “look-back year” the calendar year beginning within the preceding Plan Year.

        A highly compensated former Employee includes any Employee who separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the “determination year”, performs no service for the
    Employer during the “determination year”, and was a highly compensated active Employee for either the separation year or any “determination year” ending on or after the Employee’s 55th birthday, as determined under the rules
    in effect for determining Highly Compensated Employees for such separation year or “determination year”.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

5

        The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group, shall be made in accordance with Code
    Section 414(q) and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

        For purposes of this Subsection 2.01(z), Compensation shall include amounts that are not includable in the gross income of an Employee under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the
    application of Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b).

  
    (aa) “Hour of Service”, with respect to any individual, means:

  
    
      (1) Each hour for which the individual is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the individual for the
      Eligibility Computation Period in which the duties were performed;

    
      (2) Each hour for which the individual is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or a Related Employer (including payments made or due from a trust fund or insurer to which the Employer
          contributes or pays premiums) on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, disability, layoff, jury duty,
      military duty, or leave of absence, each such hour to be credited to the individual for the Eligibility Computation Period in which such period of time occurs, subject to the following rules:

    
      
        (A) No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (2) on account of any single continuous period during which the individual performs no duties, unless the individual performs no duties because of
        military duty, the individual’s employment rights are protected by law, and the individual returns to employment with the Employer or a Related Employer during the period that his employment rights are protected under Federal law;

      
        (B) Hours of Service shall not be credited under this paragraph (2) for a payment which solely reimburses the individual for medically-related expenses, or which is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose
        of complying with applicable worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and

      
        (C) If the period during which the individual performs no duties falls within two or more Eligibility Computation Periods and if the payment made on account of such period is not calculated on the basis of units of time,
              the Hours of Service credited with respect to such period shall be allocated between not more than the first two such Eligibility Computation Periods on any reasonable basis consistently applied with respect to similarly situated
        individuals;

    

    
      (3) Each hour not counted under paragraph (1) or (2) for which he would have been scheduled to work for the Employer or a Related Employer during the period that he is absent from work because of military duty, provided the
        individual’s employment rights are protected under Federal law and the individual returns to work with the Employer or a Related Company during the period that his employment rights are protected, each such hour to be credited to the individual
      for the Eligibility Computation Period for which he would have been scheduled to work; and

    
      (4) Each hour not counted under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to be paid by the Employer or a Related Employer, shall be credited to
      the individual for the Eligibility Computation Period to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the Eligibility Computation Period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.

  

   

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

6

        For purposes of paragraphs (2) and (4) above, Hours of Service shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 2530.200b -2(b) of the Department of Labor regulations, which are
    incorporated herein by reference.

        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection to the contrary, the Employer may elect to credit Hours of Service in accordance with any of the equivalencies set forth in paragraphs
    (d), (e), or (f) of Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.200b -3.

  
    (bb) “Inactive Participant” means any individual who was an Active Participant, but is no longer an Eligible Employee and who has an Account
    under the Plan.

  
    (cc) “Investment Professional” or “Financial Advisor” or
“Broker” or “Registered Investment Advisor” (collectively,
the “Investment Professional”)
means any (1) securities broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, (2) bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, or (3) investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisors
Act of 1940 that the Employer designates as its agent for certain purposes in
a separate written communication provided to the Trustee or recordkeeper.

  
    (dd) “Leased Employee” means any individual who provides services to the Employer or a Related Employer (the “recipient”) but is
    not otherwise an employee of the recipient if (1) such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (the “leasing organization”), (2) such individual has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and any related persons within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year, and (3) such
    services are performed under primary direction of or control by the recipient. The determination of who is a Leased Employee shall be made in accordance with any rules and regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his
    delegate.

  
    (ee) “Limitation Year” means the 12-consecutive-month period designated by the Employer in Subsection 1.01(f) of the Adoption Agreement. If
    no other Limitation Year is designated by the Employer, the Limitation Year shall be the calendar year. All qualified plans of the Employer and any Related Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different
    12-consecutive-month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

  
    (ff) “Matching Employer Contribution” means any contribution made by the Employer to the Plan in accordance with Section 5.08 or 5.09 on
    account of an Active Participant’s Deferral Contributions.

  
    (gg) “Mass Submitter Sponsor” means Fidelity Management & Research Company or its successor.

  
    (hh) “Nonelective Employer Contribution” means any contribution made by the Employer to the Plan in accordance with Section 5.10.

  
    (ii) “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” means any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

  
    (jj) “Normal Retirement Age” means the normal retirement age specified in Subsection 1.13(a) of the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer
    enforces a mandatory retirement age in accordance with Federal law, the Normal Retirement Age is the lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in Subsection 1.13(a) of the Adoption Agreement.

  
    (kk) “Participant” means any individual who is either an Active Participant or an Inactive Participant.

  
    (ll) “Permissible Investment” means the investments specified by the Employer as available for investment of assets of the Trust and agreed
    to by the Trustee and the Prototype Sponsor. The Permissible Investments under the Plan shall be listed in the Service Agreement.

   

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

7

  (mm) “Plan” means the plan established by the Employer in the form of the prototype plan, as set forth herein as a new plan or as an amendment to an existing plan, by executing the Adoption Agreement, together with any and all amendments hereto.

   (nn) “Plan Year” means the 12-consecutive-month period ending on the date designated by the Employer in Subsection 1.01(d) of the Adoption Agreement, except that the initial Plan Year of a new Plan may consist of fewer than 12 months, calculated from the Effective Date listed in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) of the Adoption Agreement through the end of such initial Plan Year, in which event Compensation for such initial Plan Year shall be treated as provided in Subsection 2.01(j) .

   (oo) “Prototype Sponsor” means Fidelity Management & Research Company or its successor.

   (pp) “Qualified Matching Employer Contribution” means any contribution made by the Employer to the Plan on account of Deferral Contributions or Employee Contributions made by or on behalf of Active Participants in accordance with Section 5.09, that may be included in determining whether the Plan meets the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03.

   (qq) “Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution” means any contribution made by the Employer to the Plan on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with Section 5.07, that may be included in determining whether the Plan meets the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 or the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06.

   (rr) “Reemployment Commencement Date” means the date on which an Employee who terminates employment with the Employer and all Related Employers first performs an Hour of Service following such termination of employment.

   (ss) “Related Employer” means any employer other than the Employer named in Subsection 1.02(a) of the Adoption Agreement if the Employer and such other employer are members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)), or are trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)), or such other employer is required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations issued under Code Section 414(o); provided, however, that if Article 1 of the Employer’s Plan is a Standardized Adoption Agreement, for purposes of Subsection 1.02(b) of the Adoption Agreement, the term “Related Employer” shall not include any employer that becomes a Related Employer as a result of an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other
similar transaction with respect to any period prior to the earlier of (1) the date as of which Subsection 1.02(b) of the Adoption Agreement is amended to name such employer or (2) the first day of the second Plan Year beginning after the date of such transaction.

   (tt) “Required Beginning Date” means:

  
     (1) for a Participant who is not a five percent owner, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which occurs the later of (i) the Participant’s retirement or (ii) the Participant’s attainment of age 70; provided, however, that a Participant may elect to have his Required Beginning Date determined without regard to the provisions of clause (i).

     (2) for a Participant who is a five percent owner, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70.

  

        Once the Required Beginning Date of a five percent owner or a Participant who has elected to have his Required Beginning Date determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01(tt)(1)(ii) has occurred, such Required Beginning Date shall not be re-determined, even if the Participant ceases to be a five percent owner in a subsequent year or continues in employment with the Employer or a Related Employer.

    

  

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

8

        For purposes of this Subsection 2.01(tt), a Participant is treated as a five percent owner if such Participant is a five percent owner as defined in Code Section 416(i) (determined in
    accordance with Code Section 416 but without regard to whether the Plan is top-heavy) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70.

  
    (uu) “Rollover Contribution” means any distribution from a qualified plan (or an individual retirement account holding only assets allocable
    to a distribution from a qualified plan) that an Employee elects to contribute to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.06.

  
    (vv) “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the Employer or who would have had
    Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year, including, but not limited to, a partner in a partnership, a sole proprietor, a member in a limited liability company or a shareholder in a subchapter
    S corporation.

  
    (ww) “Service Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and the Prototype Sponsor (or an agent or affiliate of the Prototype
    Sponsor) relating to the provision of investment and other services to the Plan and shall include any addendum to the agreement and any other separate written agreement between the Employer and the Prototype Sponsor (or an agent or affiliate of the
    Prototype Sponsor) relating to the provision of services to the Plan.

  
    (xx) “Severance Date” means the earlier of (i) the date an Employee retires, dies, quits, or is discharged from employment with the Employer
    and all Related Employers or (ii) the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from employment; provided, however, that if an individual terminates or is absent from employment with the Employer and all
    Related Employers because of military duty, such individual shall not incur a Severance Date if his employment rights are protected under Federal law and he returns to employment with the Employer or a Related Employer within the period during which
    he retains such employment rights, but, if he does not return to such employment within such period, his Severance Date shall be the earlier of (1) the anniversary of the date his absence commenced or (2) the last day of the period during which he
    retains such employment rights.

  
    (yy) “Trust” means the trust created by the Employer in accordance with the provisions of Section 20.01.

  
    (zz) “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and the Trustee, as set forth in Article 20, under which the assets of the
    Plan are held, administered, and managed.

  
    (aaa) “Trustee” means the trustee designated in Section 1.03 of the Adoption Agreement, or its successor. The term Trustee shall include any
    delegate of the Trustee as may be provided in the Trust Agreement.

  
    (bbb) “Trust Fund” means the property held in Trust by the Trustee for the Accounts of Participants and their Beneficiaries.

  
    (ccc) “Vesting Service” means an Employee’s service that is taken into account in determining his vested interest in his Matching
    Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts as may be required under Section 1.15 of the Adoption Agreement. Vesting Service shall be credited in accordance with Article 3.

  2.02. Pronouns. Pronouns used in the Plan are in the masculine gender but include the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

2.03. Special Effective Dates. Some provisions of the Plan are only effective beginning as of a specified date or until a specified date. Any such special effective dates are specified within Plan text where applicable and
are exceptions to the general Plan Effective Date as defined in Section 2.01(o) .

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

9

Article 3. Service.

3.01. Crediting of Eligibility Service. If the Employer has selected an Eligibility Service requirement in Subsection 1.04(b) of the Adoption Agreement for an Eligible Employee to become an Active Participant, Eligibility
Service shall be credited to an Employee as follows:

  
    
      (a) If the Employer has selected the one or two year(s) of Eligibility Service requirement described in Subsection 1.04(b)(1)(C) or (D) of the Adoption Agreement, an Employee shall be credited with a year of Eligibility
      Service for each Eligibility Computation Period during which the Employee has been credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

    
      (b) If the Employer has selected the months of Eligibility Service requirement described in Subsection 1.04(b)(1)(B) of the Adoption Agreement, an Employee shall be credited with Eligibility Service for the aggregate of the
        periods beginning with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date (or Reemployment Commencement Date) and ending on his subsequent Severance Date; provided, however, that an Employee who has a Reemployment Date within the 12-consecutive-month
        period following the earlier of the first date of his absence or his Severance Date shall be credited with Eligibility Service for the period between his Severance Date and his Reemployment Date. Months of Eligibility Service shall be measured from
      the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date to the coinciding date in the applicable following month.

  

3.02. Re-Crediting of Eligibility Service Following Termination of Employment. An Employee whose employment with the Employer and all Related Employers terminates and who is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or a
Related Employer shall be re-credited upon reemployment with his Eligibility Service earned prior to his termination of employment.

3.03. Crediting of Vesting Service. If the Plan provides for Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions that are not 100 percent vested when made, Vesting Service shall be credited to an Employee for the
aggregate of the periods beginning with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date (or Reemployment Commencement Date) and ending on his subsequent Severance Date; provided, however, that an Employee who has a Reemployment Date within the
12-consecutive-month period following the earlier of the first date of his absence or his Severance Date shall be credited with Vesting Service for the period between his Severance Date and his Reemployment Date. Fractional periods of a year shall
be expressed in terms of days.

3.04. Application of Vesting Service to a Participant’s Account Following a Break in Vesting Service. The following rules describe how Vesting Service earned before and after a Break in Vesting Service shall be applied
for purposes of determining a Participant’s vested interest in his Matching Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts.

  
    (a) If a Participant incurs five-consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service, all years of Vesting Service earned by the Employee after such Breaks in Service shall be disregarded in determining the Participant’s vested
    interest in his Matching Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions Account balances attributable to employment before such Breaks in Vesting Service. However, Vesting Service earned both before and after such Breaks in Vesting Service shall be
    included in determining the Participant’s vested interest in his Matching Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions Account balances attributable to employment after such Breaks in Vesting Service.

  
    (b) If a Participant incurs fewer than five-consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service, Vesting Service earned both before and after such Breaks in Vesting Service shall be included in determining the Participant’s vested
    interest in his Matching Employer and Nonelective Employer Contributions Account balances attributable to employment both before and after such Breaks in Vesting Service.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

10

3.05. Service with Predecessor Employer. If the Plan is the plan of a predecessor employer, an Employee’s Eligibility and Vesting Service shall include years of service with such predecessor employer. In any case in
which the Plan is not the plan maintained by a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor employer shall be treated as Eligibility and Vesting Service if so specified in Section 1.16 of the Adoption Agreement.

3.06. Change in Service Crediting. If an amendment to the Plan or a transfer from employment as an Employee covered under another qualified plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer results in a change in the
method of crediting Eligibility and/or Vesting Service with respect to a Participant between the Hours of Service crediting method set forth in Section 2530.200b -2 of the Department of Labor Regulations and the elapsed-time crediting method set
forth in Section 1.410(a) -7 of the Treasury Regulations, each Participant with respect to whom the method of crediting Eligibility and/or Vesting Service is changed shall be treated in the manner set forth in Section 1.410(a) -7(f)(1) of the
Treasury Regulations which are incorporated herein by reference.

Article 4. Participation.

4.01. Date of Participation. If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a prior plan, all Eligible Employees who were active participants in the Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date shall continue as Active
Participants on the Effective Date. All Eligible Employees who are in the service of the Employer on the Effective Date (and, if this is an amendment and restatement of a prior plan, were not active participants in the prior plan immediately prior
to the Effective Date) shall become Active Participants on the date elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.04(f) of the Adoption Agreement. Any other Eligible Employee shall become an Active Participant in the Plan on the Entry Date coinciding with
or immediately following the date on which he first satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Subsections 1.04(a) and 1.04(b) of the Adoption Agreement.

     The Employer may elect different Eligibility Service requirements for purposes of eligibility (a) to make Deferral Contributions and (b) to receive Nonelective and/or Matching Employer
Contributions. Any Eligibility Service requirement that the Employer elects to apply in determining an Eligible Employee’s eligibility to make Deferral Contributions shall also apply in determining an Eligible Employee’s eligibility to
make Employee Contributions, if Employee Contributions are permitted under the Plan, and to receive Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions. If an Employer elects to have different Eligibility Service requirements apply, an Eligible Employee
who has met the eligibility requirements with respect to certain contributions, but who has not met the eligibility requirements with respect to other contributions, shall become an Active Participant in accordance with the provisions of the
preceding paragraph, but only with respect to the contributions for which he has met the eligibility requirements.

4.02. Transfers Out of Covered Employment. If any Active Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee, but continues in the employ of the Employer or a Related Employer, such Employee shall cease to be an Active
Participant, but shall continue as an Inactive Participant until his entire Account balance is forfeited or distributed. An Inactive Participant shall not be entitled to receive an allocation of contributions or forfeitures under the Plan for the
period that he is not an Eligible Employee and wages and other payments made to him by the Employer or a Related Employer for services other than as an Eligible Employee shall not be included in Compensation for purposes of determining the amount
and allocation of any contributions to the Account of such Inactive Participant. Such Inactive Participant shall continue to receive credit for Vesting Service completed during the period that he continues in the employ of the Employer or a Related
Employer.

4.03. Transfers Into Covered Employment. If an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, such Eligible Employee shall become an Active Participant immediately as of his transfer date if such
Eligible Employee has already satisfied the eligibility requirements and would have otherwise previously become an Active Participant in accordance with Section 4.01. Otherwise, such Eligible Employee shall become an Active Participant in accordance
with Section 4.01.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

11

     Wages and other payments made to an Employee prior to his becoming an Eligible Employee by the Employer or a Related Employer for services other than as an Eligible Employee shall not be
included in Compensation for purposes of determining the amount and allocation of any contributions to the Account of such Eligible Employee.

4.04. Resumption of Participation Following Reemployment. If a Participant who terminates employment with the Employer and all Related Employers is reemployed as an Eligible Employee, he shall again become an Active
Participant on his Reemployment Date. Any other Employee who terminates employment with the Employer and all Related Employers and is reemployed by the Employer or a Related Employer shall become an Active Participant as provided in Section 4.01 or
4.03. Any distribution which a Participant is receiving under the Plan at the time he is reemployed by the Employer or a Related Employer shall cease except as otherwise required under Section 12.04.

Article 5. Contributions.

5.01. Contributions Subject to Limitations. All contributions made to the Plan under this Article 5 shall be subject to the limitations contained in Article 6.

5.02. Compensation Taken into Account in Determining Contributions. In determining the amount or allocation of any contribution that is based on a percentage of Compensation, only Compensation paid to a Participant for
services rendered to the Employer while employed as an Eligible Employee shall be taken into account. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 5, for purposes of determining the amount and allocation of contributions under this
Article 5, Compensation shall not include reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, welfare benefits, and any items elected by the Employer with respect to such
contributions in Subsection 1.05(a) or (b), as applicable, of the Adoption Agreement, but shall include amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Code
Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), or 457(b).

     If the initial Plan Year of a new plan consists of fewer than 12 months, calculated from the Effective Date listed in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) of the Adoption Agreement through the end of such
initial Plan Year, except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, Compensation for purposes of determining the amount and allocation of contributions under this Article 5 for such initial Plan Year shall include only Compensation for services
during the period beginning on the Effective Date listed in Subsection 1.01(g)(1) of the Adoption Agreement and ending on the last day of the initial Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan is a profit sharing plan, Compensation for
purposes of determining the amount and allocation of non-safe harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions under this Article 5 for such initial Plan Year shall include Compensation for the full 12-consecutive-month period ending on the last day of the
initial Plan Year.

5.03. Deferral Contributions. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.07(a) of the Adoption Agreement, each Active Participant may elect to execute a salary reduction agreement with the Employer to reduce his
Compensation by a specified percentage or dollar amount, not exceeding the percentage specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.07(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, per payroll period, subject to any exceptions elected by the Employer in Subsections
1.07(a)(2) and (3) of the Adoption Agreement, and equal to a whole number multiple of one percent. If elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(A) of the Adoption Agreement, in lieu of specifying a percentage of Compensation reduction, an
Active Participant may elect to reduce his Compensation by a specified dollar amount per payroll period, provided that such dollar amount may not exceed the percentage of Compensation specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.07(a)(1) of the
Adoption Agreement, subject to any exceptions elected by the Employer in Subsections 1.07(a)(2) and (3) of the Adoption Agreement.

     An Active Participant’s salary reduction agreement shall become effective on the first day of the first payroll period for which the Employer can reasonably process the request, but not
earlier than the later of (a) the effective date of the provisions permitting Deferral Contributions or (b) the date the Employer adopts such provisions. The 

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

12

Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution on behalf of the Participant corresponding to the amount of said reduction. Under no circumstances may a salary reduction agreement be adopted retroactively.

     An Active Participant may elect to change or discontinue the percentage or dollar amount by which his Compensation is reduced by notice to the Employer as provided in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(B)
or (C) of the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the Employer’s election in Subsection 1.07(a)(1)(B) or (C) of the Adoption Agreement, if the Employer has elected one of the safe harbor contributions in Subsection 1.10(a)(3) or 1.11(a)(3) of
the Adoption Agreement, an Active Participant may elect to change or discontinue the percentage or dollar amount by which his Compensation is reduced by notice to the Employer within a reasonable period, as specified by the Employer (but not less
than 30 days), of receiving the notice described in Section 6.10.

5.04. Employee Contributions. If the Employer elected to permit Deferral Contributions in Subsection 1.07(a) of the Adoption Agreement and if so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.08(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement,
each Active Participant may elect to make non-deductible Employee Contributions to the Plan in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Employer and in an amount not less than one percent of such Participant’s Compensation
for the Plan Year.

5.05. No Deductible Employee Contributions. No deductible Employee Contributions may be made to the Plan. Deductible Employee Contributions made prior to January 1, 1987 shall be maintained in a separate Account. No part of
the deductible Employee Contributions Account shall be used to purchase life insurance.

5.06. Rollover Contributions. An Eligible Employee who is or was entitled to receive an eligible rollover distribution, as defined in Code Section 402(c)(4) and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, from a qualified plan
(or an individual retirement account holding only assets attributable to a distribution from a qualified plan) may elect to contribute all or any portion of such distribution to the Trust directly from such qualified plan or individual retirement
account or within 60 days of receipt of such distribution to the Eligible Employee. Rollover Contributions shall only be made in the form of cash, allowable Fund Shares, or, if and to the extent permitted by the Employer with the consent of the
Trustee, promissory notes evidencing a plan loan to the Eligible Employee; provided, however, that Rollover Contributions shall only be permitted in the form of promissory notes if the Plan otherwise provides for loans.

     An Eligible Employee who has not yet become an Active Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 may make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan. Such Eligible Employee
shall be treated as a Participant under the Plan for all purposes of the Plan, except eligibility to have Deferral Contributions made on his behalf and to receive an allocation of Matching Employer or Nonelective Employer Contributions.

     The Administrator shall develop such procedures and require such information from Eligible Employees as it deems necessary to ensure that amounts contributed under this Section 5.06 meet the
requirements for tax-deferred rollovers established by this Section 5.06 and by Code Section 402(c). No Rollover Contributions may be made to the Plan until approved by the Administrator.

     If a Rollover Contribution made under this Section 5.06 is later determined by the Administrator not to have met the requirements of this Section 5.06 or of the Code or Treasury regulations,
the Trustee shall, within a reasonable time after such determination is made, and on instructions from the Administrator, distribute to the Employee the amounts then held in the Trust attributable to such Rollover Contribution.

     A Participant’s Rollover Contributions Account shall be subject to the terms of the Plan, including Article 14, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.06.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.06, the Employer may direct the Trustee not to accept Rollover Contributions.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

13

5.07. Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions. The Employer may, in its discretion, make a Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution for the Plan Year in any amount necessary to satisfy or help to satisfy the
“ADP” test, described in Section 6.03, and/or the “ACP” test, described in Section 6.06. Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be made and allocated based on Participants’ “testing compensation”, as
defined in Subsection 6.01(t), rather than Compensation, as defined in Subsection 2.01(j) . Any Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution shall be allocated among the Accounts of Non-Highly Compensated Employees who are Active Participants at any
time during the Plan Year as follows:

  
    (a) Unless the Employer elects the allocation formula in Subsection 1.09(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, the Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution shall be allocated at the election of the Employer either

  
    
      (1) in the ratio that each eligible Active Participant’s “testing compensation”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(t), for the Plan Year bears to the total “testing compensation” paid to all eligible
      Active Participants for the Plan Year; or

    
      (2) as a uniform flat dollar amount for each eligible Active Participant for the Plan Year.

  

  
    (b) If the Employer elects the allocation formula in Subsection 1.09(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, the Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution shall be allocated as follows:

  
    
      (1) The eligible Active Participant with the least “testing compensation”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(t), for the Plan Year shall receive an allocation equal to the lowest of:

    
      
        (A) the maximum amount that may be contributed on the eligible Active Participant’s behalf under Code Section 415, taking into account all other contributions made by or on behalf of the eligible Active Participant to
        plans maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer that are includable as “annual additions”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(b); or

      
        (B) the full amount of the Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution.

    

    
      (2) The eligible Active Participant with the next lowest “testing compensation”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(t), for the Plan Year shall receive an allocation equal to the lowest of:

    
      
        (A) the maximum amount that may be contributed on the eligible Active Participant’s behalf under Code Section 415, taking into account all other contributions made by or on behalf of the eligible Active Participant to
        plans maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer that are includable as “annual additions”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(b); or

      
        (B) the balance of any Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution remaining after allocation is made as provided in Subsection 5.07(b)(1) above.

    

    
      (3) The allocation in Subsection 5.07(b)(2) shall be applied individually to each remaining eligible Active Participant, in ascending order of “testing compensation”, until the Qualified Nonelective Employer
      Contribution is fully allocated. Once the Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution is fully allocated, no further allocation shall be made to the remaining eligible Active Participants.

  

      Active Participants shall not be required to satisfy any Hours of Service or employment requirement for the Plan Year in order to receive an allocation of Qualified Nonelective Employer
      Contributions.

     Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to Deferral Contributions; provided, however, that a
Participant shall not be permitted to take a hardship withdrawal of amounts credited to his Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions Account after the later of December 31, 1988 or the last day of the Plan Year ending before July 1,
1989.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

14

5.08. Matching Employer Contributions. If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.10 of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make a Matching Employer Contribution on behalf of each eligible Active Participant, as
determined in accordance with Subsection 1.10(d) and Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement, who had Deferral Contributions made on his behalf during the Contribution Period. The amount of the Matching Employer Contribution shall be determined in
accordance with Subsection 1.10(a) and/or (b) and/or the Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contribution Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, as applicable.

5.09. Qualified Matching Employer Contributions. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.10(e) of the Adoption Agreement, prior to making its Matching Employer Contribution (other than any safe harbor Matching
Employer Contribution) to the Plan, the Employer may designate all or a portion of such Matching Employer Contribution as a Qualified Matching Employer Contribution. The Employer shall notify the Trustee of such designation at the time it makes its
Matching Employer Contribution. Qualified Matching Employer Contributions shall be distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to Deferral Contributions; provided, however, that a Participant shall not be
permitted to take a hardship withdrawal of amounts credited to his Qualified Matching Employer Contributions Account after the later of December 31, 1988 or the last day of the Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989.

If the amount of an Employer’s Qualified Matching Employer Contribution is determined based on a Participant’s Compensation, and the Qualified Matching Employer Contribution is necessary to satisfy the
“ADP” test described in Section 6.03, the compensation used in determining the amount of the Qualified Matching Employer Contribution shall be “testing compensation”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(t) . If the Qualified Matching
Employer Contribution is not necessary to satisfy the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03, the compensation used to determine the amount of the Qualified Matching Employer Contribution shall be Compensation as defined in Subsection
2.01(j), modified as provided in Section 5.02.

5.10. Nonelective Employer Contributions. If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.11 of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make Nonelective Employer Contributions to the Trust in accordance with Subsection
1.11(a) and/or (b) of the Adoption Agreement to be allocated as follows:

  
    (a) If the Plan is a money purchase pension plan or the Employer has elected a fixed contribution formula, Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated among eligible Active Participants, as determined in
    accordance with Subsection 1.11(c) and Section 1.12 of the Adoption Agreement, in the manner specified in Subsection 1.11(a) or the Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, as applicable.

  
    (b) If the Employer has elected a discretionary contribution amount, Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated among eligible Active Participants, as determined in accordance with Subsection 1.11(c) and Section
    1.12 of the Adoption Agreement, as follows:

  
    
      (1) If the non-integrated formula is elected in Subsection 1.11(b)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated to eligible Active Participants in the ratio that each eligible Active
        Participant’s Compensation bears to the total Compensation paid to all eligible Active Participants for the Plan Year; provided, however, that if the Plan is or is deemed to be a “top-heavy plan”, as defined in Subsection 15.01(f),
      for any Plan Year, these allocation provisions shall be modified as provided in Section 15.04; or

    
      (2) If the integrated formula is elected in Subsection 1.11(b)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated in the following steps:

    
      (A) First, to each eligible Active Participant in the same ratio that the sum of the eligible Active Participant’s Compensation and “excess Compensation” for the Plan Year bears
            to the sum of the Compensation and “excess Compensation” of all eligible Active Participants for the Plan Year. This 

       

    

  

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

15

    
      
        allocation as a percentage of the sum of each eligible Active Participant’s Compensation and “excess Compensation” shall not exceed the “permitted disparity limit”, as defined in Section 1.11 of the
        Adoption Agreement.

            Notwithstanding the foregoing, if in any Plan Year an eligible Active Participant has reached the “cumulative permitted disparity limit”, such eligible Active Participant shall
      receive an allocation under this Subsection 5.10(b)(2)(A) based on two times his Compensation for the Plan Year, rather than the sum of his Compensation and “excess Compensation” for the Plan Year. If an Active Participant did not benefit
      under a qualified defined benefit plan or target benefit plan for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Active Participant shall have no “cumulative disparity limit”.

      
        (B) Second, if any Nonelective Employer Contributions remain after the allocation in Subsection 5.10(b)(2)(A), the remaining Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated to each eligible Active Participant in the
        same ratio that the eligible Active Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all eligible Active Participants for the Plan Year.

    

        Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsections 5.10(b)(2)(A) and (B) above, if in any Plan Year an eligible Active Participant benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee
    pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k), that provides for or imputes permitted disparity, the Nonelective Employer Contributions for the Plan Year allocated to such eligible Active Participant shall be in the ratio that his Compensation for the
    Plan Year bears to the total Compensation paid to all eligible Active Participants.

        If the Plan is or is deemed to be a “top-heavy plan”, as defined in Subsection 15.01(f), for any Plan Year, the allocation steps in Subsections 5.10(b)(2)(A) and (B) shall be modified
    as provided in Section 15.04.

  
         For purposes of this Subsection 5.10(b)(2), the following definitions shall apply:

  
    
      (C) “Cumulative permitted disparity limit” means 35 multiplied by the sum of an Active Participant’s annual permitted disparity
        fractions, as defined in Sections 1.401(l) -5(b)(3) through (b)(7) of the Treasury Regulations, attributable to the Active Participant’s total years of service under the Plan and any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as
        defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer. For each Plan Year commencing prior to January 1, 1989, the annual permitted disparity fraction shall be deemed to be one, unless the Participant never accrued a
        benefit under any qualified plan or simplified employee pension maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer during any such Plan Year. In determining the annual permitted disparity fraction for any Plan Year, the Employer may elect to assume
        that the full disparity limit has been used for such Plan Year.

    
      (D) “Excess Compensation” means Compensation in excess of the “integration level” specified by the Employer in Subsection
        1.11(b)(2) of the Adoption Agreement.

  

  5.11. Vested Interest in Contributions. A Participant’s vested interest in the following sub-accounts shall be 100 percent: 

  
    (a) his Deferral Contributions Account;

  
    (b) his Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account;

  
    (c) his Qualified Matching Employer Contributions Account;

  (d) his Nonelective Employer Contributions Account attributable to Nonelective Employer Contributions made in accordance with the Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution Addendum to the
    Adoption Agreement 

   

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

16

  
    that are intended to satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirement for deemed satisfaction of the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03;

  
    (e) his Matching Employer Contributions Account attributable to Matching Employer Contributions made in accordance with the Safe Harbor Matching Employer Contribution Addendum to the Adoption Agreement that are intended to
    satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirement for deemed satisfaction of the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03;

  
    (f) his Rollover Contributions Account; 

  (g) his Employee Contributions Account; and 

  (h) his deductible Employee Contributions Account.

     A Participant’s vested interest in his Nonelective Employer Contributions Account attributable to Nonelective Employer Contributions other than those described in Subsection 5.11(d) above,
shall be determined in accordance with the vesting schedule elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.15(b)(1) of the Adoption Agreement. A Participant’s vested interest in his Matching Employer Contributions Account attributable to Matching
Employer Contributions other than those described in Subsection
 5.11(e) above, shall be determined in accordance with the vesting
schedule elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.15(b)(2) of the Adoption
Agreement.

5.12. Time for Making Contributions. The Employer shall pay its contribution for each Plan Year not later than the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s Federal income tax return for the fiscal (or taxable)
year with or within which such Plan Year ends (including extensions thereof).

     The Employer shall remit any safe harbor Matching Employer Contributions made during a Plan Year quarter to the Trustee no later than the last day of the immediately following Plan Year
quarter.

     The Employer should remit Employee Contributions and Deferral Contributions to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the
Employer’s general assets, but not later than the 15th business day of the calendar month following the month in which such amount otherwise would have been paid to the Participant, or within such other time frame as may be determined by
applicable regulation or legislation.

     The Trustee shall have no authority to inquire into the correctness of the amounts contributed and paid over to the Trustee, to determine whether any contribution is payable under this Article
5, or to enforce, by suit or otherwise, the Employer’s obligation, if any, to make a contribution to the Trustee.

5.13. Return of Employer Contributions. The Trustee shall, upon request by the Employer, return to the Employer the amount (if any) determined under Section 20.24. Such amount shall be reduced by amounts attributable
thereto which have been credited to the Accounts of Participants who have since received distributions from the Trust, except to the extent such amounts continue to be credited to such Participants’ Accounts at the time the amount is returned
to the Employer. Such amount shall also be reduced by the losses of the Trust attributable thereto, if and to the extent such losses exceed the gains and income attributable thereto, but shall not be increased by the gains and income of the Trust
attributable thereto, if and to the extent such gains and income exceed the losses attributable thereto. To the extent such gains exceed losses, the gains shall be forfeited and applied as provided in Section 11.09. In no event shall the return of a
contribution hereunder cause the balance of the individual Account of any Participant to be reduced to less than the balance which would have been credited to the Account had the mistaken amount not been contributed.

Article 6. Limitations on
Contributions.

6.01. Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article, the following definitions shall apply:

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

17

  
    (a) “Aggregate limit” means the greater of (1) or (2) where (1) is the sum of (A) 125 percent of the greater of the average “deferral
    ratio” of the Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” or the average “contribution percentage” of Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing
    year” beginning with or within the “testing year” of the cash or deferred arrangement and (B) the lesser of 200 percent or two plus the lesser of such average “deferral ratio” or average “contribution percentage”
    and where (2) is the sum of (A) 125 percent of the lesser of the average “deferral ratio” of the Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” or the average “contribution
    percentage” of the Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” beginning with or within the “testing year” of the cash or deferred arrangement and (B) the lesser of 200 percent or two
    plus the greater of such average “deferral ratio” or average “contribution percentage”.

  
    (b) “Annual additions” mean the sum of the following amounts allocated to an Active Participant for a Limitation Year:

  
    
      (1) all employer contributions allocated to an Active Participant’s account under qualified defined contribution plans maintained by the “415 employer”, including amounts applied to reduce employer
      contributions as provided under Section 11.09;

    
      (2) all employee contributions allocated to an Active Participant’s account under a qualified defined contribution plan or a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the “415 employer” if separate
      accounts are maintained with respect to such Active Participant under the defined benefit plan;

    
      (3) all forfeitures allocated to an Active Participant’s account under a qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the “415 employer”;

    
      (4) all amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an “individual medical benefit account” which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the “415 employer”;

    
      (5) all amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a
      key employee, as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3), under a “welfare benefit fund” maintained by the “415 employer”; and

    
      (6) all allocations to an Active Participant under a “simplified employee pension”.

  

  
    (c) “Contribution percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (1) the “contribution percentage amounts” allocated
          to an “eligible participant’s” accounts for the Plan Year to (2) the “eligible participant’s” “testing compensation” for the Plan Year.

  
    (d) “Contribution percentage amounts” mean:

  
    
      (1) any Employee Contributions made by an “eligible participant” to the Plan;

    
      (2) any Matching Employer Contributions, but excluding (A) Qualified Matching Employer Contributions that are taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 (except that such exclusion
        shall not apply for any Plan Year in which the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 is deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 6.10) and (B) Matching Employer Contributions that are forfeited either to correct “excess aggregate
      contributions” or because the contributions to which they relate are “excess deferrals”, “excess contributions”, or “excess aggregate contributions”;

  

       

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

18

    
      
        (3) at the election of the Employer, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, excluding Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions that are taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in
        Section 6.03; and

      
        (4) at the election of the Employer, Deferral Contributions, excluding Deferral Contributions that are taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03.

    

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Plan Year in which the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 is deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 6.10, “contribution percentage
    amounts” shall not include the following:

  
    
      (5) any Deferral Contributions; and

    
      (6) if the requirements described in Section 6.11 for deemed satisfaction of the “ACP” test with respect to Matching Employer Contributions are met, any Matching Employer Contributions; or if the requirements
      described in Section 6.11 for deemed satisfaction of the “ACP” test with respect to Matching Employer Contributions are not met, any Matching Employer Contributions
        made on behalf of an “eligible participant” for the Plan Year that do not exceed four percent of the “eligible participant’s” Compensation for the Plan Year.

  

        To be included in determining an “eligible participant’s” “contribution percentage” for a Plan Year, Employee Contributions must be made to the Plan before the end of
    such Plan Year and other “contribution percentage amounts” must be allocated to the “eligible participant’s” Account as of a date within such Plan Year and made before the last day of the 12-month period immediately
    following the Plan Year to which the “contribution percentage amounts” relate. If an Employer has elected the prior year testing method described in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, “contribution percentage
    amounts” that are taken into account for purposes of determining the “contribution percentages” of Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior year relate to such prior year. Therefore, such “contribution percentage
    amounts” must be made before the last day of the Plan Year being tested.

        Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1999, if an Employer elects to change from the current year testing method described in Subsection 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement
    to the prior year testing method described in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, the following shall not be considered “contribution percentage amounts” for purposes of determining the “contribution percentages” of
    Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the change is effective:

  
    
      (7) Qualified Matching Employer Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 for such prior year;

    
      (8) Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 or the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for such prior year;
      and

    
      (9) all Deferral Contributions.

  

  
    (e) “Deferral ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (1) the amount of “includable contributions” made on behalf of
    an Active Participant for the Plan Year to (2) the Active Participant’s “testing compensation” for such Plan Year. An Active Participant who does not receive “includable contributions” for a Plan Year shall have a
“deferral ratio” of zero.

   (f) “Defined benefit fraction” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Active
    Participant’s annual benefits (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) under all the defined benefit plans
    (whether or not terminated) maintained by the “415 employer”, each such annual benefit computed on the 

   

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

19

  
    assumptions that the Active Participant shall remain in employment until the normal retirement age under each such plan (or the Active Participant’s current age, if later) and that all other factors used to determine
    benefits under such plan shall remain constant for all future Limitation Years, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year under Code Sections 415(b)(1)(A) and 415(d) or 140
    percent of the Active Participant’s highest average Compensation for three consecutive calendar years of service during which the Active Participant was active in each such plan, including any adjustments under Code Section 415(b). However, if
    the Active Participant was a participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the “415 employer” which were in existence on May 6, 1986 then
    the denominator of the “defined benefit fraction” shall not be less than 125 percent of the Active Participant’s total accrued benefit as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any
    changes in the terms and conditions of such plans made after May 5, 1986, under all such defined benefit plans that met, individually and in the aggregate, the requirements of Code Section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1,
    1987.

  
    (g) “Defined contribution fraction” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of all “annual additions” credited to an
    Active Participant for the current Limitation Year and all prior Limitation Years and the denominator of which is the sum of the “maximum permissible amounts” for the current Limitation Year and all prior Limitation Years during which the
    Participant was an Employee (regardless of whether the “415 employer” maintained a defined contribution plan in any such Limitation Year).

        If the Active Participant was a participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the
“415 employer” which were in existence on May 6, 1986, then the numerator of the “defined contribution fraction” shall be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the “defined benefit fraction” would otherwise exceed
    1.0 under the terms of the Plan. Under the adjustment an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 and (2) the denominator of this fraction shall be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction.
    The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plans made after May 6, 1986, but
    using the Section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

        For purposes of determining the “defined contribution fraction”, the “annual additions” for Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to
    treat all employee contributions as “annual additions”.

  
    (h) “Determination year” means (1) for purposes of determining income or loss with respect to “excess deferrals”, the calendar
    year in which the “excess deferrals” were made and (2) for purposes of determining income or loss with respect to “excess contributions”, and “excess aggregate contributions”, the Plan Year in which such “excess
    contributions” or “excess aggregate contributions” were made.

  
    (i) “Elective deferrals” mean all employer contributions, other than Deferral Contributions, made on behalf of a Participant pursuant to an
    election to defer under any qualified CODA as described in Code Section 401(k), any simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457,
    any plan as described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant pursuant to a salary reduction agreement for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b). “Elective
    deferrals” shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess “annual additions”.

   (j) “Eligible participant” means any Active Participant who is eligible to make Employee Contributions, or
    Deferral Contributions (if the Employer takes such contributions into account in calculating “contribution percentages”), or to receive a Matching Employer Contribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “eligible
    participant” shall not include any Active Participant who is included in a unit of Employees covered 

   

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

20

  
    by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers.

  
    (k) “Excess aggregate contributions” with respect to any Plan Year mean the excess of

  
    
      (1) The aggregate “contribution percentage amounts” actually taken into account in computing the average “contribution percentages” of “eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated
      Employees for such Plan Year, over

    
      (2) The maximum amount of “contribution percentage amounts” permitted to be made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees under Section 6.06 (determined by reducing “contribution percentage amounts”
      made for the Plan Year on behalf of “eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees in order of their “contribution percentages” beginning with the highest of such “contribution percentages”).

  

        “Excess aggregate contributions” shall be determined after first determining “excess deferrals” and then determining “excess contributions”.

  
    (l) “Excess contributions” with respect to any Plan Year mean the excess of

  
      
        (1) The aggregate amount of “includable contributions” actually taken into account in computing the average “deferral percentage” of Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan
        Year, over

      
        (2) The maximum amount of “includable contributions” permitted to be made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees under Section 6.03 (determined by reducing “includable contributions” made for the Plan
        Year on behalf of Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in order of their “deferral ratios”, beginning with the highest of such “deferral ratios”).

  

  
    (m) “Excess deferrals” mean those Deferral Contributions and/or “elective deferrals” that are includable in a Participant’s
    gross income under Code Section 402(g) to the extent such Participant’s Deferral Contributions and/or “elective deferrals” for a calendar year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code Section for such calendar year.

  
    (n) “Excess 415 amount” means the excess of an Active Participant’s “annual additions” for the Limitation Year over the
“maximum permissible amount”.

  
    (o) “415 employer” means the Employer and any other employers which constitute a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code
    Section 414(b) as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or which constitute trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or which constitute an
    affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations issued under Code Section 414(o).

  
    (p) “Includable contributions” mean:

  
    
      (1) any Deferral Contributions made on behalf of an Active Participant, including “excess deferrals” of Highly Compensated Employees, but excluding (a) “excess deferrals” of Non-Highly Compensated
        Employees that arise solely from Deferral Contributions made under the Plan or plans maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer and (b) Deferral Contributions that are taken into account in satisfying the “ACP” test described in
      Section 6.06;

  

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

21

    
      
        (2) at the election of the Employer, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, excluding Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions that are taken into account in satisfying the “ACP” test described in
        Section 6.06; and

      
        (3) at the election of the Employer, Qualified Matching Employer Contributions; provided, however, that the Employer may not elect to treat Qualified Matching Employer Contributions as “includable contributions”
        for any Plan Year in which the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 is deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 6.10.

    

        To be included in determining an Active Participant’s “deferral ratio” for a Plan Year, “includable contributions” must be allocated to the Participant’s Account
    as of a date within such Plan Year and made before the last day of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the “includable contributions” relate. If an Employer has elected the prior year testing method described
    in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, “includable contributions” that are taken into account for purposes of determining the “deferral ratios” of Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior year relate to such
    prior year. Therefore, such “includable contributions” must be made before the last day of the Plan Year being tested.

        Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1999, if an Employer elects to change from the current year testing method described in Subsection 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement
    to the prior year testing method described in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, the following shall not be considered “includable contributions” for purposes of determining the “deferral ratios” of Non-Highly
    Compensated Employees for the prior year immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the change is effective:

  
    
      (4) Deferral Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for such prior year;

    
      (5) Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions that were taken into account in satisfying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 or the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 for such prior year;
      and

    
      (6) all Qualified Matching Employer Contributions.

  

  
    (q) “Individual medical benefit account” means an individual medical benefit account as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2).

  
    (r) “Maximum permissible amount” means for a Limitation Year with respect to any Active Participant the lesser of (1) $30,000 (adjusted
    as provided in Code Section 415(d)) or (2) 25 percent of the Active Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year. If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different
    12-consecutive-month period, the dollar limitation specified in clause (1) above shall be adjusted by multiplying it by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of months in the short Limitation Year and the denominator of which is
    12.

        The Compensation limitation specified in clause (2) above shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2) after separation from
    service which is otherwise treated as an “annual addition” under Code Section 419A(d)(2) or 415(l)(1).

  
    (s) “Simplified employee pension” means a simplified employee pension as defined in Code Section 408(k).

  
    (t) “Testing compensation” means compensation as defined in Code Section 414(s). “Testing compensation” shall be based on the
    amount actually paid to a Participant during the “testing year” or, at the option of the Employer, during that portion of the “testing year” during which the Participant is an Active Participant; provided, however, that if the
    Employer elected different Eligibility Service requirements for purposes of 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

22

  
    eligibility to make Deferral Contributions and to receive Matching Employer Contributions, then “testing compensation” must be based on the amount paid to a Participant during the full “testing
    year”.

        The annual “testing compensation” of each Active Participant taken into account in applying the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 and the “ACP” test described
    in Section 6.06 for any “testing year” shall not exceed the annual compensation limit under Code Section 401(a)(17) as in effect on the first day of the “testing year”. This limit shall be adjusted by the Secretary to reflect
    increases in the cost of living, as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17)(B); provided, however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for “testing years” beginning in such calendar year. If a Plan
    determines “testing compensation” over a period that contains fewer than 12 calendar months (a “short determination period”), then the Compensation limit for such “short determination period” is equal to the
    Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the “short determination period” begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the “short determination period” by 12; provided, however, that
    such proration shall not apply if there is a “short determination period” because (1) the Employer elected in accordance with any rules and regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate to apply the “ADP”
    test described in Section 6.03 and/or the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 based only on Compensation paid during the portion of the “testing year” during which an individual was an Active Participant or (2) an Employee is
    covered under the Plan for fewer than 12 calendar months.

  
    (u) “Testing year” means

  
    
      (1) if the Employer has elected the current year testing method in Subsection 1.06(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Year being tested.

    
      (2) if the Employer has elected the prior year testing method in Subsection 1.06(a)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year being tested.

  

  
    (v) “Welfare benefit fund” means a welfare benefit fund as defined in Code Section 419(e).

6.02. Code Section 402(g) Limit on Deferral Contributions. In no event shall the amount of Deferral Contributions made under the Plan for a calendar year, when aggregated with the “elective deferrals” made under
any other plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer, exceed the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of such calendar year.

     A Participant may assign to the Plan any “excess deferrals” made during a calendar year by notifying the Administrator on or before March 15 following the calendar year in which the
“excess deferrals” were made of the amount of the “excess deferrals” to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant is deemed to notify the Administrator of any “excess deferrals” that arise by taking into account only those
Deferral Contributions made to the Plan and those “elective deferrals” made to any other plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, “excess deferrals”, plus any income
and minus any loss allocable thereto, as determined under Section 6.09, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose Account “excess deferrals” were so assigned for the preceding calendar year and who claims
“excess deferrals” for such calendar year.

     Any Matching Employer Contributions attributable to “excess deferrals”, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, as determined under Section 6.09, shall be forfeited and
applied as provided in Section 11.09.

     “Excess deferrals” shall be treated as “annual additions” under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the
calendar year in which the “excess deferrals” were made.

6.03. Additional Limit on Deferral Contributions (“ADP” Test). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Deferral Contributions made with respect to a Plan Year on behalf of Active
Participants who are 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

23

Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year may not result in an average “deferral ratio” for such Active Participants that exceeds the greater of:

  
    (a) the average “deferral ratio” for the “testing year” of Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” multiplied by 1.25; or

  
    (b) the average “deferral ratio” for the “testing year” of Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” multiplied by two, provided that the average
“deferral ratio” for Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year being tested does not exceed the average “deferral ratio” for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
“testing year” by more than two percentage points.

     For the first Plan Year in which the Plan provides a cash or deferred arrangement, the average “deferral ratio” for Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees used
in determining the limits applicable under Subsections 6.03(a) and (b) shall be either three percent or the actual average “deferral ratio” for such Active Participants for such first Plan Year, as elected by the Employer in Section
1.06(b) of the Adoption Agreement.

     The deferral ratios of Active Participants who are included in a unit of Employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement shall be
disaggregated from the “deferral ratios” of other Active Participants and the provisions of this Section 6.03 shall be applied separately with respect to each group.

     The “deferral ratio” for any Active Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year being tested and who is eligible to have “includable contributions”
allocated to his accounts under two or more cash or deferred arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer, shall be determined as if such “includable contributions” were made under
a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a
single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code Section 401(k).

     If this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of
such Code Sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section 6.03 shall be applied by determining the “deferral ratios” of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code
Section 401(k) only if they have the same plan year.

     The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the “ADP” test and the amount of Qualified Nonelective and/or Qualified Matching Employer Contributions
used in such test.

6.04. Allocation and Distribution of “Excess Contributions”. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the “excess contributions” allocable to the Account of a Participant, plus any income and
minus any loss allocable thereto, as determined under Section 6.09, shall be distributed to the Participant no later than the last day of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the “excess contributions” were made. If
such excess amounts are distributed more than 2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which the “excess contributions” were made, a ten percent excise tax shall be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such
amounts.

     The “excess contributions” allocable to a Participant’s Account shall be determined by reducing the “includable contributions” made for the Plan Year on behalf of
Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in order of the dollar amount of such “includable contributions”, beginning with the highest such dollar amount.

     “Excess contributions” shall be treated as “annual additions”.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

24

     Any Matching Employer Contributions attributable to “excess contributions”, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, as determined under Section 6.09, shall be forfeited
and applied as provided in Section 11.09.

6.05. Reductions in Deferral Contributions to Meet Code Requirements. If the Administrator anticipates that the Plan will not satisfy the “ADP” and/or “ACP” test for the year, the Administrator may
objectively reduce the rate of Deferral Contributions of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees to an amount determined by the Administrator to be necessary to satisfy the “ADP” and/or “ACP” test.

6.06. Limit on Matching Employer Contributions and Employee Contributions (“ACP” Test). The provisions of this Section 6.06 shall not apply to Active Participants who are included in a unit of Employees covered by
an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, Matching Employer Contributions and Employee Contributions made with respect to a Plan Year by or on behalf of “eligible
participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year may not result in an average “contribution percentage” for such “eligible participants” that exceeds the greater of:

  
    (a) the average “contribution percentage” for the “testing year” of “eligible participants” who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” multiplied by 1.25;
    or

  
    (b) the average “contribution percentage” for the “testing year” of “eligible participants” who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” multiplied by two, provided
    that the average “contribution percentage” for the Plan Year being tested of “eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the average “contribution percentage” for the “testing
    year” of “eligible participants” who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year” by more than two percentage points.

     For the first Plan Year in which the Plan provides for “contribution percentage amounts” to be made, the “ACP” for “eligible participants” who are Non-Highly
Compensated Employees used in determining the limits applicable under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.06 shall be either three percent or the actual “ACP” of such eligible participants for such first Plan Year, as elected by the
Employer in Section 1.06(b) .

     The “contribution percentage” for any “eligible participant” who is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have “contribution percentage
amounts” allocated to his accounts under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(a) that are maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer, shall be determined as if such “contribution percentage amounts” were contributed
under a single plan. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more such plans that have different plan years, all plans ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 401(m).

     If this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of
such Code Sections only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section 6.06 shall be applied by determining the “contribution percentages” of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy
Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same plan year.

     The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the “ACP” test and the amount of Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions,
and/or Qualified Matching Employer Contributions used in such test.

6.07. Allocation, Distribution, and Forfeiture of “Excess Aggregate Contributions”. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the “excess aggregate contributions” allocable to the Account of a
Participant, plus any 

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

25

income and minus any loss allocable thereto, as determined under Section 6.09, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed to the Participant no later than the last day of the Plan Year
immediately following the Plan Year in which the “excess aggregate contributions” were made. If such excess amounts are distributed more than 21⁄2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such “excess aggregate
contributions” were made, a ten percent excise tax shall be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.

     The “excess aggregate contributions” allocable to a Participant’s Account shall be determined by reducing the “contribution percentage amounts” made for the Plan Year
on behalf of “eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees in order of the dollar amount of such “contribution percentage amounts”, beginning with the highest such dollar amount.

     “Excess aggregate contributions” shall be treated as “annual additions”.

     “Excess aggregate contributions” shall be forfeited or distributed from a Participant’s Employee Contributions Account, Matching Employer Contributions Account and if applicable,
the Participant’s Deferral Contributions Account and/or Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions Account in the order prescribed by the Employer, who shall direct the Trustee, and which order shall be uniform with respect to all
Participants and non-discriminatory.

     Forfeitures of “excess aggregate contributions” shall be applied as provided in Section 11.09.

6.08. Aggregate Limit on “Contribution Percentage Amounts” and “Includable Contributions”. The sum of the average “deferral ratio” and the average “contribution percentage” of those
Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year shall not exceed the “aggregate limit”. The average “deferral ratio” and average “contribution percentage” of such Active Participants shall
be determined after any corrections required to meet the “ADP” test, described in Section 6.03, and the “ACP” test, described in Section 6.06, have been made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “aggregate limit” shall
not be exceeded if either the average “deferral ratio” or the average “contribution percentage” of such Active Participants for the Plan Year does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the average “deferral ratio” or the
average “contribution percentage”, as applicable, for the “testing year” of the Active Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the “testing year”.

     If the “aggregate limit” would be exceeded for any Plan Year, then the limit shall be met by reducing the “contribution percentage amounts” contributed for the Plan Year on
behalf of the Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year (in order of their “contribution percentages”, beginning with the highest such “contribution percentage”). “Contribution percentage
amounts” that are reduced as provided herein shall be treated as “excess aggregate contributions”. If for any Plan Year in which the “ADP” test described in Section 6.03 is deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 6.10, the
average “deferral ratio” of those Active Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan Year does not meet the “aggregate limit” after reducing the “contribution percentage amounts” contributed on
behalf of such Active Participants to zero, no further reduction shall be required under this Section 6.08.

6.09. Income or Loss on Distributable Contributions. The income or loss allocable to “excess deferrals”, “excess contributions”, and “excess aggregate contributions” shall be determined under
one of the following methods:

  
    (a) the income or loss for the “determination year” allocable to the Participant’s Account to which such contributions were made multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the
    distributable contributions and the denominator of which is the balance of the Participant’s Account to which such contributions were made, determined without regard to any income or loss occurring during the “determination year”;
    or

  
    (b) the income or loss for the “determination year” determined under any other reasonable method, provided that such method is used consistently for all Participants in determining the income or loss allocable to
  

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

26

  
    distributable contributions hereunder for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan in allocating income or loss to Participants’ Accounts.

Income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the “determination year” and the date of distribution shall be disregarded in determining income or loss.

6.10. Deemed Satisfaction of “ADP” Test. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 6 to the contrary, for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1999, if the Employer has elected one of the safe
harbor contributions in Subsection 1.10(a)(3) or 1.11(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement and complies with the notice requirements described herein for such Plan Year, the Plan shall be deemed to have satisfied the “ADP” test described in
Section 6.03. The Employer shall provide a notice to each Active Participant during the Plan Year describing the following:

  
    (a) the formula used for determining the amount of the safe harbor contribution to be made on behalf of Active Participants for the Plan Year or a statement that the Plan may be amended during the Plan Year to provide for a
    safe harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution for the Plan Year equal to at least three percent of each Active Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year;

  
    (b) any other employer contributions provided under the Plan and any requirements that Active Participants must satisfy to be entitled to receive such employer contributions;

  
    (c) the type and amount of Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan as Deferral Contributions;

  
    (d) the procedures for making a cash or deferred election under the Plan and the periods during which such elections may be made or changed; and

  
    (e) the withdrawal and vesting provisions applicable to contributions under the Plan.

     The descriptions required in (b) through (e) may be provided by cross references to the relevant sections of an up to date summary plan description. Such notice shall be written in a manner
calculated to be understood by the average Active Participant. The Employer shall provide the notice to each Active Participant within one of the following periods, whichever is applicable:

  
    (f) if the employee is an Active Participant 90 days before the beginning of the Plan Year, within the period beginning 90 days and ending 30 days before the first day of the Plan Year; or

  
    (g) if the employee becomes an Active Participant after the date described in paragraph (f) above, within the period beginning 90 days before and ending on the date he becomes an Active Participant;

provided, however, that such notice shall not be required to be provided to an Active Participant earlier than is required under any guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.

     If an Employer that provides notice that the Plan may be amended to provide a safe harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution for the Plan Year does amend the Plan to provide such contribution,
the Employer shall provide a supplemental notice to all Active Participants stating that a safe harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution in the specified amount shall be made for the Plan Year. Such supplemental notice shall be provided to Active
Participants at least 30 days before the last day of the Plan Year.

6.11. Deemed Satisfaction of “ACP” Test With Respect to Matching Employer Contributions. A Plan that satisfies the requirements of Section 6.10 shall also be deemed to have satisfied the “ACP” test
described in Section 6.06 with respect to Matching Employer Contributions, if Matching Employer Contributions to the Plan for the Plan Year meet all of the following requirements: (a) the percentage of Deferral Contributions matched does not
increase as the percentage of Compensation contributed increases; (b) Highly Compensated Employees are not provided a greater 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

27

percentage match than Non-Highly Compensated Employees; (c) Deferral Contributions matched do not exceed six percent of a Participant’s Compensation; and (d) if the Employer elected in Subsection 1.10(a)(2) or 1.10(b)
of the Adoption Agreement to provide discretionary Matching Employer Contributions, the Employer also elected in Subsection 1.10(a)(2)(A) or 1.10(b)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, as applicable, to limit the dollar amount of such discretionary
Matching Employer Contributions allocated to a Participant for the Plan Year to no more than four percent of such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.

     If such Plan provides for Employee Contributions, the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 must be applied with respect to such Employee Contributions. For purposes of applying the
“ACP” test with respect to Employee Contributions, Matching Employer Contributions and Nonelective Employer Contributions that satisfy the vesting and distribution requirements applicable to safe harbor contributions, but which are not
required to comply with the safe harbor contribution requirements may be taken into account.

6.12. Code Section 415 Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the following limitations shall apply:

  
    (a) Employer Maintains Single Plan: If the “415 employer” does not maintain any other qualified defined contribution plan or any
“welfare benefit fund”, “individual medical benefit account”, or “simplified employee pension” in addition to the Plan, the provisions of this Subsection 6.12(a) shall apply.

  
    
      (1) If a Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in any other qualified defined contribution plan, “welfare benefit fund”, “individual medical benefit account”, or
“simplified employee pension” maintained by the “415 employer”, which provides an “annual addition”, the amount of “annual additions” to the Participant’s Account for a Limitation Year shall not exceed
        the lesser of the “maximum permissible amount” or any other limitation contained in the Plan. If a contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the “annual additions”
      for the Limitation Year to exceed the “maximum permissible amount”, the amount contributed or allocated shall be reduced so that the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year shall equal the “maximum permissible
      amount”.

    
      (2) Prior to the determination of a Participant’s actual Compensation for a Limitation Year, the “maximum permissible amount” may be determined on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the
        Participant’s Compensation for such Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. Any Employer contributions based on estimated annual Compensation shall be reduced by any “excess 415 amounts” carried
      over from prior Limitation Years.

    
      (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the “maximum permissible amount” for such Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual
      Compensation for such Limitation Year.

    
      (4) If there is an “excess 415 amount” with respect to a Participant for a Limitation Year as a result of the estimation of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year, the allocation of
        forfeitures to the Participant’s Account, or a reasonable error in determining the amount of Deferral Contributions that may be made on behalf of the Participant under the limits of this Section 6.12, such “excess 415 amount” shall be
      disposed of as follows:

    
      
        (A) Any Employee Contributions shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the “excess 415 amount”.

      
        (B) If after application of Subsection 6.12(a)(4)(A) an “excess 415 amount” still exists, any Deferral Contributions that have not been matched shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the “excess
        415 amount”.

    

  

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

28

    
      
        
          (C) If after application of Subsection 6.12(a)(4)(B) an “excess 415 amount” still exists, any Deferral Contributions that have been matched and the Matching Employer Contributions attributable thereto shall be
          reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the “excess 415 amount”.

        
          (D) If after the application of Subsection 6.12(a)(4)(C) an “excess 415 amount” still exists, any Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the “excess 415
          amount”.

        
          (E) If after the application of Subsection 6.12(a)(4)(D) an “excess 415 amount” still exists, any Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the “excess
          415 amount”.

      

            Employee Contributions and Deferral Contributions that are reduced as provided above shall be returned to the Participant. Any income allocable to returned Employee Contributions or Deferral
      Contributions shall also be returned or shall be treated as additional “annual additions” for the Limitation Year in which the excess contributions to which they are allocable were made.

            If Matching Employer, Nonelective Employer, or Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions to a Participant’s Account are reduced as an “excess 415 amount”, as provided above,
      and the individual is still an Active Participant at the end of the Limitation Year, then such “excess 415 amount” shall be reapplied to reduce future Employer contributions under the Plan for the next Limitation Year (and for each
      succeeding Limitation Year, as necessary) for such Participant, so that in each such Limitation Year the sum of the actual Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant plus the reapplied amount shall equal the amount of Employer
      contributions which would otherwise be made to such Participant’s Account. If the individual is not an Active Participant at the end of a Limitation Year, then such “excess 415 amount” shall be held unallocated in a suspense account.
      The suspense account shall be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining Active Participants in the next Limitation Year and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.

            If a suspense account is in existence at any time during the Limitation Year pursuant to this Subsection 6.12(a)(4), it shall participate in the allocation of the Trust Fund’s investment
      gains and losses. All amounts in the suspense account must be allocated to the Accounts of Active Participants before any Employer contribution may be made for the Limitation Year.

            Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Subsection 6.12, “excess 415 amounts” may not be distributed to Participants.

    

  
    (b) Employer Maintains Multiple Defined Contribution Type Plans: Unless the Employer specifies another method for limiting “annual
    additions” in the 415 Correction Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, if the “415 employer” maintains any other qualified defined contribution plan or any “welfare benefit fund”, “individual medical benefit
    account”, or “simplified employee pension” in addition to the Plan, the provisions of this Subsection 6.12(b) shall apply.

  
    
      (1) If a Participant is covered under any other qualified defined contribution plan or any “welfare benefit fund”, “individual medical benefit account”, or “simplified employee pension”
      maintained by the “415 employer”, that provides an “annual addition”, the amount of “annual additions” to the Participant’s Account for a Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of

    
      
        (A) the “maximum permissible amount”, reduced by the sum of any “annual additions” to the Participant’s accounts for the same Limitation Year under such other qualified defined contribution plans
        and “welfare benefit funds”, “individual medical benefit accounts”, and “simplified employee pensions”, or

    

  

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

29

    
      
        
          (B) any other limitation contained in the Plan.

        
          If the “annual additions” with respect to a Participant under other qualified defined contribution plans, “welfare benefit funds”, “individual medical benefit accounts”, and “simplified
            employee pensions” maintained by the “415 employer” are less than the “maximum permissible amount” and a contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account under the Plan would
            cause the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed the “maximum permissible amount”, the amount to be contributed or allocated shall be reduced so that the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year shall
            equal the “maximum permissible amount”. If the “annual additions” with respect to the Participant under such other qualified defined contribution plans, “welfare benefit funds”, “individual medical benefit
            accounts”, and “simplified employee pensions” in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the “maximum permissible amount”, no amount shall be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account under the Plan for
          the Limitation Year.

      

      
        (2) Prior to the determination of a Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the amounts referred to in Subsection 6.12(b)(1)(A) above may be determined on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the
      Participant’s Compensation for such Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. Any Employer contribution based on estimated annual Compensation shall be reduced by any “excess 415 amounts” carried
      over from prior Limitation Years.

      
        (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the amounts referred to in Subsection 6.12(b)(1)(A) shall be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Compensation for such
      Limitation Year.

      
        (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other plan maintained by a “415 employer”, if there is an “excess 415 amount” with respect to a Participant for a Limitation Year as a result of estimation of
      the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year, the allocation of forfeitures to the Participant’s account under any qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the “415 employer”, or a reasonable error in
      determining the amount of Deferral Contributions that may be made on behalf of the Participant to the Plan or any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the “415 employer” under the limits of this Subsection 6.12(b), such
“excess 415 amount” shall be deemed to consist first of the “annual additions” allocated to this Plan and shall be reduced as provided in Subsection 6.12(a)(4); provided, however, that if the “415 employer” maintains
      both a profit sharing plan and a money purchase pension plan under this Basic Plan Document, “annual additions” to the money purchase pension plan shall be reduced only after all “annual additions” to the profit sharing plan have
      been reduced.

    

  
    (c) Employer Maintains or Maintained Defined Benefit Plan: For Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, if the “415 employer”
    maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan, the sum of any Participant’s “defined benefit plan fraction and “defined contribution plan fraction” shall not exceed the combined plan limitation of 1.00 in
    any such Limitation Year. The combined plan limitation shall be met by reducing “annual additions” under the Plan, unless otherwise provided in the qualified defined benefit plan.

  
    (d) Adjustment to Compensation: Compensation for purposes of this Section 6.12 shall include amounts that are not includable in the gross income of
    the Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b).

Article 7. Participants’ Accounts.

7.01. Individual Accounts. The Administrator shall establish and maintain an Account for each Participant that shall reflect Employer and Employee contributions made on behalf of the Participant and earnings, expenses,
gains and losses attributable thereto, and investments made with amounts in the Participant’s Account. The Administrator shall establish and maintain such other accounts and records as it decides in its discretion to be reasonably required or

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

30

appropriate in order to discharge its duties under the Plan. The Administrator shall notify the Trustee of all Accounts established and maintained under the Plan.

7.02. Valuation of Accounts. Participant Accounts shall be valued at their fair market value at least annually as of a date specified by the Administrator in accordance with a method consistently followed and uniformly
applied, and on such date earnings, expenses, gains and losses on investments made with amounts in each Participant’s Account shall be allocated to such Account. Participants shall be furnished statements of their Account values at least once
each Plan Year.

Article 8. Investment of Contributions.

8.01. Manner of Investment. All contributions made to the Accounts of Participants shall be held for investment by the Trustee. Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 20.10, the Accounts of Participants shall
be invested and reinvested only in Permissible Investments selected by the Employer and designated in the Service Agreement. 

8.02. Investment Decisions. Investments shall be directed by the Employer or by each Participant or both, in accordance with the Employer’s election in Subsection 1.23 of the Adoption Agreement. Pursuant to Section
20.04, the Trustee shall have no discretion or authority with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund.

  
    (a) With respect to those Participant Accounts for which Employer investment direction is elected, the Employer (in its capacity as a named fiduciary under ERISA) has the right to direct the Trustee in writing with respect
    to the investment and reinvestment of assets comprising the Trust Fund in the Permissible Investments designated in the Service Agreement.

  
    (b) With respect to those Participant Accounts for which Participant investment direction is elected, each Participant shall direct the investment of his Account among the Permissible Investments designated in the Service
    Agreement. The Participant shall file initial investment instructions with the Administrator, on such form as the Administrator may provide, selecting the Permissible Investments in which amounts credited to his Account shall be invested.

  
    
      (1) Except as provided in this Section 8.02, only authorized Plan contacts and the Participant shall have access to a Participant’s Account. While any balance remains in the Account of a Participant after his death,
        the Beneficiary of the Participant shall make decisions as to the investment of the Account as though the Beneficiary were the Participant. To the extent required by a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p), an
      alternate payee shall make investment decisions with respect to any segregated account established in the name of the alternate payee as provided in Section 18.04.

    
      (2) If the Trustee receives any contribution under the Plan as to which investment instructions have not been provided, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Administrator and the Administrator shall take steps to elicit
        instructions from the Participant. The Trustee shall credit any such contribution to the Participant’s Account and such amount shall be invested in the Permissible Investment selected by the Employer for such purposes or, absent Employer
      selection, in the most conservative Permissible Investment designated in the Service Agreement, until investment instructions have been received by the Trustee.

  

        If the Employer elects to allow Participants to direct the investment of their Account in Subsection 1.23(b) or (c) of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan is intended to constitute a plan
    described in ERISA Section 404(c) and regulations issued thereunder. The fiduciaries of the Plan shall be relieved of liability for any losses that are the direct and necessary result of investment instructions given by the Participant, his
    Beneficiary, or an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order. The Employer shall not be relieved of fiduciary responsibility for the selection and monitoring of the Permissible Investments under the Plan.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

31

  
    (c) All dividends, interest, gains and distributions of any nature received in respect of Fund Shares shall be reinvested in additional shares of that Permissible Investment.

  
    (d) Expenses attributable to the acquisition of investments shall be charged to the Account of the Participant for which such investment is made.

8.03. Participant Directions to Trustee. The method and frequency for change of investments shall be determined under (a) the rules applicable to the Permissible Investments selected by the Employer and designated in the
Service Agreement and (b) any additional rules of the Employer limiting the frequency of investment changes, which are included in a separate written administrative procedure adopted by the Employer and accepted by the Trustee. The Trustee shall
have no duty to inquire into the investment decisions of a Participant or to advise him regarding the purchase, retention, or sale of assets credited to his Account.

Article 9. Participant Loans.

9.01. Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article, the following special definitions shall apply:

  
    (a) A “participant” is any Participant or Beneficiary, including an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined
    in Code Section 414(p), who is a party-in-interest (as determined under ERISA Section 3(14)) with respect to the Plan.

  
    (b) An “owner-employee” is, if the Employer is a sole proprietorship for Federal income tax purposes (regardless of its characterization
    under state law), the individual who is the sole proprietor or sole member, as applicable; if the Employer is a partnership for Federal income tax purposes (regardless of its characterization under state law), a partner or member, as applicable, who
    owns more than 10 percent of either the capital interest or the profits interest of the partnership.

  
    (c) A “shareholder-employee” is an employee or officer of an electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation who owns (or is considered
    as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318(a)(1)), on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, more than five percent of the outstanding stock of the corporation.

9.02. Participant Loans. If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.17 of the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator shall allow “participants” to apply for a loan from their Accounts under the Plan, subject to
the provisions of this Article 9.

9.03. Separate Loan Procedures. All Plan loans shall be made and administered in accordance with separate loan procedures that are hereby incorporated into the Plan by reference.

9.04. Availability of Loans. Loans shall be made available to all “participants” on a reasonably equivalent basis. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no loans shall be made to (a) an Eligible Employee who
makes a Rollover Contribution in accordance with Section 5.06, but who has not satisfied the requirements of Section 4.01 to become an Active Participant or (b) a “shareholder-employee” or “owner-employee”.

     Loans shall not be made available to “participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other
“participants”.

9.05. Limitation on Loan Amount. No loan to any “participant” shall be made to the extent that such loan when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the “participant” would exceed the
lesser of (a) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of plan loans during the one-year period ending on the day before the loan is made over the outstanding balance of plan loans on the date the loan is made,
or (b) one-half the present value of the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account. For purposes of the above limitation, plan loans include all loans from all plans maintained by the Employer and any Related Employer.

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

32

9.06. Interest Rate. All loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest as determined by the Administrator based on the prevailing interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans which would be
made under similar circumstances. The determination of a reasonable rate of interest must be based on appropriate regional factors unless the Plan is administered on a national basis in which case the Administrator may establish a uniform reasonable
rate of interest applicable to all regions.

9.07. Level Amortization. All loans shall by their terms require that repayment (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments, not less than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date
of the loan unless such loan is for the purchase of a “participant’s” primary residence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amortization requirement may be waived for a period not exceeding one year during which a
“participant” is on a leave of absence from employment with the Employer and any Related Employer either without pay or at a rate of pay which, after withholding for employment and income taxes, is less than the amount of the installment
payments required under the terms of the loan. Installment payments must resume after such leave of absence ends or, if earlier, after the first year of such leave of absence, in an amount that is not less than the amount of the installment payments
required under the terms of the original loan. No waiver of the amortization requirements shall extend the period of the loan beyond five years from the date of the loan, unless the loan is for purchase of the “participant’s” primary
residence.

9.08. Security. Loans must be secured by the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account not to exceed 50 percent of such vested interest. If the provisions of Section 14.04 apply to a Participant, a
Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse, if any, to use his vested interest in his Account as security for the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 90-day period that ends on the date on which
the loan is to be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or
any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan.

9.09. Transfer and Distribution of Loan Amounts from Permissible Investments. The Employer shall confirm the order in which the Permissible Investments shall be liquidated in order that the loan amount can be transferred
and distributed.

9.10. Default. The Administrator shall treat a loan in default if

  
    (a) any scheduled repayment remains unpaid at the end of the period specified in the separate loan procedures (unless payment is not made due to a waiver of the amortization schedule for a “participant” who is on
    a leave of absence, as described in Section 9.07), or

  
    (b) there is an outstanding principal balance existing on a loan after the last scheduled repayment date.

     Upon default, the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. If a distributable event (as defined by the Code) has occurred, the Administrator shall
direct the Trustee to foreclose on the promissory note and offset the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account by the outstanding balance of the loan. If a distributable event has not occurred, the Administrator shall direct the
Trustee to foreclose on the promissory note and offset the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account as soon as a distributable event occurs. The Trustee shall have no obligation to foreclose on the promissory note and offset the
outstanding balance of the loan except as directed by the Administrator.

9.11. Effect of Termination Where Participant has Outstanding Loan Balance. If a Participant has an outstanding loan balance at the time his employment terminates, the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest shall
be immediately due and payable. Any outstanding loan amounts that are immediately due and payable hereunder shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of Sections 9.10 and 9.12 as if the Participant had defaulted on the outstanding
loan.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

33

9.12. Deemed Distributions Under Code Section 72(p). Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.10, if a “participant’s” loan is in default, the “participant” shall be treated as having received a
taxable “deemed distribution” for purposes of Code Section 72(p), whether or not a distributable event has occurred. The amount of a loan that is a deemed distribution ceases to be an outstanding loan for purposes of Code Section 72,
except as otherwise specifically provided herein, and a Participant shall not be treated as having received a taxable distribution when the Participant’s Account is offset by the outstanding balance of the loan amount as provided in Section
9.10. In addition, interest that accrues on a loan after it is deemed distributed shall not be treated as an additional loan to the Participant and shall not be included in the income of the Participant as a deemed distribution. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, unless a Participant repays a loan that has been deemed distributed, with interest thereon, the amount of such loan, with interest, shall be considered an outstanding loan under Code Section 72(p) for purposes of determining the
applicable limitation on subsequent loans under Section 9.05.

     If a Participant makes payments on a loan that has been deemed distributed, payments made on the loan after the date it was deemed distributed shall be treated as Employee Contributions to the
Plan for purposes of increasing the Participant’s tax basis in his Account, but shall not be treated as Employee Contributions for any other purpose under the Plan, including application of the “ACP” test described in Section 6.06 and
application of the Code Section 415 limitations described in Section 6.12.

     The provisions of this Section 9.12 regarding treatment of loans that are deemed distributed shall be effective as of

  
    (a) the Effective Date, if the Plan is a new plan or is an amendment and restatement of a plan that administered loans in accordance with the provisions of Q & A 19 and 20 of Section 1.72(p) -1 of the Proposed Treasury
    Regulations immediately prior to the Effective Date or

  
    (b) as of the January 1 coinciding with or immediately following the Effective Date, in any other case.

     Any loan that was deemed distributed prior to the date the provisions of this Section 9.12 are effective shall be administered in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.12 to the
extent such administration is consistent with the transition rules in Q & A 21(c)(2) of Section 1.72(p) -1 of the Proposed Treasury Regulations.

9.13. Determination of Account Value Upon Distribution Where Plan Loan is Outstanding. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the portion of a “participant’s” vested interest in his Account that is
held by the Plan as security for a loan outstanding to the “participant” in accordance with the provisions of this Article shall reduce the amount of the Account payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is
used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100 percent of a “participant’s” vested interest in his Account (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the “participant’s” surviving spouse or
other Beneficiary, then the Account shall be adjusted by first reducing the “participant’s” vested interest in his Account by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the
surviving spouse or other Beneficiary.

Article 10. In-Service Withdrawals.

10.01. Availability of In-Service Withdrawals. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 11.02 with respect to Participants who continue in employment past Normal Retirement Age, or as required under Section 12.04 with
respect to Participants who continue in employment past their Required Beginning Date, a Participant shall not be permitted to make a withdrawal from his Account under the Plan prior to retirement or termination of employment with the Employer and
all Related Employers, if any, except as provided in this Article.

10.02. Withdrawal of Employee Contributions. A Participant may elect to withdraw, in cash, up to 100 percent of the amount then credited to his Employee Contributions Account. Such withdrawals may be made at any time,
unless the Employer elects in Subsection 1.18(c)(1)(A) of the Adoption Agreement to limit the frequency of such withdrawals.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

34

10.03. Withdrawal of Rollover Contributions. A Participant may elect to withdraw, in cash, up to 100 percent of the amount then credited to his Rollover Contributions Account. Such withdrawals may be made at any
time.

10.04. Age 591⁄2 Withdrawals. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.18(b) or the Protected In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who continues in employment as an Employee
and who has attained the age of 591⁄2 is permitted to withdraw upon request all or any portion of the Accounts specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.18(b) or the Protected In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, as
applicable.

10.05. Hardship Withdrawals. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.18(a) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who continues in employment as an Employee may apply to the Administrator for a hardship withdrawal
of all or any portion of his Deferral Contributions Account (excluding any earnings thereon accrued after the later of December 31, 1988 or the last day of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989) and, if so provided by the Employer in
Subsection 1.18(d)(2), such other Accounts as may be specified in Subsection (c) of the Protected In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. The minimum amount that a Participant may withdraw because of hardship is
$500.

     For purposes of this Section 10.05, a withdrawal is made on account of hardship if made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant where such Participant lacks other
available resources. Determinations with respect to hardship shall be made by the Administrator and shall be conclusive for purposes of the Plan, and shall be based on the following special rules:

  
    (a) The following are the only financial needs considered immediate and heavy:

  
    
      (1) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care (within the meaning of Code Section 213(d)) of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents;

    
      (2) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant;

    
      (3) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children or dependents;

    
      (4) the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant’s principal residence; or

    
      (5) any other financial need determined to be immediate and heavy under rules and regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate.

  

  
    (b) A distribution shall be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if:

  
    
      (1) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than the hardship withdrawal, and all nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer or any Related
      Employer;

    
      (2) The Participant suspends Deferral Contributions and Employee Contributions to the Plan for the 12-month period following the date of his hardship withdrawal. The suspension must also apply to all elective contributions
        and employee contributions to all other qualified plans and non-qualified plans maintained by the Employer or any Related Employer, other than any mandatory employee contribution portion of a defined benefit plan, including stock option, stock
      purchase, and other similar plans, but not including health and welfare benefit plans (other than the cash or deferred arrangement portion of a cafeteria plan);

  

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

35

  
    
      (3) The withdrawal amount is not in excess of the amount of an immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result
      from the distribution); and

    
      (4) The Participant agrees to limit Deferral Contributions (and “elective deferrals”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(i)) to the Plan and any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer for
        the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant received the hardship withdrawal to the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for such calendar year less the amount of the Participant’s Deferral
      Contributions (and “elective deferrals”) for the calendar year in which the Participant received the hardship withdrawal.

  

10.06. Preservation of Prior Plan In-Service Withdrawal Rules. As indicated by the Employer in Subsection 1.18(d) of the Adoption Agreement, to the extent required under Code Section 411(d)(6), in-service withdrawals that
were available under a prior plan shall be available under the Plan.

  
    (a) If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, the following provisions shall apply to preserve prior in-service withdrawal provisions.

  
    
      (1) If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a prior plan or is a transferee plan of a prior plan that provided for in-service withdrawals from a Participant’s Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer
      Contributions Accounts of amounts that have been held in such Accounts for a specified period of time, a Participant shall be entitled to withdraw at any time prior to his termination of employment, subject to any restrictions applicable under the
      prior plan that the Employer elects in Subsection 1.18(d)(1)(A)(i) of the Adoption Agreement to continue under the Plan as amended and restated hereunder (other than any mandatory suspension of contributions restriction), any vested amounts held in
      such Accounts for the period of time specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.18(d)(1)(A) of the Adoption Agreement.

    
      (2) If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a prior plan or is a transferee plan of a prior plan that provided for in-service withdrawals from a Participant’s Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer
      Contributions Accounts by Participants with at least 60 months of participation, a Participant with at least 60 months of participation shall be entitled to withdraw at any time prior to his termination of employment, subject to any restrictions
      applicable under the prior plan that the Employer elects in Subsection 1.18(d)(1)(B)(i) of the Adoption Agreement to continue under the Plan as amended and restated hereunder (other than any mandatory suspension of contributions restriction), any
      vested amounts held in such Accounts.

    
      (3) If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a prior plan or is a transferee plan of a prior plan that provided for in-service withdrawals from a Participant’s Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer
      Contributions Accounts under any other circumstances, a Participant who has met any applicable requirements, as set forth in the Protected In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, shall be entitled to withdraw at any time prior to
      his termination of employment any vested amounts held in such Accounts, subject to any restrictions applicable under the prior plan that the Employer elects to continue under the Plan as amended and restated hereunder, as set forth in the Protected
      In-Service Withdrawal Addendum to the Adoption Agreement.

  

  
    (b) If the Plan is a money purchase pension plan that is an amendment and restatement of a prior profit sharing plan or is a transferee plan of a prior profit sharing plan that provided for
  in-service withdrawals from any portion of a Participant’s Account other than his Employee Contributions and/or Rollover Contributions Accounts, a Participant who has met any applicable requirements, as set forth in the Protected in-Service
  Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, shall be entitled to withdraw at any time prior to his termination of employment his vested interest in amounts attributable to such prior profit sharing accounts, subject to any restrictions
  applicable under the prior plan that the Employer elects to continue under the Plan as 

   

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

36

  
    amended and restated hereunder (other than any mandatory suspension of contributions restriction), as set forth in the Protected In-Service Withdrawal Addendum to the Adoption Agreement.

10.07. Restrictions on In-Service Withdrawals. The following restrictions apply to any in-service withdrawal made from a Participant’s Account under this Article:

  
    (a) If the provisions of Section 14.04 apply to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must obtain the consent of his spouse, if any, to obtain an in-service withdrawal.

  
    (b) In-service withdrawals shall be made in a lump sum payment, except that if the provisions of Section 14.04 apply to a Participant’s Account, the Participant may receive the in-service withdrawal in the form of a
“qualified joint and survivor annuity”, as defined in Subsection 14.04(a) .

  
    (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary other than the provisions of Section 11.02, a Participant shall not be permitted to make an in-service withdrawal from his Account of amounts attributable
    to contributions made to a money purchase pension plan, except employee and/or rollover contributions that were held in a separate account(s) under such plan.

10.08. Distribution of Withdrawal Amounts. The Employer shall confirm the order in which the Permissible Investments shall be liquidated in order that the withdrawal amount can be distributed.

Article 11. Right to Benefits.

11.01. Normal or Early Retirement. Each Participant who continues in employment as an Employee until his Normal Retirement Age or, if so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.13(b) of the Adoption Agreement, Early
Retirement Age, shall have a vested interest in his Account of 100 percent regardless of any vesting schedule elected in Section 1.15 of the Adoption Agreement. If a Participant retires upon the attainment of Normal or Early Retirement Age, such
retirement is referred to as a normal retirement.

11.02. Late Retirement. If a Participant continues in employment as an Employee after his Normal Retirement Age, he shall continue to have a 100 percent vested interest in his Account and shall continue to participate in
the Plan until the date he establishes with the Employer for his late retirement. Until he retires, he has a continuing election to receive all or any portion of his Account.

11.03. Disability Retirement. If so provided by the Employer in Subsection 1.13(c) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who becomes disabled while employed as an Employee shall have a 100 percent vested interest in his
Account regardless of any vesting schedule elected in Section 1.15 of the Adoption Agreement. An Employee is considered disabled if he satisfies any of the requirements for disability retirement selected by the Employer in Section 1.14 of the
Adoption Agreement and terminates his employment with the Employer. Such termination of employment is referred to as a disability retirement. Determinations with respect to disability shall be made by the Administrator.

11.04. Death. If a Participant who is employed as an Employee dies, his Account shall become 100 percent vested and his designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the balance of his Account, plus any amounts
thereafter credited to his Account. If a Participant whose employment as an Employee has terminated dies, his designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the Participant’s vested interest in his Account.

     A copy of the death notice or other sufficient documentation must be filed with and approved by the Administrator. If upon the death of the Participant there is, in the opinion of the
Administrator, no designated Beneficiary for part or all of the Participant’s Account, such amount shall be paid to his surviving spouse or, if none, to his estate (such spouse or estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of the
Plan). If a Beneficiary dies after benefits to such Beneficiary have commenced, but before they have been completed, and, in the opinion of 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

37

the Administrator, no person has been designated to receive such remaining benefits, then such benefits shall be paid in a lump sum to the deceased Beneficiary’s estate.

     Subject to the requirements of Section 14.04, a Participant may designate a Beneficiary, or change any prior designation of Beneficiary by giving notice to the Administrator on a form
designated by the Administrator. If more than one person is designated as the Beneficiary, their respective interests shall be as indicated on the designation form. In the case of a married Participant, the Participant’s spouse shall be deemed
to be the designated Beneficiary unless the Participant’s spouse has consented to another designation in the manner described in Section 14.06.

11.05. Other Termination of Employment. If a Participant terminates his employment with the Employer and all Related Employers, if any, for any reason other than death or normal, late, or disability retirement, he shall be
entitled to a termination benefit equal to the sum of (a) his vested interest in the balance of his Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions Account(s), other than the balance attributable to safe harbor Matching Employer and/or
safe harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.10(a)(3) or 1.11(a)(3) of the Adoption Agreement, such vested interest to be determined in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) selected by the Employer in
Section 1.15 of the Adoption Agreement, and (b) the balance of his Deferral, Employee, Qualified Nonelective Employer, Qualified Matching Employer, and Rollover Contributions Accounts, and the balance of his Matching Employer or Nonelective Employer
Contributions Account that is attributable to safe harbor Matching Employer and/or safe harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions.

11.06. Application for Distribution. Unless a Participant’s Account is cashed out as provided in Section 13.02, a Participant (or his Beneficiary, if the Participant has died) who is entitled to a distribution
hereunder must make application, in a form acceptable to the Administrator, for a distribution from his Account. No distribution shall be made hereunder without proper application therefor, except as otherwise provided in Section 13.02.

11.07. Application of Vesting Schedule Following Partial Distribution. If a distribution from a Participant’s Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions Account has been made to him at a time when he
is less than 100 percent vested in such Account balance, the vesting schedule(s) in Section 1.15 of the Adoption Agreement shall thereafter apply only to the balance of his Account attributable to Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer
Contributions allocated after such distribution. The balance of the Account from which such distribution was made shall be transferred to a separate account immediately following such distribution.

     At any relevant time prior to a forfeiture of any portion thereof under Section 11.08, a Participant’s vested interest in such separate account shall be equal to P(AB + (RxD))-(RxD), where
P is the Participant’s vested interest at the relevant time determined under Section 11.05; AB is the account balance of the separate account at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the account balance
at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution. Following a forfeiture of any portion of such separate account under Section 11.08 below, any balance in the Participant’s separate account shall remain 100 percent
vested.

11.08. Forfeitures. If a Participant terminates his employment with the Employer and all Related Employers before he is 100 percent vested in his Matching Employer and/or Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts, the
non-vested portion of his Account (including any amounts credited after his termination of employment) shall be forfeited by him as follows:

  
    (a) If the Inactive Participant elects to receive distribution of his entire vested interest in his Account, the non-vested portion of his Account shall be forfeited upon the complete distribution of such vested interest,
    subject to the possibility of reinstatement as provided in Section 11.10. For purposes of this Subsection, if the value of an Employee’s vested interest in his Account balance is zero, the Employee shall be deemed to have received a
    distribution of his vested interest immediately following termination of employment.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

38

  
    (b) If the Inactive Participant elects not to receive distribution of his vested interest in his Account following his termination of employment, the non-vested portion of his Account shall be forfeited after the
    Participant has incurred five consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service.

  
    No forfeitures shall occur solely as a result of a Participant’s withdrawal of Employee Contributions.

11.09. Application of Forfeitures. Any forfeitures occurring during a Plan Year shall be applied to reduce the contributions of the Employer, unless the Employer has elected in Subsection 1.15(d)(3) of the Adoption
Agreement that such remaining forfeitures shall be allocated among the Accounts of Active Participants who are eligible to receive allocations of Nonelective Employer Contributions for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs. Forfeitures that
are allocated among the Accounts of eligible Active Participants shall be allocated in the same manner as Nonelective Employer Contributions. If the plan is a money purchase pension plan or the Employer has elected a fixed Nonelective Employer
Contribution rate rather than a discretionary rate, forfeitures shall incrementally increase the amount allocated to the Accounts of eligible Active Participants. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, forfeitures may first
be used to pay administrative expenses under the Plan, as directed by the Employer. To the extent that forfeitures are not used to reduce administrative expenses under the Plan, as directed by the Employer, forfeitures will be applied in accordance
with this Section 11.09.

     Pending application, forfeitures shall be held in the Permissible Investment selected by the Employer for such purpose or, absent Employer selection, in the most conservative Permissible
Investment designated by the Employer in the Service Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event may forfeitures be used to reduce the Employer’s obligation to remit to the Trust (or other appropriate
Plan funding vehicle) loan repayments made pursuant to Article 9, Deferral Contributions or Employee Contributions.

11.10. Reinstatement of Forfeitures. If a Participant forfeits any portion of his Account under Subsection 11.08(a) because of distribution of his complete vested interest in his Account, but again becomes an Employee, then
the amount so forfeited, without any adjustment for the earnings, expenses, losses, or gains of the assets credited to his Account since the date forfeited, shall be recredited to his Account (or to a separate account as described in Section 11.07,
if applicable) if he meets all of the following requirements:

  
    (a) he again becomes an Employee before the date he incurs five-consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service following the date complete distribution of his vested interest was made to him; and

  
    (b) he repays to the Plan the amount previously distributed to him, without interest, within five years of his Reemployment Date. If an Employee is deemed to have received distribution of his complete vested interest as
    provided in Section 11.08, the Employee shall be deemed to have repaid such distribution on his Reemployment Date.

     Upon such an actual or deemed repayment, the provisions of the Plan (including Section 11.07) shall thereafter apply as if no forfeiture had occurred. The amount to be recredited pursuant to
this paragraph shall be derived first from the forfeitures, if any, which as of the date of recrediting have yet to be applied as provided in Section 11.09 and, to the extent such forfeitures are insufficient, from a special contribution to be made
by the Employer.

11.11. Adjustment for Investment Experience. If any distribution under this Article 11 is not made in a single payment, the amount retained by the Trustee after the distribution shall be subject to adjustment until
distributed to reflect the income and gain or loss on the investments in which such amount is invested and any expenses properly charged under the Plan and Trust to such amounts.

Article 12. Distributions.

12.01. Restrictions on Distributions. A Participant, or his Beneficiary, may not receive a distribution from his Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, Qualified Matching Employer 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

39

Contributions, safe harbor Matching Employer Contributions or safe harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts earlier than upon the Participant’s separation from service with the Employer and all Related
Employers, death, or disability, except as otherwise provided in Article 10, Section 11.02 or Section 12.04. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts may also be distributed from such Accounts, in the form of a lump sum only, upon

  
    (a) Termination of the Plan without establishment of another defined contribution plan, other than an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code Section 4975(e) or 409) or a simplified employee pension plan as
    defined in Code Section 408(k).

  
    (b) The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business of such corporation if such corporation
    continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition, but only with respect to former Employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets.

  
    (c) The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation’s interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)) if such corporation continues to maintain this Plan, but only
  with respect to former Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.

12.02. Timing of Distribution Following Retirement or Termination of Employment. Except as otherwise elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.20(b) and provided in the Postponed Distribution Addendum to the Adoption
Agreement, the balance of a Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be distributable upon his termination of employment with the Employer and all Related Employers, if any, because of death, normal, early, or disability retirement
(as permitted under the Plan), or other termination of employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant whose vested interest in his Account exceeds $5,000 as determined under Section 13.02 (or such larger amount as may be specified in
Code Section 417(e)(1)) may elect to postpone distribution of his Account until his Required Beginning Date. A Participant who elects to postpone distribution has a continuing election to receive such distribution prior to the date as of which
distribution is required, unless such Participant is reemployed as an Employee.

12.03. Participant Consent to Distribution. If a Participant’s vested interest in his Account exceeds $5,000 as determined under Section 13.02 (or such larger amount as may be specified in Code Section 417(e)(1)),
no distribution shall be made to the Participant before he reaches his Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later), unless the consent of the Participant has been obtained. Such consent shall be made within the 90-day period ending on the
Participant’s Annuity Starting Date.

     The consent of the Participant’s spouse must also be obtained if the Participant’s Account is subject to the provisions of Section 14.04, unless the distribution shall be made in the
form of a “qualified joint and survivor annuity” as defined in Section 14.01. A spouse’s consent to early distribution, if required, must satisfy the requirements of Section 14.06.

     Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Participant’s spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) or Code Section 415.
In addition, upon termination of the Plan if it does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if the Employer or any Related Employer does not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock
ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) the Participant’s Account shall, without the Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if any Related Employer maintains another defined contribution plan
(other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) then the Participant’s Account shall be transferred, without the Participant’s consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an
immediate distribution.

12.04. Required Commencement of Distribution to Participants. In no event shall distribution to a Participant commence later than the earlier of the dates described in (a) and (b) below: 

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

40

  
    (a) unless the Participant (and his spouse, if appropriate) elects otherwise, the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the latest of (i) the date on which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age,
    or age 65, if earlier, (ii) the date on which the Participant’s employment with the Employer and all Related Employers ceases, or (iii) the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan;
    and

  
    (b) the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 12.04(a) above, the failure of a Participant (and the Participant’s spouse, if applicable) to consent to a distribution as required under
Section 12.03, shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment as provided in Subsection 12.04(a) above.

12.05. Required Commencement of Distribution to Beneficiaries. If a Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive distribution of the Participant’s vested interest
in his Account in the form provided under Article 13 or 14, as applicable, beginning as soon as reasonably practicable following the date the Beneficiary’s application for distribution is filed with the Administrator. Unless distribution is to
be made over the life or over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, distribution of the Participant’s entire vested interest shall be made to the Beneficiary no later than the end of the fifth calendar year
beginning after the Participant’s death. If distribution is to be made over the life or over a period certain no greater than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, distribution shall commence no later than:

  
    (a) If the Beneficiary is not the Participant’s spouse, the end of the first calendar year beginning after the Participant’s death; or

  
    (b) If the Beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, the later of (i) the end of the first calendar year beginning after the Participant’s death or (ii) the end of the calendar year in which the Participant would
    have attained age 701⁄2.

     If distribution is to be made to a Participant’s spouse, it shall be made available within a reasonable period of time after the Participant’s death that is no less favorable than the
period of time applicable to other distributions. In the event such spouse dies prior to the date distribution commences, he shall be treated for purposes of this Section 12.05 (other than Subsection 12.05(b) above) as if he were the Participant.
Any amount paid to a child of the Participant shall be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.

     If the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary, or the Participant or Beneficiary has not effectively selected a method of distribution, distribution of the Participant’s benefit
shall be completed by the close of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the death of the Participant occurs.

     If a Participant dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date, but before his entire vested interest in his Account is distributed, his Beneficiary shall receive distribution of the remainder of
the Participant’s vested interest in his Account beginning as soon as reasonably practicable following the Participant’s date of death in a form that provides for distribution at least as rapidly as under the form in which the Participant
was receiving distribution.

12.06. Whereabouts of Participants and Beneficiaries. The Administrator shall at all times be responsible for determining the whereabouts of each Participant or Beneficiary who may be entitled to benefits under the Plan and
shall at all times be responsible for instructing the Trustee in writing as to the current address of each such Participant or Beneficiary. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the latest written statement received from the Administrator as to
such addresses. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any distributions under the Plan unless and until it has received written instructions from the Administrator satisfactory to the Trustee containing the name and address of the distributee,
the time when the distribution is to occur, and the form which the distribution shall take.

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

41

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Trustee attempts to make a distribution in accordance with the Administrator’s instructions but is unable to make such distribution because the
whereabouts of the distributee is unknown, the Trustee shall notify the Administrator of such situation and thereafter the Trustee shall be under no duty to make any further distributions to such distributee until it receives further written
instructions from the Administrator.

     If the Administrator is unable after diligent attempts to locate a Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled to a benefit under the Plan, the benefit otherwise payable to such Participant or
Beneficiary shall be forfeited and applied as provided in Section 11.09. If a benefit is forfeited because the Administrator determines that the Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found, such benefit shall be reinstated by the Employer if a claim
is filed by the Participant or Beneficiary with the Administrator and the Administrator confirms the claim to the Employer. Notwithstanding the above, forfeiture of a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit may occur only if a distribution
could be made to the Participant or Beneficiary without obtaining the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s consent in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.411(a) -11 of the Treasury Regulations.

Article 13. Form of Distribution.

13.01. Normal Form of Distribution Under Profit Sharing Plan. Unless the Plan is a money purchase pension plan subject to the requirements of Article 14, or a Participant’s Account is otherwise subject to the
requirements of Section 14.03 or 14.04, distributions to a Participant or to the Beneficiary of the Participant shall be made in a lump sum in cash or, if elected by the Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary, if applicable) and provided
by the Employer in Section 1.19 of the Adoption Agreement, under a systematic withdrawal plan (installments). A Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary, if applicable) who is receiving distribution under a systematic withdrawal plan may
elect to accelerate installment payments or to receive a lump sum distribution of the remainder of his Account balance. Distribution may also be made hereunder in any non-annuity form that is a protected benefit and is provided by the Employer in
Section 1.19(d) of the Adoption Agreement.

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if distribution to a Participant commences on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date as determined under Subsection 2.01(tt), the
Participant may elect to receive distributions under a systematic withdrawal plan that provides the minimum distributions required under Code Section 401(a)(9).

     Distributions shall be made in cash, except that distributions may be made in Fund Shares of marketable securities (as defined in Code Section 731(c)(2)), other than Fund Shares of Employer
Stock, at the election of the Participant, pursuant to the qualifying rollover of such distribution to a Fidelity Investments® individual retirement account. A distribution may be made in the form of Fund Shares of Employer Stock or an in-kind
distribution of Plan investments that are not marketable securities only if and to the extent provided in Section 1.19(d) of the Adoption Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the right
of a Participant to receive a distribution in the form of Fund Shares of Employer Stock or an in-kind distribution of Plan investments that are not marketable securities applies only to that portion of the Participant’s Account invested in such
form at the time of distribution.

13.02. Cash Out Of Small Accounts. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant’s vested interest in his Account is $5,000 (or such larger amount as may be specified in Code
Section 417(e)(1)) or less, the Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be distributed in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Participant’s termination of employment because of retirement, disability, death or other
termination of employment. For purposes of this Section, until final Treasury Regulations are issued to the contrary, if either (a) a Participant has commenced distribution of his Account under a systematic withdrawal plan or (b) his Account is
subject to the provisions of Section 14.04 and the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date has occurred with respect to amounts currently held in his Account, the Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be deemed to exceed
$5,000 (or such larger amount as may be specified in Code Section 417(e)(1)) if the Participant’s vested interest in such amounts exceeded such dollar amount on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date.

 

	FIIS Prototype	Basic Plan Document No. 12
	 	10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.

42

  

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 13.02, the Employer may determine not to cash out Participant Accounts in accordance with the foregoing provisions, provided that such
determination is uniform with respect to all Participants and non-discriminatory. 

13.03. Minimum Distributions. This Section applies to distributions under a systematic withdrawal plan that are made on or after a Participant’s
Required Beginning Date or his date of death, if earlier. This Section shall be interpreted and applied in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Section
1.401(a)(9) -2 of the Proposed Treasury Regulations, or any successor regulations of similar import. 

     Distribution must be made in substantially equal annual, or more frequent, installments, in cash, over a period certain which does not extend beyond the life expectancy or joint life
expectancies of the Participant and his Beneficiary or, if the Participant dies prior to the commencement of distributions from his Account, the life expectancy of the Participant’s Beneficiary. The amount to be distributed for each calendar
year for which a minimum distribution is required shall be at least an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s interest in his Account by the life expectancy of the Participant or Beneficiary or the joint life and
last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his Beneficiary, whichever is applicable. The amount to be distributed for each calendar year shall not be less than an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s interest
in his Account by the lesser of (a) the applicable life expectancy, or (b) if a Participant’s Beneficiary is not his spouse, the applicable divisor determined under Section 1.401(a)(9) -2, Q&A 4 of the Proposed Treasury Regulations, or any
successor regulations of similar import. Distributions after the death of the Participant shall be made using the applicable life expectancy under (a) above, without regard to Section 1.401(a)(9) -2 of such regulations. For purposes of this Section
13.03, life expectancy and joint life and last survivor expectancy shall be computed by use of the expected return multiples in Table V and VI of Section 1.72 -9 of the Treasury Regulations. 

     For purposes of this Section 13.03, the life expectancy of a Participant or a Beneficiary who is the Participant’s surviving spouse shall be recalculated annually unless the Participant or
the Participant’s spouse irrevocably elects otherwise prior to the time distributions are required to begin. If not recalculated in accordance with the foregoing, life expectancy shall be calculated using the attained age of the Participant or
Beneficiary, whichever is applicable, as of such individual’s birth date in the first year for which a minimum distribution is required reduced by one for each elapsed calendar year since the date life expectancy was first calculated.

     If the Participant dies after distribution of his benefits has begun, distributions to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be made at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution
being used as of the date of the Participant’s death. 

     A Participant’s interest in his Account for purposes of this Section 13.03 shall be determined as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year
for which a minimum distribution is required, increased by the amount of any contributions allocated to, and decreased by any distributions from, such Account after the valuation date. Any distribution for the first year for which a minimum
distribution is required made after the close of such year shall be treated as if made prior to the close of such year. 

     The Administrator shall notify the Trustee in writing whenever a distribution is necessary in order to comply with the minimum distribution rules set forth in this Section 13.03. 

13.04. Direct Rollovers. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a “distributee” may elect, at the time and in the
manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have any portion or all of an “eligible rollover distribution” paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the “distributee” in a direct rollover; provided,
however, that this provision shall not apply if the total “eligible rollover distribution” that the “distributee” is reasonably expected to receive for the calendar year is less than $200 and that a “distributee” may
not elect a direct rollover with respect to a portion of an “eligible rollover distribution” if such portion totals less than $500. For purposes of this Section 13.04, the following definitions shall apply: 

	
FIIS Prototype
        	 
        	
Basic Plan Document No. 12
        
	

        	 
        	
10/9/03
        

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
43

(a) “Distributee” means a Participant, the Participant’s surviving spouse, and the Participant’s spouse or former spouse who is the
alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, who is entitled to receive a distribution from the Participant’s vested interest in his Account. 

(b) “Eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity
described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts “eligible rollover distributions”. However, in the case of an “eligible rollover
distribution” to a surviving spouse, an “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. 

(c) “Eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the “distributee”,
except that an “eligible rollover distribution” does not include the following: 

  
    
      (1) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
        expectancy) of the “distributee” or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the “distributee” and the “distributee’s” designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; 

    
      (2) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); 

    
      (3) the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation
        with respect to employer securities); 

    
      (4) any hardship withdrawal made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.05 or the Protected In-Service Withdrawals Addendum to the Adoption
        Agreement. 

  

13.05. Notice Regarding Timing and Form of Distribution. Within the period beginning 90 days before a Participant’s Annuity Starting Date and
ending 30 days before such date, the Administrator shall provide such Participant with written notice containing a general description of the material features and an explanation of the relative values of the forms of benefit available under the
Plan and informing the Participant of his right to defer receipt of the distribution until his Required Beginning Date and his right to make a direct rollover. 

  
    Distribution may commence fewer than 30 days after such notice is given, provided that: 

  
    (a) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to
    consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option); 

  
    (b) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution, with his spouse’s written consent, if necessary; 

  
    (c) if the Participant’s Account is subject to the requirements of Section 14.04, the following additional requirements apply: 

  
    
      (1) the Participant is permitted to revoke his affirmative distribution election at any time prior to the later of (A) his Annuity Starting Date or (B)
      the expiration of the seven-day period beginning the day after such notice is provided to him; and 

    
      (2) distribution does not begin to such Participant until such revocation period ends. 

  

13.06. Determination of Method of Distribution. Subject to Section 13.02, the Participant shall determine the method of distribution of benefits to
himself and may determine the method of distribution to his Beneficiary. Such determination shall be made prior to the time benefits become payable under the Plan. If the Participant does not 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
44

determine the method of distribution to his Beneficiary or if the Participant permits his Beneficiary to override his determination, the Beneficiary, in the event of the Participant’s death, shall determine the method
of distribution of benefits to himself as if he were the Participant. A determination by the Beneficiary must be made no later than the close of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under Section 12.05 or, if earlier,
the close of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the death of the Participant occurs. 

13.07. Notice to Trustee. The Administrator shall notify the Trustee in any medium acceptable to the Trustee, which may be specified in the Service
Agreement, whenever any Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan. The Administrator’s notice shall indicate the form of payment of benefits that such Participant or Beneficiary shall receive, (in the case of
distributions to a Participant) the name of any designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, and such other information as the Trustee shall require. 

Article 14. Superseding Annuity Distribution Provisions.

14.01. Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article, the following special definitions shall apply: 

  
    (a) “Qualified joint and survivor
    annuity” means (1) if the Participant is not married on his Annuity Starting Date, an immediate annuity payable for the life of the Participant or (2) if the Participant is married on his Annuity Starting Date, an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life
      of the Participant’s spouse (to whom the Participant was married on the Annuity Starting Date) which is equal to at least 50 percent of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and such spouse,
    provided that the survivor annuity shall not be payable to a Participant’s spouse if such spouse is not the same spouse to whom the Participant was married on his Annuity Starting Date. 

  
    (b) “Qualified preretirement survivor annuity” means an annuity
    purchased with at least 50 percent of a Participant’s vested interest in his Account that is payable for the life of a Participant’s surviving spouse. The Employer shall specify that portion of a Participant’s vested interest in his
    Account that is to be used to purchase the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” in Section 1.19 of the Adoption Agreement. 

14.02. Applicability. The provisions of this Article shall apply to a Participant’s Account if: 

  
    (a) the Plan is a money purchase pension plan; 

  
    (b) the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a plan that provided an annuity form of payment and such form of payment has not been eliminated
    pursuant to Subsection 1.19(e) and the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement; 

  
    (c) the Participant’s Account contains assets attributable to amounts directly or indirectly transferred from a plan that provided an annuity form
    of payment and such form of payment has not been eliminated pursuant to Subsection 1.19(e) and the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 

14.03. Annuity Form of Payment. To the extent provided in Subsection 1.19 of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect distributions made in whole
or in part in the form of an annuity contract. Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 14.03 and, to the extent provided therein, Sections 14.04 through 14.09. 

  
    (a) At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall purchase the annuity contract on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary from an insurance
    company. Such annuity contract shall be nontransferable. 

  
    (b) The terms of the annuity contract shall comply with the requirements of the Plan and distributions under such contract shall be made in accordance
    with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
45

  
    (c) The annuity contract may provide for payment over the life of the Participant and, upon the death of the Participant, may provide a survivor annuity
    continuing for the life of the Participant’s designated Beneficiary Such an annuity may provide for an annuity certain feature for a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant or, if the annuity is payable to the Participant
    and a designated Beneficiary, the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and such Beneficiary. If the Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, the annuity contract distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary may
    provide for payment over the life of the Beneficiary, and may provide for an annuity certain feature for a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. The types of annuity contracts provided under the Plan shall be limited to the
    types of annuities described in Section 1.19 and the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 

  
    (d) The annuity contract must provide for nonincreasing payments. 

14.04. “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” and “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity” Requirements. The requirements of this
Section 14.04 apply to a Participant’s Account if: 

  
    (a) the Plan is a money purchase pension plan; 

  
    (b) the Plan is a profit sharing plan and the Employer has selected distribution in the form of a life annuity as the normal form of distribution with
    respect to such Participant’s Account in Subsection 1.19(c)(2)(B) of the Adoption Agreement; or 

  
    (c) the Plan is a profit sharing plan and the Employer has specified distribution in the form of a life annuity as the normal form of distribution in
    Subsection (c)(2)(B) of the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement and the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date occurs prior to the date specified in Subsection (c)(4) of the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement;
  

  
    (d) the Participant is permitted to elect and has elected distribution in the form of an annuity contract payable over the life of the Participant.
  

If a Participant’s Account is subject to the requirements of this Section 14.04, distribution shall be made to the Participant in the form of a “qualified joint and survivor annuity” (with a survivor annuity
in the percentage amount specified by the Employer in Subsection 1.19 of the Adoption Agreement), unless the Participant waives the “qualified joint and survivor annuity” as provided in Section 14.05. If the Participant dies prior to his
Annuity Starting Date, distribution shall be made to the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, in the form of a “qualified preretirement survivor annuity”, unless the Participant waives the “qualified preretirement survivor
annuity” as provided in Section 14.05, or the Participant’s surviving spouse elects in writing to receive distribution in one of the other forms of payment provided under the Plan. If the Employer has specified in Section 1.19 of the
Adoption Agreement that less than 100 percent of a Participant’s Account shall be used to purchase the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity”, distribution of the balance of the Participant’s vested interest in his Account
that is not used to purchase the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” shall be distributed to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Sections 11.04 and 12.05. 

14.05. Waiver of the “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” and/or “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity” Rights. A Participant
may waive the “qualified joint and survivor annuity” described in Section 14.04 and elect another form of distribution permitted under the Plan at any time during the 90-day period ending on his Annuity Starting Date; provided, however,
that if the Participant is married, his spouse must consent in writing to such election as provided in Section 14.06. Spousal consent is not required if the Participant elects distribution in the form of a different “qualified joint and
survivor annuity”. 

     A Participant may waive the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” and designate a non-spouse Beneficiary at any time during the “applicable election period”; provided,
however, that the Participant’s spouse must consent in writing to such election as provided in Section 14.06. The “applicable election period” begins on the later of (1) the

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
46

date the Participant’s Account becomes subject to the requirements of Section 14.04 or (2) the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 or, if he terminates employment prior to such date, the
date he terminates employment with the Employer and all Related Employers. The “applicable election period” ends on the earlier of the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date or the date of the Participant’s death. A Participant
whose employment has not terminated may elect to waive the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” prior to the Plan Year in which he attains age 35, provided that any such waiver shall cease to be effective as of the first day of the
Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35. 

     If the Employer has specified in Section 1.19 of the Adoption Agreement that less than 100 percent of a Participant’s Account shall be used to purchase the “qualified preretirement
survivor annuity”, the Participant may designate a non-spouse Beneficiary for the balance of the Participant’s vested interest in his Account that is not used to purchase the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity”. Such
designation shall not be subject to the spousal consent requirements of Section 14.06. 

14.06. Spouse’s Consent to Waiver. A spouse’s written consent to a Participant’s waiver of the “qualified joint and survivor
annuity” or “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” forms of distribution must acknowledge the effect of the Participant’s election and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. In addition, the
spouse’s written consent must either (a) specify the form of distribution elected instead of the “qualified joint and survivor annuity”, if applicable, and that such form may not be changed (except to a “qualified joint and
survivor annuity”) without written spousal consent and specify any non-spouse Beneficiary designated by the Participant, if applicable, and that such designation may not be changed without written spousal consent or (b) acknowledge that the
spouse has the right to limit consent as provided in clause (a) above, but permit the Participant to change the form of distribution elected or the designated Beneficiary without the spouse’s further consent. 

     A Participant’s spouse shall be deemed to have given written consent to a Participant’s waiver if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that spousal
consent cannot be obtained because the spouse cannot be located or because of other circumstances set forth in Code Section 401(a)(11) and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. 

     Any written consent given or deemed to have been given by a Participant’s spouse hereunder shall be irrevocable and shall be effective only with respect to such spouse and not with respect
to any subsequent spouse. 

     A spouse’s consent to a Participant’s waiver shall be valid only if the applicable notice described in Section 14.07 or 14.08 has been provided to the Participant. 

14.07. Notice
Regarding “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity”. The notice provided
to a Participant under Section 14.05 shall include a  written explanation of
(a) the terms and conditions of the “qualified joint and survivor annuity” provided
herein, (b) the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election
to waive the “qualified joint and survivor annuity”, (c) the rights
of the Participant’s spouse under Section 14.06,
and (d) the Participant’s right to revoke an election to waive the “qualified
joint and survivor annuity” prior to his Annuity Starting Date. 

14.08. Notice Regarding “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity”. If a Participant’s Account is subject to the requirements of Section
14.04, the Administrator shall provide the Participant with a written explanation of the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity” comparable to the written explanation provided with respect to the “qualified joint and survivor
annuity”, as described in Section 14.07. Such explanation shall be furnished within whichever of the following periods ends last: 

  
    (a) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant reaches age 32 and ending with the end of the Plan Year preceding
    the Plan Year in which he reaches age 35; 

  
    (b) a reasonable period ending after the Employee becomes an Active Participant; 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
47

  
    (c) a reasonable period ending after Section 14.04 first becomes applicable to the Participant’s Account; or 

  
    (d) in the case of a Participant who separates from service before age 35, a reasonable period ending after such separation from service. 

     For purposes of the preceding sentence, the two-year period beginning one year prior to the date of the event described in Subsection 14.08(b), (c) or (d) above, whichever is applicable, and
ending one year after such date shall be considered reasonable, provided, that in the case of a Participant who separates from service under Subsection 14.08(d) above and subsequently recommences employment with the Employer, the applicable period
for such Participant shall be redetermined in accordance with this Section 14.08. 

14.09. Former Spouse. For purposes of this Article, a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse of the
Participant, and a current spouse shall not be so treated, to the extent required under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). 

Article 15. Top-Heavy Provisions. 

15.01. Definitions. For purposes of this Article, the following special definitions shall apply: 

  
    (a) “Determination date” means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the
    first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, “determination date” means the last day of that Plan Year. 

  
    (b) “Determination period” means the Plan Year containing the
“determination date” and the four preceding Plan Years. 

  
    (c) “Key employee” means any Employee or former Employee (and the
    Beneficiary of any such Employee) who at any time during the “determination period” was (1) an officer of the Employer or a Related Employer whose annual Compensation exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under Code Section
    415(b)(1)(A), (2) one of the ten Employees whose annual Compensation from the Employer or a Related Employer exceeds the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) and who owns (or is considered as owning under Code Section 318) one of the
    largest interests in the Employer and all Related Employers, (3) a five percent owner of the Employer and all Related Employers or (4) a one percent owner of the Employer and all Related Employers whose annual Compensation exceeds $150,000. The
    determination of who is a “key employee” shall be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and regulations issued thereunder. 

  
    (d) “Permissive aggregation group” means the “required
    aggregation group” plus any other qualified plans of the Employer or a Related Employer which, when considered as a group with the “required aggregation group”, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and
    410. 

  
    (e) “Required aggregation group” means:

  
    
      (1) Each qualified plan of the Employer or Related Employer in which at least one “key employee” participates, or has participated at any time
      during the “determination period” (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and 

    
      (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer or Related Employer which enables a plan described in Subsection 15.01(e)(1) above to meet the requirements
      of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410. 

  

  
  (f) “Top-heavy plan” means a plan in which any of the following
  conditions exists: 

  
    
      (1) the “top-heavy ratio” for the plan exceeds 60 percent and the Plan is not part of any “required aggregation group” or
“permissive aggregation group”; 

  

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
48

  
    
      (2) the plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” but not part of a “permissive aggregation group” and the “top-heavy
        ratio” for the “required aggregation group” exceeds 60 percent; or 

    
      (3) the plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” and a “permissive aggregation group” and the “top-heavy ratio”
      for both groups exceeds 60 percent. 

  

  
  (g) “Top-heavy ratio” means: 

  
    
      (1) With respect to the Plan, or with respect to any “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group” that consists
      solely of defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k)), a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all “key employees” under the plans as of the
“determination date” (including any part of any account balance distributed during the five-year period ending on the “determination date”), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of
      any account balance distributed during the five-year period ending on the “determination date”) of all participants under the plans as of the “determination date”. Both the numerator and denominator of the “top-heavy
      ratio” shall be increased, to the extent required by Code Section 416, to reflect any contribution which is due but unpaid as of the “determination date”. 

    
      (2) With respect to any “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group” that includes one or more defined benefit
      plans which, during the five-year period ending on the “determination date”, has covered or could cover an Active Participant in the Plan, a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances under the defined contribution
      plans for all “key employees” and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all “key employees”, and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the defined contribution plans
      for all participants and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all participants. Both the numerator and denominator of the “top-heavy ratio” shall be increased for any distribution of an account balance
      or an accrued benefit made during the five-year period ending on the “determination date” and any contribution due but unpaid as of the “determination date”. 

  

     For purposes of Subsections 15.01(g)(1) and (2) above, the value of accounts and the present value of accrued benefits shall be determined as of the most recent “determination date”,
except as provided in Code Section 416 and the regulations issued thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. When aggregating plans, the value of accounts and accrued benefits shall be calculated with reference to the
“determination dates” that fall within the same calendar year. The present value of accrued benefits shall be determined using the interest rate and mortality table specified in Subsection 1.21(b) of the Adoption Agreement. 

     The accounts and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not a “key employee” but who was a “key employee” in a prior year, or who has not performed services for the
Employer or any Related Employer at any time during the five-year period ending on the “determination date”, shall be disregarded. The calculation of the “top-heavy ratio”, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and
transfers are taken into account, shall be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations issued thereunder. Deductible employee contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of computing the “top-heavy ratio”.

     For purposes of determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in a “required aggregation group” of which the Plan is a part, is a “top-heavy plan”, the accrued benefit
in a defined benefit plan of an Employee other than a “key employee” shall be determined under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer, or, if there
is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
49

15.02. Application. If the Plan is or becomes a “top-heavy plan” in any Plan Year or is automatically deemed to be a “top-heavy
plan” in accordance with the Employer’s selection in Subsection 1.21(a)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, the provisions of this Article shall apply and shall supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan. 

15.03. Minimum Contribution. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 15.03, the Nonelective Employer Contributions made for the Plan
Year on behalf of any Active Participant who is not a “key employee” shall not be less than the lesser of three percent (or such other percentage selected by the Employer in Subsection 1.21(c) of the Adoption Agreement) of such
Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year or, in the case where neither the Employer nor any Related Employer maintains a defined benefit plan which uses the Plan to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the largest percentage of Employer
contributions made on behalf of any “key employee” for the Plan Year, expressed as a percentage of the “key employee’s” Compensation for the Plan Year, unless the Employer has provided in Subsection 1.21(c) of the Adoption
Agreement that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met under the other plan or plans of the Employer. 

     The minimum contribution required under this Section 15.03 shall be made to the Account of an Active Participant even though, under other Plan provisions, the Active Participant would not
otherwise be entitled to receive a contribution, or would have received a lesser contribution for the Plan Year, because (a) the Active Participant failed to complete the Hours of Service requirement selected by the Employer in Subsection 1.10(d) or
1.11(c) of the Adoption Agreement, or (b) the Participant’s Compensation was less than a stated amount; provided, however, that no minimum contribution shall be made for a Plan Year to the Account of an Active Participant who is not employed by
the Employer or a Related Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. 

     The minimum contribution for the Plan Year made on behalf of each Active Participant who is not a “key employee” and who is a participant in a defined benefit plan maintained by the
Employer or a Related Employer shall not be less than five percent of such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year, unless the Employer has provided in Subsection 1.21(c) of the Adoption Agreement that the minimum contribution requirement
shall be met under the other plan or plans of the Employer. 

     That portion of a Participant’s Account that is attributable to minimum contributions required under this Section 15.03, to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section
416(b), may not be forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B). 

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this Article, Compensation shall include amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Participant
under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Code Section 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b). Compensation shall generally be based on the amount actually paid to the Eligible Employee during the Plan Year or during
that portion of the Plan Year during which the Eligible Employee is an Active Participant, as elected by the Employer in Subsection 1.05(c) of the Adoption Agreement. 

15.04. Modification of Allocation Provisions to Meet Minimum Contribution Requirements. If the Employer elected a discretionary Nonelective Employer
Contribution in Subsection 1.11(b) of the Adoption Agreement, the provisions for allocating Nonelective Employer Contributions described in Subsection 5.10(b) shall be modified as provided herein to meet the minimum contribution requirements of
Section 15.03. 

  
    (a) If the Employer selected the non-integrated formula in Subsection 1.11(b)(1) of the Adoption Agreement, Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be
    allocated as follows: 

  
    
      (1) Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated to each eligible Active Participant, as determined under this Section 15.04, who is not a
“key employee” in the same ratio that the eligible Active Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such eligible Active Participants for the Plan Year; provided, however that such ratio shall
      not exceed three percent of a

  

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
50

  
    
      Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year (or such other percentage selected by the Employer in Subsection 1.21(c) of the Adoption Agreement). 

    
    (2) If any Nonelective Employer Contributions remain after the allocation in Subsection 15.04(a)(1) above, the remaining Nonelective Employer
    Contributions shall be allocated to each eligible Active Participant, as determined under this Section 15.04, who is a “key employee” in the same ratio that the eligible Active Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
    total Compensation of all such eligible Active Participants for the Plan Year; provided, however that such ratio shall not exceed three percent of a Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year (or such other percentage selected by the Employer
    in Subsection 1.21(c) of the Adoption Agreement). 

    
    (3) If any Nonelective Employer Contributions remain after the allocation in Subsection 15.04(a)(2) above, the remaining Nonelective Employer
    Contributions shall be allocated to each eligible Active Participant, as determined under this Section 15.04, in the same ratio that the eligible Active Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such
    eligible Active Participants for the Plan Year. 

  

  
  (b) If the Employer selected the integrated formula in Subsection 1.11(b)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, the “permitted disparity limit”, as
  defined in Subsection 1.11(b)(2) of the Adoption Agreement, shall be reduced by the percentage allocated under Subsection 15.04(b)(1) or (2) below, and the allocation steps in Subsection 5.10(b)(2) shall be preceded by the following steps:

  
    
      (1) Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated to each eligible Active Participant, as determined under this Section 15.04, who is not a
“key employee” in the same ratio that the eligible Active Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such eligible Active Participants for the Plan Year; provided, however that such ratio shall
      not exceed three percent of a Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year (or such other percentage selected by the Employer in Subsection 1.21(c) of the Adoption Agreement). 

    
      (2) If any Nonelective Employer Contributions remain after the allocation in Subsection 15.04(b)(1) above, the remaining Nonelective Employer
      Contributions shall be allocated to each eligible Active Participant, as determined under this Section 15.04, who is a “key employee” in the same ratio that the eligible Active Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
      total Compensation of all such eligible Active Participants for the Plan Year; provided, however that such ratio shall not exceed three percent of a Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year (or such other percentage selected by the Employer
      in Subsection 1.21(c) of the Adoption Agreement). 

    
      (3) If any Nonelective Employer Contributions remain after the allocation in Subsection 15.04(b)(2) above, the remaining Nonelective Employer
      Contributions shall be allocated to each eligible Active Participant in the same ratio that the eligible Active Participant’s Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Excess Compensation of all eligible Participants for the Plan
      Year; provided, however, that such ratio shall not exceed three percent (or such other percentage selected by the Employer in Subsection 1.21(c) of the Adoption Agreement). 

  

15.05. Adjustment to the Limitation on Contributions and Benefits. For Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, if the Plan is a
“top-heavy plan”, the number 100 shall be substituted for the number 125 in determining the “defined benefit fraction”, as defined in Subsection 6.01(f) and the “defined contribution fraction”, as defined in Subsection
6.01(g) . However, this substitution shall not take effect with respect to the Plan in any Plan Year in which the following requirements are satisfied: 

  
    (a) The Employer contributions for such Plan Year made on behalf of each eligible Active Participant, as determined under Section 15.03, who is not a
“key employee” and who is a participant in a defined benefit plan

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
51

  
    maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer is not less than 71⁄2 percent of such eligible Active Participant’s Compensation. 

  
    (b) The “top-heavy ratio” for the Plan (or the “required aggregation group” or “permissible aggregation group”, as
    applicable) does not exceed 90 percent. 

     The substitutions of the number 100 for 125 shall not take effect in any Limitation Year with respect to any Participant for whom no benefits are accrued or contributions made for the
Limitation Year. 

15.06. Accelerated Vesting. For any Plan Year in which the Plan is or is deemed to be a “top-heavy plan” and all Plan Years thereafter, the
top-heavy vesting schedule selected by the Employer in Subsection 1.21(d) of the Adoption Agreement shall automatically apply to the Plan. The top-heavy vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7) except
those already subject to a vesting schedule which vests at least as rapidly in all cases as the schedule elected in Subsection 1.21(d) of the Adoption Agreement, including benefits accrued before the Plan becomes a “top-heavy plan”.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.06, the top-heavy vesting schedule does not apply to the Account of any Participant who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan initially becomes or is deemed to have become a
“top-heavy plan” and such Employee’s Account attributable to Employer Contributions shall be determined without regard to this Section 15.06. 

15.07. Exclusion of Collectively-Bargained Employees. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 15, Employees who are included in a unit
covered by an agreement which the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers shall not be included in determining whether or not the Plan is a “top-heavy
plan”. In addition, such Employees shall not be entitled to a minimum contribution under Section 15.03 or accelerated vesting under Section 15.06, unless otherwise provided in the collective bargaining agreement. 

Article 16. Amendment and Termination.

16.01. Amendments by the Employer that do Not Affect Prototype Status. The Employer reserves the authority through a board of directors’ resolution
or similar action, subject to the provisions of Article 1 and Section 16.04, to amend the Plan as provided herein, and such amendment shall not affect the status of the Plan as a prototype plan. 

  
    (a) The Employer may amend the Adoption Agreement to make a change or changes in the provisions previously elected by it. Such amendment may be made
    either by (1) completing an amended Adoption Agreement on which the Employer has indicated the change or changes, or (2) adopting an amendment, executed by the Employer only, in the form provided by the Prototype Sponsor, that provides replacement
    pages to be inserted into the Adoption Agreement, which pages include the change or changes. Any such amendment must be filed with the Trustee. 

  
    (b) The Employer may make a separate amendment to the Plan as necessary to satisfy Code Section 415 or 416 because of the required aggregation of
    multiple plans by completely overriding the Basic Plan Document provisions. 

  
    (c) The Employer may adopt certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption shall not
    cause the Plan to be treated as an individually designed plan. 

16.02. Amendments by the Employer that Affect Prototype Status. The Employer reserves the authority through a board of directors’ resolution or
similar action, subject to the provisions of Section 16.04, to amend the Plan in a manner other than that provided in Section 16.01. However, upon making such amendment, including, if the Plan is a money purchase pension plan, a waiver of the
minimum funding requirement under Code Section 412(d), the Employer may no longer participate in this prototype plan arrangement and shall be deemed to have an individually designed plan. Following such amendment, the Trustee may transfer the assets
of the Trust to the trust forming part 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
52

of such newly adopted plan upon receipt of sufficient evidence (such as a determination letter or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee) that such trust shall
be a qualified trust under the Code. 

16.03. Amendment by the Mass Submitter Sponsor and the Prototype Sponsor. The Mass Submitter Sponsor may in its discretion amend the mass submitter
prototype plan at any time, subject to the provisions of Article 1 and Section 16.04, and provided that the Mass Submitter Sponsor mails a copy of such amendment to each Prototype Sponsor that maintains the prototype plan or a minor modifier of the
prototype plan. Each Prototype Sponsor shall provide a copy of such amendment to each Employer adopting its prototype plan at the Employer’s last known address as shown on the books maintained by the Prototype Sponsor or its affiliates.

     The Prototype Sponsor may, in its discretion, amend the Plan or the Adoption Agreement, subject to the provisions of Article 1 and Section 16.04, and provided that such amendment does not
change the Plan’s status as a word for word adoption of the mass submitter prototype plan or a minor modifier of the mass submitter prototype plan, unless such Prototype Sponsor elects no longer to be a sponsoring organization with respect to
the mass submitter prototype plan. The Prototype Sponsor shall provide a copy of such amendment to each Employer adopting its prototype plan at the Employer’s last known address as shown on the books maintained by the Prototype Sponsor or its
affiliates. 

16.04. Amendments Affecting Vested and/or Accrued Benefits. Except as permitted by Section 16.05, Section 1.19(e) and the Forms of Payment Addendum to
the Adoption Agreement, and/or Code Section 411(d)(6) and regulations issued thereunder, no amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s Account or eliminating an optional form of
benefit with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment. Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, the nonforfeitable interest of a Participant in his Account, determined as of the later of the date the
amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, shall not be less than the Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his Account determined without regard to such amendment. 

     If the Plan is a money purchase pension plan, no amendment to the Plan that provides for a significant reduction in contributions to the Plan shall be made unless notice has been furnished to
Participants and alternate payees under a qualified domestic relations order as provided in ERISA Section 204(h). 

     If the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended because of a change to “top-heavy plan” status, as described in Subsection 15.01(f), the accelerated vesting provisions of Section 15.06
shall continue to apply for all Plan Years thereafter, regardless of whether the Plan is a “top-heavy plan” for such Plan Year. If the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended and an Employee’s vested interest, as calculated by using
the amended vesting schedule, is less in any year than the Employee’s vested interest calculated under the Plan’s vesting schedule immediately prior to the amendment, the amended vesting schedule shall apply only to Employees hired on or
after the effective date of the change in vesting schedule. 

16.05. Retroactive Amendments Made by the Mass Submitter or Prototype Sponsor. An amendment made by the Mass Submitter Sponsor or Prototype Sponsor in
accordance with Section 16.03 may be made effective on a date prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which it is adopted if, in published guidance, the Internal Revenue Service either permits or requires such an amendment to be made to enable
the Plan and Trust to satisfy the applicable requirements of the Code and all requirements for the retroactive amendment are satisfied. 

16.06. Termination. The Employer has adopted the Plan with the intention and expectation that contributions shall be continued indefinitely. However,
said Employer has no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any length of time and may amend the Plan to discontinue contributions under the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time without any liability hereunder for any such
discontinuance or termination. The Employer may terminate the Plan by written notice delivered to the Trustee. 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
53

16.07. Distribution upon Termination of the Plan. Upon termination or partial termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of contributions
thereunder, each Participant (including a terminated Participant with respect to amounts not previously forfeited by him) who is affected by such termination or partial termination or discontinuance shall have a vested interest in his Account of 100
percent. Subject to Section 12.01 and Article 14, upon receipt of written instructions from the Administrator, the Trustee shall distribute to each Participant or other person entitled to distribution the balance of the Participant’s Account in
a single lump sum payment. In the absence of such instructions, the Trustee shall notify the Administrator of such situation and the Trustee shall be under no duty to make any distributions under the Plan until it receives written instructions from
the Administrator. Upon the completion of such distributions, the Trust shall terminate, the Trustee shall be relieved from all liability under the Trust, and no Participant or other person shall have any claims thereunder, except as required by
applicable law. 

     If distribution is to be made to a Participant or Beneficiary who cannot be located, the Administrator shall give written instructions to the Trustee to (a) escheat the distributable amount to
the State or Commonwealth of the distributee’s last known address or (b) draw a check in the distributable amount and mail it to the distributee’s last known address. In the absence of such instructions, the Trustee shall make distribution
to the distributee by drawing a check in the distributable amount and mailing it to the distributee’s last known address. 

16.08. Merger or Consolidation of Plan; Transfer of Plan Assets. In case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of assets and
liabilities of the Plan to, any other plan, provision must be made so that each Participant would, if the Plan then terminated, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit
he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then terminated. 

Article 17. Amendment and Continuation of Prior Plan; Transfer of Funds to or from Other Qualified Plans.

17.01. Amendment and Continuation of Prior Plan. In the event the Employer has previously established a plan (the “prior plan”) which is a
defined contribution plan under the Code and which on the date of adoption of the Plan meets the applicable requirements of Code Section 401(a), the Employer may, in accordance with the provisions of the prior plan, amend and restate the prior plan
in the form of the Plan and become the Employer hereunder, subject to the following: 

  
    (a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, each individual who was a Participant in the prior plan immediately prior to the effective date of such
    amendment and restatement shall become a Participant in the Plan. 

  
    (b) Except as provided in Section 16.04, no election may be made under the vesting provisions of the Adoption Agreement if such election would reduce
    the benefits of a Participant under the Plan to less than the benefits to which he would have been entitled if he voluntarily separated from the service of the Employer immediately prior to such amendment and restatement. 

  
    (c) No amendment to the Plan shall decrease a Participant’s accrued benefit or eliminate an optional form of benefit, except as permitted under
    Section 1.19(e) and the Forms of Payment Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 

  
    (d) The amounts standing to the credit of a Participant’s account immediately prior to such amendment and restatement which represent the amounts
    properly attributable to (1) contributions by the Participant and (2) contributions by the Employer and forfeitures shall constitute the opening balance of his Account or Accounts under the Plan. 

  
    (e) Amounts being paid to an Inactive Participant or to a Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the prior plan shall continue to be paid in
    accordance with such provisions. 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
54

     
          (f) Any election and waiver of the “qualified preretirement survivor annuity”, as defined in Section 14.01, in effect after August 23, 1984,
          under the prior plan immediately before such amendment and restatement shall be deemed a valid election and waiver of Beneficiary under Section 14.04 if such designation satisfies the requirements of Sections 14.05 and 14.06, unless and until the
          Participant revokes such election and waiver under the Plan. 

     
          (g) Unless the Employer and the Trustee agree otherwise, all assets of the predecessor trust shall be deemed to be assets of the Trust as of the
          effective date of such amendment. Such assets shall be invested by the Trustee as soon as reasonably practicable pursuant to Article 8. The Employer agrees to assist the Trustee in any way requested by the Trustee in order to facilitate the transfer
          of assets from the predecessor trust to the Trust Fund. 

17.02. Transfer of Funds from an Existing Plan. The Employer may from time to time direct the Trustee, in accordance with such rules as the Trustee may
establish, to accept cash, allowable Fund Shares or participant loan promissory notes transferred for the benefit of Participants from a trust forming part of another qualified plan under the Code, provided such plan is a defined contribution plan.
Such transferred assets shall become assets of the Trust as of the date they are received by the Trustee. Such transferred assets shall be credited to Participants’ Accounts in accordance with their respective interests immediately upon receipt
by the Trustee. A Participant’s interest under the Plan in transferred assets which were fully vested and nonforfeitable under the transferring plan or which were transferred to the Plan in a manner intended to satisfy the requirements of
subsection (b) of this Section 17.02 shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times. A Participant’s interest under the Plan in transferred assets which were transferred to the Plan in a manner intended to satisfy the requirements of
subsection (a) of this Section 17.02 shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the Plan unless the transferor plan’s vesting schedule is more favorable. Such transferred assets shall be invested by the Trustee in accordance with the
provisions of Subsection 17.01(g) as if such assets were transferred from a prior plan. Except as otherwise provided below, no transfer of assets in accordance with this Section 17.02 may cause a loss of an accrued or optional form of benefit
protected by Code Section 411(d)(6). 

     Effective for transfers made on or after January 1, 2002, the terms of the Plan as in effect at the time of the transfer shall apply to the amounts transferred regardless of whether such
application would have the effect of eliminating or reducing an optional form of benefit protected by Code Section 411(d)(6) which was previously available with respect to any amount transferred to the Plan pursuant to this Section 17.02, provided
that such transfer satisfies the requirements set forth in either (a) or (b): 

  
    (a) (1) The transfer is conditioned upon a voluntary, fully informed election by the Participant to transfer his entire account balance to the Plan. As
    an alternative to the transfer, the Participant is offered the opportunity to retain the form of benefit previously available to him (or, if the transferor plan is terminated, to receive any optional form of benefit for which the participant is
    eligible under the transferor plan as required by Code Section 411(d)(6)); 

  
    
      (2) If the defined contribution plan from which the transfer is made is a money purchase pension plan, the Plan is a money purchase plan or, if the
      defined contribution plan from which the transfer is made includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement, the Plan includes a cash or deferred arrangement; and 

    
      (3) The transfer is made either in connection with an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other similar transaction involving a change in employer of
      the employees of a trade or business (i.e., an acquisition or disposition within the meaning of Section 1.410(b) -2(f)) or in connection with the participant’s change in employment status such that the participant is not entitled to additional
      allocations under the transferor plan. 

  

  
  (b) (1) The transfer satisfies the requirements of subsection (a)(1) of this Section 17.02; 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
55

  
    
      (2) The transfer occurs at a time when the Participant is eligible, under the terms of the transferor plan, to receive an immediate distribution of his
        account; 

    
      (3) If the transfer occurs on or after January 1, 2002, the transfer occurs at a time when the participant is not eligible to receive an immediate
        distribution of his entire nonforfeitable account balance in a single sum distribution that would consist entirely of an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(31)(C); and 

    
      (4) The amount transferred, together with the amount of any contemporaneous Code Section 401(a)(31) direct rollover to the Plan, equals the entire
        nonforfeitable account of the participant whose account is being transferred. 

  

     It is the Employer’s obligation to ensure that all assets of the Plan, other than those maintained in a separate trust or fund pursuant to the provisions of Section 20.10, are transferred
to the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no liability for and no duty to inquire into the administration of such transferred assets for periods prior to the transfer. 

17.03. Acceptance of Assets by Trustee. The Trustee shall not accept assets which are not either in a medium proper for investment under the Plan, as
set forth in the Plan and the Service Agreement, or in cash. Such assets shall be accompanied by instructions in writing (or such other medium as may be acceptable to the Trustee) showing separately the respective contributions by the prior employer
and by the Participant, and identifying the assets attributable to such contributions. The Trustee shall establish such accounts as may be necessary or appropriate to reflect such contributions under the Plan. The Trustee shall hold such assets for
investment in accordance with the provisions of Article 8, and shall in accordance with the written instructions of the Employer make appropriate credits to the Accounts of the Participants for whose benefit assets have been transferred. 

17.04. Transfer of Assets from Trust. Effective on or after January 1, 2002, the Employer may direct the Trustee to transfer all or a specified portion
of the Trust assets to any other plan or plans maintained by the Employer or the employer or employers of an Inactive Participant or Participants, provided that the Trustee has received evidence satisfactory to it that such other plan meets all
applicable requirements of the Code, subject to the following: 

  
    (a) The assets so transferred shall be accompanied by instructions in writing (or such other medium as may be acceptable to the Trustee) from the
    Employer naming the persons for whose benefit such assets have been transferred, showing separately the respective contributions by the Employer and by each Inactive Participant, if any, and identifying the assets attributable to the various
    contributions. The Trustee shall not transfer assets hereunder until all applicable filing requirements are met. The Trustee shall have no further liabilities with respect to assets so transferred. 

  
    (b) A transfer of assets made pursuant to this Section 17.04 may result in the elimination or reduction of an optional form of benefit protected by Code
    Section 411(d)(6), provided that the transfer satisfies the requirements set forth in either (1) or (2): 

  
    
      (1) (i) The transfer is conditioned upon a voluntary, fully informed election by the Participant to transfer his entire Account to the other defined
      contribution plan. As an alternative to the transfer, the Participant is offered the opportunity to retain the form of benefit previously available to him (or, if the Plan is terminated, to receive any optional form of benefit for which the
      Participant is eligible under the Plan as required by Code Section 411(d)(6)); 

    
      
        (ii) If the Plan is a money purchase pension plan, the defined contribution plan to which the transfer is made must be a money purchase pension plan and
        if the Plan includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k), the defined contribution plan to which the transfer is made must include a qualified cash or deferred arrangement; and 

    

  

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
56

  
    
      
        (iii) The transfer is made either in connection with an asset or stock acquisition, merger or other similar transaction involving a change in employer
            of the employees of a trade or business (i.e., an acquisition or disposition within the meaning of Section 1.410(b) -2(f)) or in connection with the Participant’s change in employment status such that the Participant becomes an Inactive
            Participant. 

    

    
    (2) (i) The transfer satisfies the requirements of subsection (1)(i) of this Section 17.04; 

    
      
        (ii) The transfer occurs at a time when the Participant is eligible, under the terms of the Plan, to receive an immediate distribution of his benefit;
      

      
        (iii) If the transfer occurs on or after January 1, 2002, the transfer occurs at a time when the Participant is not eligible to receive an immediate
        distribution of his entire nonforfeitable Account in a single sum distribution that would consist entirely of an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(31)(C); 

      
        (iv) The Participant is fully vested in the transferred amount in the transferee plan; and 

      
        (v) The amount transferred, together with the amount of any contemporaneous Code Section 401(a)(31) direct rollover to the transferee plan, equals the
        entire nonforfeitable Account of the Participant whose Account is being transferred. 

    

  

Article 18. Miscellaneous.

18.01. Communication to Participants. The Plan shall be communicated to all Eligible Employees by the Employer promptly after the Plan is adopted.

18.02. Limitation of Rights. Neither the establishment of the Plan and the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account,
nor the payment of any benefits, shall be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer, Administrator or Trustee, except as provided herein; and in no event shall the terms of employment or
service of any Participant be modified or in any way affected hereby. It is a condition of the Plan, and each Participant expressly agrees by his participation herein, that each Participant shall look solely to the assets held in the Trust for the
payment of any benefit to which he is entitled under the Plan. 

18.03. Nonalienability of Benefits. Except as provided in Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D) (relating to offsets ordered or required under a criminal
conviction involving the Plan, a civil judgment in connection with a violation or alleged violation of fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA, or a settlement agreement between the Participant and the Department of Labor in connection with a
violation or alleged violation of fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA), Section 1.401(a) -13(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations (relating to Federal tax levies), or as otherwise required by law, the benefits provided hereunder shall not be subject
to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected shall not be recognized. The preceding sentence shall also apply to the
creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined by the Administrator to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined
in Code Section 414(p), or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985. 

18.04. Qualified Domestic Relations Orders Procedures. The Administrator must establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a
domestic relations order. Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the Administrator shall promptly notify the Participant and any alternate payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the Plan’s procedures for
determining the qualified status of the order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the Administrator must determine the qualified status of

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
57

the order and must notify the Participant and each alternate payee, in writing, of its determination. The Administrator shall provide such notice by mailing to the individual’s address specified in the domestic
relations order, or in a manner consistent with the Department of Labor regulations. 

     If any portion of the Participant’s Account is payable during the period the Administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, the
Administrator must make a separate accounting of the amounts payable. If the Administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of the date amounts first are payable following receipt of the order, the
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute the payable amounts in accordance with the order. If the Administrator does not make his determination of the qualified status of the order within the 18-month determination period, the
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute the payable amounts in the manner the Plan would distribute if the order did not exist and shall apply the order prospectively if the Administrator later determines the order is a qualified
domestic relations order. 

     The Trustee shall set up segregated accounts for each alternate payee when properly notified by the Administrator. 

     A domestic relations order shall not fail to be deemed a qualified domestic relations order merely because it requires the distribution or segregation of all or part of a Participant’s
Account with respect to an alternate payee prior to the Participant’s earliest retirement age (as defined in Code Section 414(p)) under the Plan. A distribution to an alternate payee prior to the Participant’s attainment of the earliest
retirement age is available only if (a) the order specifies distribution at that time and (b) if the present value of the alternate payee’s benefits under the Plan exceeds $5,000 as determined under Section 13.02 (or such larger amount as may
be specified in Code Section 417(e)(1)), and the order requires, and the alternate payee consents to, a distribution occurring prior to the Participant’s attainment of earliest retirement age. 

18.05. Additional Rules for Paired Plans. If the Employer has adopted both a money purchase pension plan and a profit sharing plan under this Basic Plan
Document which are to be considered paired plans, the elections in Section 1.04 of the Adoption Agreement must be identical with respect to both plans. When the paired plans are “top-heavy plans”, as defined in Subsection 15.01(f), or are
deemed to be “top-heavy plans”, the money purchase pension plan shall provide the minimum contribution required under Section 15.03, unless contributions under the money purchase pension plan are frozen. 

18.06. Application of Plan Provisions in Multiple Employer Plans. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if one of the
Employers designated in Subsection 1.02(b) of the Adoption Agreement is not a Related Employer, the Prototype Sponsor reserves the right to take any or all of the following actions: 

  
    (a) treat the Plan as a multiple employer plan; 

  
    (b) permit the Employer to amend the Plan to exclude the un-Related Employer from participation in the Plan; or 

  
    (c) treat the Employer as having amended the Plan in the manner described in Section 16.02 such that the Employer may no longer participate in this
    prototype plan arrangement. 

     For the period, if any, that the Prototype Sponsor elects to treat the Plan as a multiple employer plan, each unRelated Employer shall be treated as a separate Employer for purposes of
contributions, application of the “ADP” and “ACP” tests described in Sections 6.03 and 6.06, application of the Code Section 415 limitations described in Section 6.12, top-heavy determinations and application of the top-heavy
requirements under Article 15, and application of such other Plan provisions as the Employers determine to be appropriate. For any such period, the Prototype Sponsor shall continue to treat the Employer as participating in this prototype plan
arrangement for purposes of Plan administration, notices or other communications in connection with the Plan, and other Plan-related 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
58

services; provided, however, that if the Employer applies to the Internal Revenue Service for a determination letter, the multiple employer plan shall be filed on the form appropriate for multiple employer plans. The
Administrator shall be responsible for administering the Plan as a multiple employer plan. 

18.07. Veterans Reemployment Rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with
respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). The Administrator shall notify the Trustee of any Participant with respect to whom additional contributions are made because of qualified military
service. 

18.08. Facility of Payment. In the event the Administrator determines, on the basis of medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the
Administrator, that the recipient of any benefit payments under the Plan is incapable of handling his affairs by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other incapacity, the Administrator may direct the Trustee to disburse such payments to a
person or institution designated by a court which has jurisdiction over such recipient or a person or institution otherwise having the legal authority under state law for the care and control of such recipient. The receipt by such person or
institution of any such payments shall be complete acquittance therefore, and any such payment to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of the Trust for the payment of benefits hereunder to such recipient. 

18.09. Information between Employer and Trustee. The Employer agrees to furnish the Trustee, and the Trustee agrees to furnish the Employer, with such
information relating to the Plan and Trust as may be required by the other in order to carry out their respective duties hereunder, including without limitation information required under the Code and any regulations issued or forms adopted by the
Treasury Department thereunder or under the provisions of ERISA and any regulations issued or forms adopted by the Department of Labor thereunder. 

18.10. Effect of Failure to Qualify Under Code. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, if the Employer fails to obtain or retain approval
of the Plan by the Internal Revenue Service as a qualified Plan under the Code, the Employer may no longer participate in this prototype Plan arrangement and shall be deemed to have an individually designed plan. 

18.11. Directions, Notices and Disclosure. Any notice or other communication in connection with this Plan shall be deemed delivered in writing if
addressed as provided below and if either actually delivered at said address or, in the case of a letter, three business days shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited in the United States mails, first-class postage prepaid and
registered or certified: 

  
    (a) If to the Employer or Administrator, to it at the address set forth in the Adoption Agreement, and, if to the Employer, to the attention of the
    contact specified in Subsection 1.02(a) of the Adoption Agreement; 

  
    (b) If to the Trustee, to it at the address set forth in Subsection 1.03(a) the Adoption Agreement; 

or, in each case at such other address as the addressee shall have specified by written notice delivered in accordance with the foregoing to the addressor’s then effective notice address. 

     Any direction, notice or other communication provided to the Employer, the Administrator or the Trustee by another party which is stipulated to be in written form under the provisions of this
Plan may also be provided in any medium which is permitted under applicable law or regulation. Any written communication or disclosure to Participants required under the provisions of this Plan may be provided in any other medium (electronic,
telephone or otherwise) that is permitted under applicable law or regulation. 

18.12. Governing Law. The Plan and the accompanying Adoption Agreement shall be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA, and to the
extent not preempted thereby, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
59

     Nothing contained in Sections 8.02, 19.01 or 19.05, or this Section 18.12 shall be construed in a manner which subjects a governmental plan (as defined in Code Section 414(d)) or a non-electing
church plan (as described in Code Section 410(d)) to the fiduciary provisions of Title I of ERISA. 

Article 19. Plan Administration.

19.01. Powers and Responsibilities of the Administrator. Except to the extent such authority is delegated to the Investment Professional as agent for
the Employer, as provided in Section 19.02, the Administrator has the full power and the full responsibility to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the requirements of ERISA. In addition to the powers and authorities
expressly conferred upon it in the Plan, the Administrator shall have all such powers and authorities as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan, including the discretionary power and authority to interpret and construe the
provisions of the Plan, such interpretation to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan; to make benefit determinations; to utilize the correction programs or systems established by the Internal Revenue Service (such
as the Employee Plans Compliance and Resolution System) or the Department of Labor; and to resolve any disputes arising under the Plan. The Administrator may, by written instrument, allocate and delegate its fiduciary responsibilities in accordance
with ERISA Section 405, including allocation of such responsibilities to an administrative committee formed to administer the Plan. 

19.02. Delegation of Authority to Investment Professional. The Employer may authorize the Investment Professional to act as its agent with respect to
any of the nonfiduciary powers, duties, and responsibilities retained by the Employer or the Administrator under the Plan. The Investment Professional may execute such instructions and directions as may be necessary to perform such powers, duties,
and responsibilities in the manner provided under the Plan. 

19.03. Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority. Whenever, in the administration of the Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required,
the Administrator shall exercise its authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated shall receive substantially the same treatment. 

19.04. Claims and Review Procedures. Except to the extent that the provisions of any collective-bargaining agreement provide another method of resolving
claims for benefits under the Plan, the provisions of this Section 19.04 shall control with respect to the resolution of such claims; provided, however, that the Employer may institute alternative claims procedures that are more restrictive on the
Employer and more generous with respect to persons claiming a benefit under the Plan. 

  
    (a) Claims Procedure. Whenever a request for benefits under the Plan is wholly or partially denied, the
    Administrator shall notify the person claiming such benefits of its decision in writing. Such notification shall contain (1) specific reasons for the denial of the claim, (2) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (3) a description of any
    additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (4) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for
    review. Such notification shall be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and
    circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period). If such notification is not given within such period, the claim shall be considered denied as of the last day of such period and such person may request a review of his claim.
  

  
    (b) Review Procedure. Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a written notice of a denied
    claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred), such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (1) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim
    and of pertinent documents and (2) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator. The Administrator shall notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such
    person and shall contain specific reasons for the

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
60

  
    decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions. The decision on review shall be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Administrator (or within 120 days, if special
    circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60-day period).
    If the decision on review is not made within such period, the claim shall be considered denied. 

19.05. Named Fiduciary. The Administrator is a “named fiduciary” for purposes of ERISA Section 402(a)(1) and has the powers and
responsibilities with respect to the management and operation of the Plan described herein. 

19.06. Costs of Administration. Unless some or all are paid by the Employer, all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal, accounting, and
employee communication fees) incurred by the Administrator and the Trustee in administering the Plan and Trust may be paid from the forfeitures (if any) resulting under Section 11.08, or from the remaining Trust Fund. All such costs and expenses
paid from the Trust Fund shall, unless allocable to the Accounts of particular Participants, be charged against the Accounts of all Participants on a pro rata basis or in such other reasonable manner as may be directed by the Employer and accepted
by the Trustee. 

Article 20. Trust Agreement.

20.01. Acceptance of Trust Responsibilities. By executing the Adoption Agreement, the Employer establishes a trust to hold the assets of the Plan that
are invested in Permissible Investments. By executing the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee agrees to accept the rights, duties and responsibilities set forth in this Article. If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of a prior plan, the Trustee
shall have no liability for and no duty to inquire into the administration of the assets of the Plan for periods prior to the date such assets are transferred to the Trust. 

20.02. Establishment of Trust Fund. A trust is hereby established under the Plan. The Trustee shall open and maintain a trust account for the Plan and,
as part thereof, Accounts for such individuals as the Employer shall from time to time notify the Trustee are Participants in the Plan. The Trustee shall accept and hold in the Trust Fund such contributions on behalf of Participants as it may
receive from time to time from the Employer. The Trust Fund shall be fully invested and reinvested in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan in Fund Shares or as otherwise provided in Section 20.10. 

     The Trust is intended to qualify as a domestic trust in accordance with Code Section 7701(a)(30)(E) and any regulations issued thereunder. Accordingly, only United States persons (as defined in
Code Section 7701(a)(30) may have the authority to control all substantial decisions regarding the Trust (including decisions to appoint, retain or replace the Trustee), unless the Plan filed a domestic trust election pursuant to Treasury Regulation
Section 301.7701 -7(f) or any subsequent guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service, or except as otherwise provided in applicable regulation or legislation. 

20.03. Exclusive Benefit. The Trustee shall hold the assets of the Trust Fund for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and
Beneficiaries and defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. No assets of the Plan shall revert to the Employer except as specifically permitted by the terms of the Plan. 

20.04. Powers of Trustee. The Trustee shall have no discretion or authority with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund but shall act solely as a
directed trustee of the funds contributed to it. In addition to and not in limitation of such powers as the Trustee has by law or under any other provisions of the Plan, the Trustee shall have the following powers, each of which the Trustee
exercises solely as directed Trustee in accordance with the written direction of the Employer except to the extent a Plan asset is subject to Participant direction of investment and provided that no such power shall be exercised in any manner
inconsistent with the provisions of ERISA: 

  
    (a) to deal with all or any part of the Trust Fund and to invest all or a part of the Trust Fund in Permissible Investments, without regard to the law
    of any state regarding proper investment; 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
61

  
    (b) to transfer to and invest all or any part of the Trust in any collective investment trust which is then maintained by a bank or trust company (or
    any affiliate) and which is tax-exempt pursuant to Code Section 501(a) and Rev. Rul. 81-100; provided that such collective investment trust is a Permissible Investment; and provided, further, that the instrument establishing such collective
    investment trust, as amended from time to time, shall govern any investment therein, and is hereby made a part of the Plan and this Trust Agreement to the extent of such investment therein; 

  
    (c) to retain uninvested such cash as it may deem necessary or advisable, without liability for interest thereon, for the administration of the Trust;
  

  
    (d) to sell, lease, convert, redeem, exchange, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the assets constituting the Trust Fund; 

  
    (e) to borrow funds from a bank or other financial institution not affiliated with the Trustee in order to provide sufficient liquidity to process Plan
    transactions in a timely fashion, provided that the cost of borrowing shall be allocated in a reasonable fashion to the Permissible Investment(s) in need of liquidity; 

  
    (f) to enforce by suit or otherwise, or to waive, its rights on behalf of the Trust, and to defend claims asserted against it or the Trust, provided
    that the Trustee is indemnified to its satisfaction against liability and expenses; 

  
    (g) to employ such agents and counsel as may be reasonably necessary in collecting, managing, administering, investing, distributing and protecting the
    Trust Fund or the assets thereof and to pay them reasonable compensation; 

  
    (h) to compromise, adjust and settle any and all claims against or in favor of it or the Trust; 

  
    (i) to oppose, or participate in and consent to the reorganization, merger, consolidation, or readjustment of the finances of any enterprise, to pay
    assessments and expenses in connection therewith, and to deposit securities under deposit agreements; 

  
    (j) to apply for or purchase annuity contracts in accordance with Article 14; 

  
    (k) to hold securities unregistered, or to register them in its own name or in the name of nominees; 

  
    (l) to appoint custodians to hold investments within the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United States and to deposit securities with stock
    clearing corporations or depositories or similar organizations; 

  
    (m) to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments that it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;
  

  
    (n) generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to all or any part of the Trust Fund; and 

  
    (o) to take all such actions as may be necessary under the Trust Agreement, to the extent consistent with applicable law. 

     The Employer specifically acknowledges and authorizes that affiliates of the Trustee may act as its agent in the performance of ministerial, nonfiduciary duties under the Trust. The expenses
and compensation of such agent shall be paid by the Trustee. 

     The Trustee shall provide the Employer with reasonable notice of any claim filed against the Plan or Trust or with regard to any related matter, or of any claim filed by the Trustee on behalf
of the Plan or Trust or with regard to any related matter. 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
62

20.05. Accounts. The Trustee shall keep full accounts of all receipts and disbursements and other transactions hereunder. Within 120 days after the
close of each Plan Year, within 90 days after termination of the Trust, and at such other times as may be appropriate, the Trustee shall determine the then net fair market value of the Trust Fund as of the close of the Plan Year, as of the
termination of the Trust, or as of such other time, whichever is applicable, and shall render to the Employer and Administrator an account of its administration of the Trust during the period since the last such accounting, including all allocations
made by it during such period. 

20.06. Approval of Accounts. To the extent permitted by law, the written approval of any account by the Employer or Administrator shall be final and
binding, as to all matters and transactions stated or shown therein, upon the Employer, Administrator, Participants and all persons who then are or thereafter become interested in the Trust. The failure of the Employer or Administrator to notify the
Trustee within six months after the receipt of any account of its objection to the account shall, to the extent permitted by law, be the equivalent of written approval. If the Employer or Administrator files any objections within such six month
period with respect to any matters or transactions stated or shown in the account, and the Employer or Administrator and the Trustee cannot amicably settle the question raised by such objections, the Trustee shall have the right to have such
questions settled by judicial proceedings. Nothing herein contained shall be construed so as to deprive the Trustee of the right to have judicial settlement of its accounts. In any proceeding for a judicial settlement of any account or for
instructions, the only necessary parties shall be the Trustee, the Employer and the Administrator. 

20.07. Distribution from Trust Fund. The Trustee shall make such distributions from the Trust Fund as the Employer or Administrator may direct (in
writing or such other medium as may be acceptable to the Trustee), consistent with the terms of the Plan and either for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries, or for the payment of expenses of administering the Plan.

20.08. Transfer of Amounts from Qualified Plan. If amounts are to be transferred to the Plan from another qualified plan or trust under Code Section
401(a), such transfer shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and with such rules as may be established by the Trustee. The Trustee shall only accept assets which are in a medium proper for investment under this Trust Agreement
or in cash, and that are accompanied in a timely manner, as agreed to by the Administrator and the Trustee, by instructions in writing (or such other medium as may be acceptable to the Trustee) showing separately the respective contributions by the
prior employer and the transferring Employee, the records relating to such contributions, and identifying the assets attributable to such contributions. The Trustee shall hold such assets for investment in accordance with the provisions of this
Trust Agreement. 

20.09. Transfer of Assets from Trust. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Employer may direct the Trustee to transfer all or a specified portion
of the Trust assets to any other plan or plans maintained by the Employer or the employer or employers of an Inactive Participant or Participants, provided that the Trustee has received evidence satisfactory to it that such other plan meets all
applicable requirements of the Code. The assets so transferred shall be accompanied by written instructions from the Employer naming the persons for whose benefit such assets have been transferred, showing separately the respective contributions by
the Employer and by each Participant, if any, and identifying the assets attributable to the various contributions. The Trustee shall have no further liabilities with respect to assets so transferred. 

20.10. Separate Trust or Fund for Existing Plan Assets. With the consent of the Trustee, the Employer may maintain a trust or fund (including a group
annuity contract) under this prototype plan document separate from the Trust Fund for Plan assets purchased prior to the adoption of this prototype plan document which are not Permissible Investments listed in the Service Agreement. The Trustee
shall have no authority and no responsibility for the Plan assets held in such separate trust or fund. The Employer shall be responsible for assuring that such separate trust or fund is maintained pursuant to a separate trust agreement signed by the
Employer and the trustee. The duties and responsibilities of the trustee of a separate trust shall be provided by the separate trust agreement, between the Employer and the trustee. 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
63

     Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee may agree in writing to provide ministerial recordkeeping services for guaranteed investment contracts held
in the separate trust or fund. The guaranteed investment contract(s) shall be valued as directed by the Employer or the trustee of the separate trust. 

     The trustee of the separate trust (hereafter referred to as “trustee”) shall be the owner of any insurance contract purchased prior to the adoption of this prototype plan document.
The insurance contract(s) must provide that proceeds shall be payable to the trustee; provided, however, that the trustee shall be required to pay over all proceeds of the contract(s) to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in accordance
with the distribution provisions of this Plan. A Participant’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary of the proceeds in all circumstances unless a qualified election has been made in accordance with Article 14. Under no circumstances shall
the trust retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Plan and the terms of any insurance contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control. 

Any life insurance contracts held in the Trust Fund or in the separate trust are subject to the following limits: 

  
    (a) Ordinary life - For purposes of these incidental insurance provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are contracts with both nondecreasing death
    benefits and nonincreasing premiums. If such contracts are held, less than 1⁄2 of the aggregate employer contributions allocated to any Participant shall be used to pay the premiums attributable to them. 

  
    (b) Term and universal life - No more than 1⁄4 of the aggregate employer contributions allocated to any participant shall be used to pay the
    premiums on term life insurance contracts, universal life insurance contracts, and all other life insurance contracts which are not ordinary life. 

  
    (c) Combination - The sum of 1⁄2 of the ordinary life insurance premiums and all other life insurance premiums shall not exceed 1⁄4 of the
    aggregate employer contributions allocated to any Participant. 

20.11. Self-Directed Brokerage Option. If one of the Permissible Investments under the Plan is the self-directed brokerage option, the Employer hereby
directs the Trustee to use Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC, Member NYSE, SIPC or any of the Trustee’s affiliates or subsidiaries (collectively, “FBS”), an affiliate of the Trustee, to purchase or sell individual securities for
Participant Accounts in accordance with investment directions provided by such Participants. The provision of brokerage services by FBS shall be subject to the following: 

  
    (a) The Trustee shall provide the Employer with an annual report which summarizes brokerage transactions and transaction-related charges incurred by the
    Plan. 

  
    (b) Any successor organization of FBS, through reorganization, consolidation, merger, or otherwise, shall, upon consummation of such transaction, become
    the successor broker in accordance with the terms of this direction provision. 

  
    (c) The Trustee and FBS shall continue to rely on this direction provision until notified to the contrary. The Employer reserves the right to terminate
    this direction upon sixty (60) days written notice to FBS (or its successor) and the Trustee, and such termination shall also have the effect of terminating the self-directed brokerage option for the Plan. 

  
    (d) The Trustee shall provide the Employer with a list of the types of securities that may not be purchased or held under this self-directed brokerage
    option. The Trustee shall provide the Employer with administrative procedures and fees governing investment in and withdrawals or exchanges from the self-directed brokerage option. The Trustee shall have no liability in the event a Participant
    purchases a restricted security. 

  	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

  

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
64

  

  

  
    (e) Participants may authorize the use of an agent to have limited trading authority over assets in their Accounts invested under the self-directed
    brokerage option provided that the Participant completes and files with FBS a limited trading authorization and indemnification form in the form prescribed by FBS. 

  
    (f) FBS shall provide all proxies and other shareholder materials to each Participant with such securities allocated to his or her Account under the
    self-directed brokerage option. The Participant shall have the authority to direct the exercise of all shareholder rights attributable to the securities allocated to his or her Account and it is intended that all such Participant directions shall be
    subject to ERISA Section 404(c). The Trustee shall not exercise any such shareholder rights in the absence of a direction from the Participant. 

  
    (g) Self-directed brokerage accounts held under the Plan are subject to fees as more fully described in the related self-directed brokerage documents
    provided to the Employer. If there are insufficient funds to cover the self-directed brokerage account trades and expenses, a liquidation may be made to cover the debit balance and, in doing so, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have exercised any
    discretion. 

20.12. Employer Stock Investment Option. If one of the Permissible Investments is equity securities issued by the Employer or a Related Employer
(“Employer Stock”), such Employer Stock must be publicly traded and “qualifying employer securities” within the meaning of Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA. Plan investments in Employer Stock shall be made via the Employer Stock
Investment Fund (the “Stock Fund”) which shall consist of either (i) the shares of Employer Stock held for each Participant who participates in the Stock Fund (a “Share Accounting Stock Fund”), or (ii) a combination of shares of
Employer Stock and short-term liquid investments, consisting of mutual fund shares or commingled money market pool units as agreed to by the Employer and the Trustee, which are necessary to satisfy the Stock Fund’s cash needs for transfers and
payments (a “Unitized Stock Fund”). Dividends received by the Stock Fund are reinvested in additional shares of Employer Stock or, in the case of a Unitized Stock Fund, in short-term liquid investments. The determination of whether each
Participant’s interest in the Stock Fund is administered on a share-accounting or a unitized basis shall be determined by the Employer’s election in the Service Agreement. 

     In the case of a Unitized Stock Fund, such units shall represent a proportionate interest in all assets of the Unitized Stock Fund, which includes shares of Employer Stock, short-term
investments, and at times, receivables for dividends and/or Employer Stock sold and payables for Employer Stock purchased. A net asset value per unit shall be determined daily for each cash unit outstanding of the Unitized Stock Fund. The return
earned by the Unitized Stock Fund shall represent a combination of the dividends paid on the shares of Employer Stock held by the Unitized Stock Fund, gains or losses realized on sales of Employer Stock, appreciation or depreciation in the market
price of those shares owned, and interest on the short-term investments held by the Unitized Stock Fund. A target range for the short-term liquid investments shall be maintained for the Unitized Stock Fund. The Named Fiduciary shall, after
consultation with the Trustee, establish and communicate to the Trustee in writing such target range and a drift allowance for such short-term liquid investments. Such target range and drift allowance may be changed by the Named Fiduciary, after
consultation with the Trustee, provided any such change is communicated to the Trustee in writing. The Trustee is responsible for ensuring that the actual short-term liquid investments held in the Unitized Stock Fund fall within the agreed upon
target range over time, subject to the Trustee’s ability to execute open-market trades in Employer Stock or to otherwise trade with the Employer. 

  Investments in Employer Stock shall be subject to the following limitations: 

  
    (a) Acquisition Limit. Pursuant to the Plan, the Trust may be invested in Employer Stock to the extent necessary
    to comply with investment directions under Section 8.02 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for Deferral Contributions made for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1999, the portion of a Participant’s Deferral
    Contributions that the Employer may require to be invested in Employer Stock for a Plan Year cannot exceed one percent of such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
65

  
    (b) Fiduciary Duty of Named Fiduciary. The Administrator or any person designated by the Administrator as a
    named fiduciary under Section 19.01 (the “named fiduciary”) shall continuously monitor the suitability under the fiduciary duty rules of ERISA Section 404(a)(1) (as modified by ERISA Section 404(a)(2)) of acquiring and holding Employer
    Stock. The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, which arises from the directions of the named fiduciary with respect to the acquisition and holding of Employer Stock, unless it is clear on their face that the actions
    to be taken under those directions would be prohibited by the foregoing fiduciary duty rules or would be contrary to the terms of the Plan or this Trust Agreement. 

  
    (c) Execution of Purchases and Sales. Purchases and sales of Employer Stock shall be made on the open market on
    the date on which the Trustee receives in good order all information and documentation necessary to accurately effect such purchases and sales or (i) if later, in the case of purchases, the date on which the Trustee has received a transfer of the
    funds necessary to make such purchases, (ii) as otherwise provided in the Service Agreement, or (iii) as provided in Subsection (d) below. Such general rules shall not apply in the following circumstances: 

  
    
      (1) If the Trustee is unable to determine the number of shares required to be purchased or sold on such day; 

    
      (2) If the Trustee is unable to purchase or sell the total number of shares required to be purchased or sold on such day as a result of market
      conditions; or 

    
      (3) If the Trustee is prohibited by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange, or any other regulatory body from purchasing or
      selling any or all of the shares required to be purchased or sold on such day. 

  

     In the event of the occurrence of the circumstances described in (1), (2), or (3) above, the Trustee shall purchase or sell such shares as soon as possible thereafter and, in the case of a
Share Accounting Stock Fund, shall determine the price of such purchases or sales to be the average purchase or sales price of all such shares purchased or sold, respectively. 

  
    (d) Purchases and Sales from or to Employer. If directed by the Employer in writing prior to the trading date,
    the Trustee may purchase or sell Employer Stock from or to the Employer if the purchase or sale is for adequate consideration (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(18)) and no commission is charged. If Employer contributions or contributions made
    by the Employer on behalf of the Participants under the Plan are to be invested in Employer Stock, the Employer may transfer Employer Stock in lieu of cash to the Trust. In such case, the shares of Employer Stock to be transferred to the Trust will
    be valued at a price that constitutes adequate consideration (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(18)). 

  
    (e) Use of Broker to Purchase Employer Stock. The Employer hereby directs the Trustee to use Fidelity Capital
    Markets, Inc., an affiliate of the Trustee, or any other affiliate or subsidiary of the Trustee (collectively, “Capital Markets”), to provide brokerage services in connection with all market purchases and sales of Employer Stock for the
    Stock Fund, except in circumstances where the Trustee has determined, in accordance with its standard trading guidelines or pursuant to Employer direction, to seek expedited settlement of trades. The Trustee shall provide the Employer with the
    commission schedule for such transactions, a copy of Capital Markets’ brokerage placement practices, and an annual report which summarizes all securities transaction-related charges incurred by the Plan. The following shall apply as well:
  

  
    
      (1) Any successor organization of Capital Markets through reorganization, consolidation, merger, or similar transactions, shall, upon consummation of
      such transaction, become the successor broker in accordance with the terms of this provision. 

    
      (2) The Trustee shall continue to rely on this Employer direction until notified to the contrary. The Employer reserves the right to terminate this
      authorization upon sixty (60) days written notice to Capital

  

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
66

  
    
      Markets (or its successor) and the Trustee and the Employer and the Trustee shall decide on a mutually-agreeable alternative procedure for handling brokerage transactions on behalf of the Stock Fund. 

  

  
  (f) Securities Law Reports. The named fiduciary shall be responsible for filing all reports required under
  Federal or state securities laws with respect to the Trust’s ownership of Employer Stock; including, without limitation, any reports required under Section 13 or 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and shall immediately notify the Trustee
  in writing of any requirement to stop purchases or sales of Employer Stock pending the filing of any report. The Trustee shall provide to the named fiduciary such information on the Trust’s ownership of Employer Stock as the named fiduciary may
  reasonably request in order to comply with Federal or state securities laws. 

  
  (g) Voting and Tender Offers. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Trust Agreement the provisions of this
  Subsection shall govern the voting and tendering of Employer Stock. For purposes of this Subsection, each Participant shall be designated as a named fiduciary under ERISA with respect to shares of Employer Stock that reflect that portion, if any, of
  the Participant’s interest in the Stock Fund not acquired at the direction of the Participant in accordance with ERISA Section 404(c). 

     The Employer, after consultation with the Trustee, shall provide and pay for all printing, mailing, tabulation and other costs associated with the voting and tendering of Employer Stock, except
as required by law. The Trustee, after consultation with the Employer, shall prepare the necessary documents associated with the voting and tendering of Employer Stock, unless the Employer directs the Trustee not to do so. 

          (1) Voting.

  
    
      (A) When the issuer of the Employer Stock prepares for any annual or special meeting, the Employer shall notify the Trustee thirty (30) days in advance
        of the intended record date and shall cause a copy of all proxy solicitation materials to be sent to the Trustee. If requested by the Trustee, the Employer shall certify to the Trustee that the aforementioned materials represent the same information
        that is distributed to shareholders of Employer Stock. Based on these materials the Trustee shall prepare a voting instruction form. At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special stockholders’ meeting of the issuer of the Employer
        Stock, the Employer shall cause a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to be sent to each Participant with an interest in Employer Stock held in the Trust, together with the foregoing voting instruction form to be returned to the
        Trustee or its designee. The form shall show the proportional interest in the number of full and fractional shares of Employer Stock credited to the Participant’s Sub-Accounts held in the Stock Fund. The Employer shall provide the Trustee with
        a copy of any materials provided to the Participants and shall (if the mailing is not handled by the Trustee) notify the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants. 

    
      (B) Each Participant with an interest in the Stock Fund shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee is to vote
        (including not to vote) that number of shares of Employer Stock that is credited to his Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflects such Participant’s proportional interest in the
        Stock Fund (both vested and unvested). Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the voting of Employer Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by such other means mutually acceptable to the Trustee and the Employer. These
        directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Employer, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person, except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports
        regularly communicated to any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee’s services hereunder. Upon its receipt of the directions, the Trustee shall vote the shares of Employer Stock that reflect the
        Participant’s interest in the Stock Fund as directed by the Participant. The Trustee shall not vote shares of Employer Stock that 

  

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
67

  
    
      reflect a Participant’s interest in the Stock Fund for which the Trustee has received no direction from the Participant, except as required by law. 

  

          (2) Tender Offers. 

  
    
      (A) Upon commencement of a tender offer for any securities held in the Trust that are Employer Stock, the Employer shall timely notify the Trustee in
        advance of the intended tender date and shall cause a copy of all materials to be sent to the Trustee. The Employer shall certify to the Trustee that the aforementioned materials represent the same information distributed to shareholders of Employer
        Stock. Based on these materials, and after consultation with the Employer, the Trustee shall prepare a tender instruction form and shall provide a copy of all tender materials to be sent to each Participant with an interest in the Stock Fund,
        together with the foregoing tender instruction form, to be returned to the Trustee or its designee. The tender instruction form shall show the number of full and fractional shares of Employer Stock credited to the Participant’s Account, if the
        Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflect the Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund (both vested and unvested). The Employer shall notify each Participant with an interest in such
        Employer Stock of the tender offer and utilize its best efforts to timely distribute or cause to be distributed to the Participant the tender materials and the tender instruction form described herein. The Employer shall provide the Trustee with a
        copy of any materials provided to the Participants and shall (if the mailing is not handled by the Trustee) notify the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants. 

    
      (B) Each Participant with an interest in the Stock Fund shall have the right to direct the Trustee to tender or not to tender some or all of the shares
        of Employer Stock that are credited to his Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflect such Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund (both vested and unvested).
        Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the tender of Employer Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by such other means as is agreed upon by the Trustee and the Employer under the preceding paragraph. These directions shall be
        held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Employer, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person, except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports regularly communicated to
        any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee’s services hereunder. The Trustee shall tender or not tender shares of Employer Stock as directed by the Participant. Except as otherwise required by law, the Trustee
        shall not tender shares of Employer Stock that are credited to a Participant’s Account, if the Plan uses share accounting, or, if accounting is by units of participation, that reflect a Participant’s proportional interest in the Stock Fund
        for which the Trustee has received no direction from the Participant. 

    
      (C) A Participant who has directed the Trustee to tender some or all of the shares of Employer Stock that reflect the Participant’s proportional
        interest in the Stock Fund may, at any time prior to the tender offer withdrawal date, direct the Trustee to withdraw some or all of such tendered shares, and the Trustee shall withdraw the directed number of shares from the tender offer prior to
        the tender offer withdrawal deadline. A Participant shall not be limited as to the number of directions to tender or withdraw that the Participant may give to the Trustee. 

    
      (D) A direction by a Participant to the Trustee to tender shares of Employer Stock that reflect the Participant’s proportional interest in the
        Stock Fund shall not be considered a written election under the Plan by the Participant to withdraw, or have distributed, any or all of his withdrawable shares. If the Plan uses share accounting, the Trustee shall credit to the Participant’s
        Account the proceeds received by the Trustee in exchange for the shares of Employer Stock tendered from the Participant’s Account. If accounting is by units of participation, the Trustee shall credit to each proportional interest of the
        Participant from which the tendered shares were taken the proceeds received by the Trustee in

  

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
68

  
    
      exchange for the shares of Employer Stock tendered from that interest. Pending receipt of direction (through the Administrator) from the Participant or the named fiduciary, as provided in the Plan, as to which of the
        remaining Permissible Investments the proceeds should be invested in, the Trustee shall invest the proceeds in the Permissible Investment specified for such purposes in the Service Agreement or, if no such Permissible Investment has been specified,
      the most conservative Permissible Investment designated by the Employer in the Service Agreement. 

  

  
  (h) Shares Credited. If accounting with respect to the Stock Fund is by units of participation, then for all
  purposes of this Section 20.12, the number of shares of Employer Stock deemed “reflected” in a Participant’s proportional interest shall be determined as of the last preceding valuation date. The trade date is the date the transaction
  is valued. 

  
  (i) General. With respect to all rights other than the right to vote, the right to tender, and the right to
  withdraw shares previously tendered, in the case of Employer Stock credited to a Participant’s Account or proportional interest in the Stock Fund, the Trustee shall follow the directions of the Participant and if no such directions are
  received, the directions of the named fiduciary. The Trustee shall have no duty to solicit directions from Participants. 

  
  (j) Conversion. All provisions in this Section 20.12 shall also apply to any securities received as a result of
  a conversion to Employer Stock. 

20.13. Voting; Delivery of Information. The Trustee shall deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Employer or Administrator all notices,
prospectuses, financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting materials received by the Trustee relating to securities held by the Trust or, if applicable, deliver these materials to the appropriate Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased
Participant. The Trustee shall not vote any securities held by the Trust except in accordance with the instructions of the Employer, Participant, or the Beneficiary of the Participant if the Participant is deceased; provided, however, that the
Trustee may, in the absence of instructions, vote “present” for the sole purpose of allowing such shares to be counted for establishment of a quorum at a shareholders’ meeting. The Trustee shall have no duty to solicit instructions
from Participants, Beneficiaries, or the Employer. 

20.14. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Trustee’s fee for performing its duties hereunder shall be such reasonable amounts as the Trustee
may from time to time specify in the Service Agreement or any other written agreement with the Employer. Such fee, any taxes of any kind which may be levied or assessed upon or with respect to the Trust Fund, and any and all expenses, including
without limitation legal fees and expenses of administrative and judicial proceedings, reasonably incurred by the Trustee in connection with its duties and responsibilities hereunder shall, unless some or all have been paid by said Employer, be paid
either from forfeitures resulting under Section 11.08, or from the remaining Trust Fund and shall, unless allocable to the Accounts of particular Participants, be charged against the respective Accounts of all Participants, in such reasonable manner
as the Trustee may determine. 

20.15. Reliance by Trustee on Other Persons. The Trustee may rely upon and act upon any writing from any person, including the Investment Professional,
authorized by the Employer or the Administrator pursuant to the Service Agreement or any other written direction to give instructions concerning the Plan and may conclusively rely upon and be protected in acting upon any written order from the
Employer, the Administrator or the Investment Professional, or upon any other notice, request, consent, certificate, or other instructions or paper reasonably believed by it to have been executed by a duly authorized person, so long as it acts in
good faith in taking or omitting to take any such action. The Trustee need not inquire as to the basis in fact of any statement in writing received from the Employer, the Administrator or the Investment Professional. 

     The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the latest certificate it has received from the Employer or the Administrator as to any person or persons authorized to act for the Employer or the
Administrator hereunder and to

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
69

sign on behalf of the Employer or the Administrator any directions or instructions, until it receives from the Employer or the Administrator written notice that such authority has been revoked. 

     Notwithstanding any provision contained herein, the Trustee shall be under no duty to take any action with respect to any Participant’s Account (other than as specified herein) unless and
until the Employer, the Administrator or the Investment Professional furnishes the Trustee with written instructions on a form acceptable to the Trustee, and the Trustee agrees thereto in writing. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken
pursuant to the Employer’s, the Administrator’s or the Investment Professional’s written instructions (nor for the collection of contributions under the Plan, nor the purpose or propriety of any distribution made thereunder).

20.16. Indemnification by Employer. The Employer shall indemnify and save harmless the Trustee, and all affiliates, employees, agents and
sub-contractors of the Trustee, from and against any and all liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to which the Trustee, or such other individuals or entities, may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct being taken
in the performance of any Plan-related duties, including those described in this Trust Agreement and the Service Agreement, unless such liability or expense results from the Trustee’s, or such other individuals’ or entities’,
negligence or willful misconduct. 

20.17. Consultation by Trustee with Counsel. The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may be but need not be counsel for the Employer or the
Administrator) concerning any question which may arise with respect to its rights and duties under the Plan and Trust, and the opinion of such counsel shall, to the extent permitted by law, be full and complete protection in respect of any action
taken or omitted by the Trustee hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the opinion of such counsel. 

20.18. Persons Dealing with the Trustee. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of any money or property paid or
delivered to the Trustee or to inquire into the validity or propriety of any transactions. 

20.19. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Employer, which resignation shall be effective 60
days after delivery to the Employer. The Trustee may be removed by the Employer by written notice to the Trustee, which removal shall be effective 60 days after delivery to the Trustee or such shorter period as may be mutually agreed upon by the
Employer and the Trustee. 

     Except in the case of Plan termination, upon resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Employer shall appoint a successor trustee. Any such successor trustee shall, upon written acceptance of
his appointment, become vested with the estate, rights, powers, discretion, duties and obligations of the Trustee hereunder as if he had been originally named as Trustee in this Agreement. 

     Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Employer shall no longer participate in this prototype plan and shall be deemed to have adopted an individually designed plan. In such event, the
Employer shall appoint a successor trustee within said 60-day period and the Trustee shall transfer the assets of the Trust to the successor trustee upon receipt of sufficient evidence (such as a determination letter or opinion letter from the
Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee) that such trust shall be a qualified trust under the Code. 

     The appointment of a successor trustee shall be accomplished by delivery to the Trustee of written notice that the Employer has appointed such successor trustee, and written acceptance of such
appointment by the successor trustee. The Trustee may, upon transfer and delivery of the Trust Fund to a successor trustee, reserve such reasonable amount as it shall deem necessary to provide for its fees, compensation, costs and expenses, or for
the payment of any other liabilities chargeable against the Trust Fund for which it may be liable. The Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor trustee. 

20.20. Fiscal Year of the Trust. The fiscal year of the Trust shall coincide with the Plan Year. 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
70

20.21. Discharge of Duties by Fiduciaries. The Trustee and the Employer and any other fiduciary shall discharge their duties under the Plan and this
Trust Agreement solely in the interests of Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the requirements of ERISA. 

20.22. Amendment. In accordance with provisions of the Plan, and subject to the limitations set forth therein, this Trust Agreement may be amended by an
instrument in writing signed by the Employer and the Trustee. No amendment to this Trust Agreement shall divert any part of the Trust Fund to any purpose other than as provided in Section 20.03. 

20.23. Plan Termination. Upon termination or partial termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of contributions thereunder, the Trustee shall
make distributions to the Participants or other persons entitled to distributions as the Employer or Administrator directs in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. In the absence of such instructions and unless the Plan otherwise provides, the
Trustee shall notify the Employer or Administrator of such situation and the Trustee shall be under no duty to make any distributions under the Plan until it receives written instructions from the Employer or Administrator. Upon the completion of
such distributions, the Trust shall terminate, the Trustee shall be relieved from all liability under the Trust, and no Participant or other person shall have any claims thereunder, except as required by applicable law. 

20.24. Permitted Reversion of Funds to Employer. If it is determined by the Internal Revenue Service that the Plan does not initially qualify under Code
Section 401, all assets then held under the Plan shall be returned by the Trustee, as directed by the Administrator, to the Employer, but only if the application for determination is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s
return for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted or such later date as may be prescribed by regulations. Such distribution shall be made within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied. Upon such distribution the Plan
shall be considered to be rescinded and to be of no force or effect. 

     Contributions under the Plan are conditioned upon their deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event the deduction of a contribution made by the Employer is disallowed under Code Section
404, such contribution (to the extent disallowed) must be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. 

     Any contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution. 

20.25. Governing Law. This Trust Agreement shall be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA and, to the extent not preempted thereby,
the laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Trustee has its principal place of business. 

     Nothing contained in Sections 20.04, 20.13 or 20.21 or this Section 20.25 shall be construed in a manner which subjects a governmental plan (as defined in Code Section 414(d)) or a non-electing
church plan (as described in Code Section 410(d)) to the fiduciary provisions of Title I of ERISA. 

	 FIIS Prototype 	  	 Basic Plan Document No. 12 
	 	  	 10/9/03 

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
71

ADDENDUM

Re: Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001

(“EGTRRA”)

Amendments for Fidelity Basic Plan Document No. 12

PREAMBLE

Adoption and Effective Date of Amendment. This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001
(“EGTRRA”). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided below, this amendment shall be
effective as of the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2001. 

Supercession of Inconsistent Provisions. This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this
amendment. 

1. Section 2.01(j), “Compensation,” is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof: 

  
    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as
    adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). Annual Compensation means Compensation during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan
    (the determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year. 

2. Section 2.01(l), “Deferral Contribution,” is hereby amended by replacing the period with a semicolon and adding the following to the end thereof: 

  
    provided, however, that the term “Deferral Contribution” shall exclude all catch-up contributions as described in Section 5.03(b)(1) for purposes of Matching Employer Contributions as described in Section 1.10 of
    the Adoption Agreement, unless otherwise elected by the Employer in Section (c) of the EGTRRA Amendments Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 

3. Section 2.01(uu) “Rollover Contribution” is hereby amended as follows: 

  
    “Rollover Contribution” means any distribution from an eligible retirement plan as defined in Section 5.06 that an Employee elects to contribute to the Plan in accordance with the terms of such Section 5.06.
  

4. The existing text of Section 5.03 is hereby redesignated as Section 5.03(a), and a new Section 5.03(b) is hereby added to read as follows: 

  
    (b) Catch-up Contributions. 

  
    
      (1) If elected by the Employer in Section (a) of the EGTRRA Amendments Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, all Participants who are eligible to make Deferral Contributions under the Plan and who are projected to attain age
      50 before the close of the calendar year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code Section 414(v). Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the
      provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g)

  

	
EGTRRA Addendum (BPD No. 12)	 
        	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
1

  
    
      and 415. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of the
      making of such catch-up contributions. 

    
      (2) Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in Section (b)(1) of the EGTRRA Amendments Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, if the Plan permits catch-up contributions, as described in paragraph (1) above on April 1, 2002
        (or such later date as specified therein), then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, effective April 1, 2002, the limit on Deferral Contributions, as otherwise provided in Section 1.07(a)(1) (the “Plan Limit”) shall be 60% of
      Compensation for the payroll period in question, provided, however, that this Section 5.03(b)(2) shall be inapplicable if the Plan’s Section 1.01(g)(2)(B) Amendment Effective Date is after April 1, 2002. 

    
      (3) In the event that the Plan Limit is changed during the Plan Year, for purposes of determining catch-up contribution for the Plan Year, as described in paragraph (1) above, the Plan Limit shall be determined pursuant to
      the time-weighted average method described in Proposed Income Tax Regulation Section 1.414(v) -1(b)(2)(i). 

  

5. Section 5.06 is hereby amended to add the following paragraph to the end thereof: 

  
    Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in Section (e) of the EGTRRA Amendments Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, the Plan will accept Participant Rollover Contributions and/or direct rollovers of distributions made
    after December 31, 2001 (including Rollover Contributions received by the Participant as a surviving spouse, or a spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order), from the following types of plans:
  

  
    (a) a qualified plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a), including after-tax employee contributions (provided, however, that any such after-tax employee contributions must be contributed in a direct rollover);
  

  
    (b) an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions; 

  
    (c) an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state; and 

  
    (d) Participant Rollover Contributions of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or 408(b) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be
    includible in gross income, provided, however, that the Plan will in no event accept a rollover contribution consisting of nondeductible individual retirement account or annuity contributions. 

6. The first paragraph of Section 6.02 is hereby amended by replacing the first sentence thereof with the following:

     In no event shall the amount of Deferral Contributions made under the Plan for a calendar year, when aggregated with the ‘elective deferrals’ made under any other plan maintained by
the Employer or a Related Employer, exceed the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of such calendar year, except to the extent permitted under Section 5.03(b)(1) and Code Section 414(v), if applicable.

7. Section 6.08 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof: 

  
    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m) -2 and this Section 6.08 shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001. 

	 EGTRRA Addendum (BPD No. 12)	  	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
2

8. Section 6.12 is hereby amended by adding a new subsection 6.12(e) thereto as follows: 

  
    (e) Maximum Annual Additions for Limitation Years Beginning After December 31, 2001. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this subsection
    (e) shall be effective for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2001. Except to the extent permitted under Section 5.03(b)(1) and Code Section 414(v), if applicable, the “annual additions” that may be contributed or allocated to a
    Participant’s Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of: 

  
    (1) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Code Section 415(d), or 

  
    (2) 100 percent of the Participant’s compensation, within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), for the Limitation Year. 

  
    The compensation limit referred to in (2) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code Sections 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) that is otherwise treated as an
“annual addition.” 

9. Section 9.04 is hereby amended by replacing the period with a semi-colon and adding the following to the end thereof: 

  
    provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, effective for Plan loans made after December 31, 2001, Plan provisions prohibiting loans to any “owner-employee” or
“shareholder-employee” shall cease to apply. 

10. Section 10.05(b)(2) is hereby amended by replacing the semicolon with a period and adding the following to the end thereof: 

  
    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the rule in this Section 10.05(b)(2) shall be applied to a Participant who receives a distribution after December 31, 2001 on account of hardship, by substituting the phrase
“the 6-month period” for the phrase “the 12-month period.” 

11. Section 10.05(b)(4)) is hereby amended by adding the following phrase to the beginning thereof: 

  
    Effective for calendar years beginning before January 1, 2002, for a Participant who received a hardship distribution before January 1, 2001, 

12. The existing text of Section 11.05 is hereby redesignated as Section 11.05(a) in its entirety, and a new Section 11.05(b) is hereby added to read as follows: 

  
    (b) Vesting of Matching Employer Contributions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the vesting schedule elected by the Employer in
    Section (d)(1) of the EGTRRA Amendments Addendum to the Adoption Agreement shall apply to all accrued benefits derived from Matching Employer Contributions for Participants who complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31,
    2001, except as otherwise elected by the Employer in Section (d)(2) or Section (d)(3) of the EGTRRA Amendments Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. With respect to Participants covered by a collective bargaining agreement, the vesting schedule
    elected in Section (d)(1) of the EGTRRA Amendments Addendum to the Adoption Agreement shall take effect on a later date if so elected in Section (d)(2). If so elected in Section (d)(3) of the EGTRRA Amendments to the Adoption Agreement, the vesting schedule elected in Section (d)(1) shall apply only to the accrued benefits derived from Matching Employer Contributions made with respect to Plan Years beginning after
    December 31, 2001 (or such later date as may be provided in Section (d)(2) for Participants covered by a collective bargaining agreement). 

	 EGTRRA Addendum (BPD No. 12)	  	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
3

13. The existing text of Section 12.01 is hereby redesignated as Section 12.01(a), current subsections (a), (b) and (c) thereof are redesignated as paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively, and the first sentence thereof
is replaced with the following: 

  
    Subject to the application of Section 12.01(b), a Participant, or his Beneficiary, may not receive a distribution from his Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, Qualified Matching Employer
    Contributions, safe harbor Matching Employer Contributions or safe harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts earlier than upon the Participant’s separation from service with the Employer and all Related Employers, death, or disability,
    except as otherwise provided in Article 10 or Section 12.04. 

14. Section 12.01 is hereby amended by adding a new subsection (b) to the end thereof: 

  
    (b) If elected by the Employer in Section (f) of the EGTRRA Amendments Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section 12.01, a Participant, or his Beneficiary, may receive a distribution
    after December 31, 2001 (or such later date as specified therein) from his Deferral Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, Qualified Matching Employer Contributions, safe harbor Matching Employer Contributions or safe harbor
    Nonelective Employer Contributions Accounts on account of the Participant’s severance from employment occurring after the dates specified in Section (f) of the EGTRRA Amendments Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. 

15. Section 13.04 is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof: 

  
    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2001. 

  
  (i) Modification of definition of eligible retirement plan. For purposes of this Section 13.04, an “eligible retirement plan” shall also
  mean an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political
  subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of “eligible retirement plan” shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a
  spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). 

  
  (ii) Modification of definition of eligible rollover distribution to exclude hardship distributions. For purposes of this Section 13.04, any amount
  that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an “eligible rollover distribution” and the “distributee” may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan.”

  
  (iii) Modification of definition of eligible rollover distribution to include after-tax Employee Contributions. For purposes of this Section 13.04, a
  portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an “eligible rollover distribution” merely because the portion consists of after-tax Employee Contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred
  only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred,
  including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible. 

16. Article 15 is hereby amended by adding a new Section 15.08 at the end thereof as follows: 

	 EGTRRA Addendum (BPD No. 12)	  	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
4

15.08. Modification of Top-Heavy Provisions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 15.08 shall apply for purposes of
determining whether the Plan is a top-heavy plan under Code Section 416(g) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of Code Section 416(c) for such years. This Section
modifies the rules in this Article 15 of the Plan for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001. 

(a) Determination of top-heavy status. 

      (1) Key employee. Key employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that
includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a
1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3). The determination of who is a key employee will be made in
accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder. 

      (2) Determination of present values and amounts. This Section 15.08(a)(2) shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued
benefits and the amounts of account balances of Employees as of the determination date. 

       (A) Distributions during year ending on the determination date. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an
Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the determination
date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason
other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting the phrase “5-year period” for the phrase “1-year period.” 

       (B) Employees not performing services during year ending on the determination date. The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not
performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account. 

(b) Minimum benefits. 

  
    (1) Matching contributions. Matching Employer Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution
    requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Employer Contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan,
    such other plan. Matching Employer Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code Section
    401(m). 

  
    (2) Contributions under other plans. The Employer may provide in the Adoption Agreement that the minimum benefit requirement shall be met in another
    plan (including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) are met).
  

	 EGTRRA Addendum (BPD No. 12)	  	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
5

  
    (c) Other Modifications. The top-heavy requirements of Code Section 416 and this Article 15 shall not apply in any year beginning after December 31,
    2001, in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and Matching Employer Contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) are met.
  

	 EGTRRA Addendum (BPD No. 12)	  	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
6

  

ADDENDUM

IRS Model Amendment for Proposed Regulations Under Section 401(a)(9)

of the Internal Revenue Code

Distributions for Calendar Years Beginning on or After 2002. With respect to distributions under the Plan for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Plan will apply
the minimum distribution requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code in accordance with the regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary.
This amendment shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue
Service. 

	
      401(a)(9) Prop. Regs. Addendum (BPD No. 12)
	 
        	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
1

ADDENDUM

IRS Model Amendment for Final and Temporary Regulations

Under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9)

Section 1. General Rules

1.1 Effective Date. The provisions of this addendum will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year. 

1.2 Precedence. The requirements of this addendum will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. 

1.3 Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this addendum will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue
Code. 

1.4 TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this addendum, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity
and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA. 

Section 2. Time and Manner of Distribution.

2.1. Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. 

2.2. Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

  
    (a) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, then, except as otherwise elected under section 6, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the
    calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1⁄2, if later. 

  
    (b) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, then, except as otherwise elected under section 6, distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December
    31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died. 

  
    (c) If there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year
    containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

  
    (d) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this section
    2.2, other than section 2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 

  
    For purposes of this section 2.2 and section 4, unless section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered
    to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 2.2(a) . If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s
    Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to

	
      401(a)(9) Final & Temp. Regs. Addendum (BPD No. 12)
	 
        	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
1

  
    begin to the surviving spouse under section 2.2(a)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 

2.3 Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first
distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with sections 3 and 4 of this addendum. If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder
will be made in accordance with the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations. 

Section 3. Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime. 

3.1 Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

  
    (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9) -9 of the Treasury regulations, using the
    Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or 

  
    (b) if the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the
    Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9) -9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
  

3.2 Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this section 3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and
up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death. 

Section 4. Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death.

4.1 Death On or After Date Distributions Begin. 

  
    (a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution
    calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the
    Participant’s designated Beneficiary, determined as follows: 

  
    
      (1) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

    
      (2) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of
      the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving
      spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 

    
      (3) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the
      year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

  
    (b) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the
  minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the

	
      401(a)(9) Final & Temp. Regs. Addendum (BPD No. 12)
	 
        	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
2

  
    quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent
    year. 

4.2 Death Before Date Distributions Begin. 

  
    (a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. Except as otherwise elected under section 6, if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that
    will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated
    Beneficiary, determined as provided in section 4.1. 

  
    (b) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death,
    distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

  
    (c) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s
    sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section 2.2(a), this section 4.2 will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 

Section 5. Definitions.

5.1 Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is the designated Beneficiary, as such term is defined under section 2.01 of the Plan, and is the designated Beneficiary under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code
and section 1.401(a)(9) -1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations. 

5.2 Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year
immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions
are required to begin under section 2.2. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for
other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar
year. 

5.3 Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9) -9 of the Treasury regulations. 

5.4 Participant’s account balance. The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any
contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date The
account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

5.5 Required Beginning Date. The Required Beginning Date, as such term is defined in section 2.01 of the Plan. 

Section 6. Elections.

  
    (a) Participants or Beneficiaries May Elect 5-Year Rule. Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule in sections 2.2 and 4.2 of this addendum

	
      401(a)(9) Final & Temp. Regs. Addendum (BPD No. 12)
	 
        	
      10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
3

  
    applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to
    begin under section 2.2 of this addendum, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, the surviving spouse’s) death. If neither the Participant nor the Beneficiary
    makes an election under this section 6, distributions will be made in accordance with sections 2.2 and 4.2 of this addendum. 

  
    (b) Designated Beneficiary Receiving Distributions Under 5-Year Rule May Elect Life Expectancy Distributions. A designated Beneficiary who is receiving payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive
    payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier
    of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year period. 

	
401(a)(9) Final & Temp. Regs. Addendum (BPD No. 12)	 
        	
10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
4

  

ADDENDUM

Re: Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001

(“EGTRRA”)

Second Amendment for Fidelity Basic Plan Document No. 12

PREAMBLE

Adoption and Effective Date of Amendment. This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001
(“EGTRRA”). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. This amendment shall be effective December 1, 2003.

Supersession of Inconsistent Provisions. This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this
amendment. 

The following paragraph is hereby added to the end of Section 16.04: 

  
    Notwithstanding anything in the Basic Plan Document or Adoption Agreement (including addenda thereto) to the contrary, to the extent permitted by any regulation or other guidance under the Code, forms of payment may be
    eliminated without the application of a waiting period and without prior notice to Participants effective with respect to Participants whose Annuity Starting Dates occur on or after the date the Plan amendment eliminating such forms of payment is
    adopted; provided, however, that to the extent any regulation or other guidance under the Code requires prior notice to Participants as a precondition to the elimination of any form of payment or imposes any other requirement on such elimination, no
    such elimination shall be effective unless the Plan Administrator has complied with such notice or other requirement. 

	
      Second EGTRRA Addendum (BPD No. 12)
	 
        	
10/9/03

©2003 FMR Corp.

All rights reserved.
1exv10w24

 

Exhibit 10.24

EXECUTION

Published CUSIP Number: ________________

 

REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 22, 2005

among

KB HOME

as Borrower

THE BANKS PARTY HERETO

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

as Co-Syndication Agents

CALYON NEW YORK BRANCH,

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

and

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

as Co-Documentation Agents

and

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

and

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1.1 Defined Terms
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1.2 Accounting Terms
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1.3 Rounding
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1.4 Other Interpretive Provisions
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1.5 Exhibits and Schedules
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1.6 References to “Borrower and its Subsidiaries”
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1.7 Time of Day
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	1.8 Letter of Credit Amounts
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.1 Loans-General
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.2 Base Rate Loans
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.3 Eurodollar Rate Loans
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.4 Swing Line
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.5 Letters of Credit
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.6 Reduction of Commitment
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.7 Optional Increase to Commitment
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.8 Borrowing Base
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.9 Extension of Maturity Date
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III PAYMENTS AND FEES
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.1 Principal and Interest
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.2 Commitment Fee
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.3 Other Fees
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.4 [Intentionally Omitted]
	 	 	1	 

-i-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	3.5 Capital Adequacy
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.6 Eurodollar Fees and Costs
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.7 Late Payments/Default Interest
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.8 Computation of Interest and Fees
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.9 Holidays
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.10 Payment Free of Taxes
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.11 Funding Sources
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.12 Failure to Charge or Making of Payment Not Subsequent Waiver
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.13 Time and Place of Payments; Evidence of Payments; Application of Payments
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.14 Administrative Agent’s Right to Assume Payments Will be Made
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.15 Survivability
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.16 Bank Calculation Certificate
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.17 Transition
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.18 Designation of a Different Lending Office
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.1 Existence and Qualification; Power; Compliance with Law
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.2 Authority; Compliance with Other Instruments and Government Regulations
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.3 No Governmental Approvals Required
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.4 Subsidiaries
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.5 Financial Statements
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.6 No Other Liabilities; No Material Adverse Effect
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.7 Title to Assets
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.8 Intangible Assets
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.9 Existing Indebtedness and Contingent Guaranty Obligations
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.10 Governmental Regulation
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.11 Litigation
	 	 	1	 

-ii-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	4.12 Binding Obligations
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.13 No Default
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.14 Pension Plans
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.15 Tax Liability
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.16 Regulation U
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.17 Environmental Matters
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.18 Disclosure
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.19 Projections
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.20 ERISA Compliance
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.21 Solvency
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.22 Tax Shelter Regulations
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS (OTHER THAN INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS)
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.1 Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Liens
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.2 Preservation of Existence
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.3 Maintenance of Properties
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.4 Maintenance of Insurance
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.5 Compliance with Laws
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.6 Inspection Rights
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.7 Keeping of Records and Books of Account
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.8 Use of Proceeds
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.9 Subsidiary Guaranty
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLVI NEGATIVE COVENANTS
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.1 Payment or Prepayment of Subordinated Obligations
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.2 [Intentionally Omitted]
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.3 Mergers and Sale of Assets
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.4 Investments and Acquisitions
	 	 	1	 

-iii-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	6.5 ERISA Compliance
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.6 Change in Business
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.7 Liens and Negative Pledges
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.8 Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.9 Consolidated Tangible Net Worth
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.10 Consolidated Leverage Ratio
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.11 Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.12 Distributions
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.13 Amendments
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.14 [Intentionally Omitted]
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.15 Inventory
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.16 Investment in Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.17 Senior Indebtedness Not to Exceed Borrowing Base
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.18 Maximum Speculative Units
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.19 Regulation U
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	7.1 Financial and Business Information of Borrower and Its Subsidiaries
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	7.2 Compliance Certificate
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	8.1 Initial Advances, Etc.
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	8.2 Any Advance
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	8.3 Any Letter of Credit
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	9.1 Events of Default
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	9.2 Remedies Upon Event of Default
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE X THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
	 	 	1	 

-iv-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	10.1 Appointment and Authorization
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.2 Delegation of Duties
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.3 Liability of Administrative Agent
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.5 Notice of Default
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.6 Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.7 Indemnification of Administrative Agent
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.8 Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.9 Successor Administrative Agent
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.11 Guaranty Matters
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.12 Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.13 Defaulting Banks
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.14 No Obligations of Borrower
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.1 Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.2 Amendments; Consents
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.3 Costs, Expenses and Taxes
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.4 Nature of Banks’ Obligations
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.5 Survival of Representations and Warranties
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.6 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.7 Execution in Counterparts; Facsimile Delivery
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.8 Successors and Assigns
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.9 Sharing of Setoffs
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.10 Indemnification by the Borrower
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.11 Nonliability of Banks
	 	 	1	 

-v-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	11.12 Confidentiality
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.13 No Third Parties Benefited
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.14 Other Dealings
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.15 Right of Setoff — Deposit Accounts
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.16 Further Assurances
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.17 Integration
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.18 Governing Law
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.19 Severability of Provisions
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.20 Headings
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.21 Conflict in Loan Documents
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.22 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.23 Purported Oral Amendments
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.24 Payments Set Aside
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.25 Hazardous Materials Indemnity
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.26 USA PATRIOT Act Notice
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.27 Replacement of Banks
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.28 Deliveries Under Prior Revolving Loan Agreement
	 	 	1	 

-vi-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Exhibits	 
	 	A	 	 	- Assignment and Assumption

	 	B	 	 	- Borrowing Base Certificate

	 	C	 	 	- Compliance Certificate

	 	D	 	 	- Loan Notice

	 	E	 	 	- Note

	 	F-1	 	 	- Opinion of Counsel

	 	F-2	 	 	- Opinion of Counsel

	 	G	 	 	- Subsidiary Guaranty

	 	H	 	 	- Swing Line Loan Notice

	 	 	 	 	 
	Schedules	 
	 	1.1	 	 	Pro Rata Shares

	 	3.17	 	 	Existing Letters of Credit

	 	4.4	 	 	Subsidiaries

	 	4.7	 	 	Existing Liens and Rights of Others

	 	4.9	 	 	Existing Indebtedness and Contingent Obligations

	 	6.4	 	 	Investments

	 	11.6	 	 	Notices

	 	11.8	 	 	Processing and Recordation Fees

-vii-

 

REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 22, 2005

This Revolving Loan Agreement (as it may from time to time be supplemented, modified, amended,
renewed, extended or supplanted, this “Agreement”), dated as of November 22, 2005, is
entered into by and among KB HOME, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), each financial
institution set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement or which from time to time becomes
party hereto (collectively, the “Banks” and individually, a “Bank”), Bank of
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citicorp North America, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
as Co-Syndication Agents, Calyon New York Branch, Wachovia Bank, N.A., Barclays Bank plc and The
Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as Co-Documentation Agents, and Banc of America Securities LLC and
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers.

RECITALS

This Agreement establishes a new credit facility replacing that certain Revolving Loan Agreement
dated as of October 24, 2003 (as amended, the “Prior Revolving Loan Agreement”) by and
among Borrower, the banks named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and
various other banks in various agent capacities. Subject to the transition provisions of Section
3.17, and as contemplated by Section 8.1(a)(ix), the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall
become effective and the Prior Revolving Loan Agreement shall terminate as of the Closing Date.

WHEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties
hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

	1.1	 	Defined Terms.

   As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below:

“Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions,
consummated after the Closing Date, by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries directly or
indirectly (a) acquires any ongoing business or all or substantially all of the assets of
any firm, corporation, partnership or limited liability company, joint venture or other
business entity or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or
otherwise, (b) acquires control of securities of a corporation representing 50% or more of
the ordinary voting power for the election of directors or (c) acquires control of a 50% or
more ownership interest in any firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company,
joint venture or other business entity.

“Additional Commitment Bank” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(d).

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as
appropriate, account set forth on Schedule 11.6, or such other address or account as the
Administrative Agent may, from time to time, notify the Borrower and the Banks.

-1-

 

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form
supplied by the Administrative Agent to the Banks.

“Advance” means an advance made or to be made to Borrower by a Bank pursuant to
Article II.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which directly or
indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such Person. As
used in this definition, “control” (including its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and
“under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to
direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of
securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise);
provided that, in any event, any Person which owns directly or indirectly 10% or
more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other
governing body of a corporation that has more than 100 record holders of such securities or
10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of any other Person that has
more than 100 record holders of such interests will be deemed to control such corporation or
other Person.

“Agent Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(c).

“Agent-Related
Persons” means the Administrative Agent, together with its
Affiliates (including Bank of America in its capacity as the Administrative Agent and BAS
in its capacity as an Arranger), and the officers, directors, employees, agents and
attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

“Applicable Base Rate Spread” means the applicable per annum percentage set forth in
the definition of “Applicable Rates”.

“Applicable Commitment Fee Rate” means the applicable per annum percentage set forth
in the definition of “Applicable Rates”.

“Applicable Eurodollar Rate Spread” means the applicable per annum percentage set
forth in the definition of “Applicable Rates”.

“Applicable Federal Funds Rate” means, as of any date of determination, a rate per
annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date and if such Federal Funds Rate
is not available to the Swing Line Bank, such rate per annum as is reasonably determined by
the Swing Line Bank as representing its actual cost of funding Swing Line Loans, without the
addition of fees or markup of any kind.

“Applicable Letter of Credit Fee” means the applicable per annum percentage set
forth in the definition of “Applicable Rates”.

-2-

 

“Applicable Pricing Level” means, for any day, the Applicable Pricing Level that is
determined in accordance with Borrower’s Debt Rating and Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as
appropriate, on such date as follows:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Applicable	 	 	 	 
	Pricing Level	 	Debt Ratings	 	Consolidated Leverage Ratio
	I

	 	BBB/Baa2 or better
	 	£0.75:1
	 
	 	 	 	 
	II

	 	BBB-/Baa3
	 	>0.75:1 but £1.00:1
	 
	 	 	 	 
	III

	 	BB+/Ba1
	 	>1.00:1 but £1.25:1
	 
	 	 	 	 
	IV

	 	BB/Ba2
	 	>1.25:1 but £1.75:1
	 
	 	 	 	 
	V

	 	BB-/Ba3 or worse or no rating
	 	>1.75:1

Borrower must, pursuant to Section 7.1(k), provide the Administrative Agent with notice of
each change in the Applicable Pricing Level that is due to any change in a Debt Rating. Any
change in the Applicable Pricing Level resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio shall be effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a
Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 7.2; provided,
however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered on or prior to a date
required by Section 7.2, and if the Compliance Certificate indicates that the Applicable
Pricing Level of Borrower will increase (i.e., becomes less favorable to Borrower),
the date of increase in the Applicable Pricing Level will be deemed to be the date upon
which such Compliance Certificate was due under Section 7.2, not the date upon which such
Compliance Certificate was delivered.

In the event that there is a difference in the Applicable Pricing Levels determined by the
Debt Ratings and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, respectively, the lower of such Applicable
Pricing Levels shall apply (with the Applicable Pricing Level I being the lowest and the
Applicable Pricing Level V being the highest), unless there is a difference in the
Applicable Pricing Levels (as indicated by the Debt Ratings and the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio) of more than one level, in which case, the Applicable Pricing Level that is one level
lower than the Applicable Pricing Level of the higher Applicable Pricing Level shall apply.

-3-

 

“Applicable Rates” means, as of any date of determination, the following percentages
per annum, based upon the Applicable Pricing Level on that date:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Applicable Letter
	 	 	 	 	Applicable	 	of Credit Fee
	Applicable	 	Applicable Base	 	Commitment Fee	 	Applicable Eurodollar
	Pricing Level	 	Rate Spread	 	Rate	 	Rate Spread
	I
	 	0.000%	 	0.150%	 	0.625%
	II
	 	0.000%	 	0.175%	 	0.750%
	III
	 	0.000%	 	0.200%	 	0.875%
	IV
	 	0.000%	 	0.225%	 	1.125%
	V
	 	0.000%	 	0.250%	 	1.500%

“Arrangers” mean BAS and CGMI, in their capacity as joint lead arrangers and joint
book managers.

“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one
another.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption substantially in the
form of Exhibit A.

“Associate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the
General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

“Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements
of any law firm or other external counsel.

“Authorizations” has the meaning set forth for that term in Section 4.1.

“Bank” means each financial institution whose name is set forth in the signature
pages of this Agreement and each lender which may hereafter become a party to this Agreement
pursuant to Section 11.8.

“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

“BAS” means Banc of America Securities LLC and its successors.

“Base Rate" means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the
higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for
such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.”
The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank
of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is
used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below
such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect
at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

-4-

 

“Base Rate Advance” means an Advance made by a Bank to fund its Pro Rata Share of a
Base Rate Loan.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

“Borrower” means KB Home, a Delaware corporation, and its successors and permitted
assigns.

“Borrower Materials” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

“Borrowing Base” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a written calculation of the Borrowing Base,
substantially in the form of Exhibit B signed, on behalf of Borrower by a Senior
Officer of Borrower.

“Borrowing Base Subsidiary” means (a) any Guarantor Subsidiary and (b) any direct or
indirect wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the
state of New York, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such
day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar
deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

“Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Person, a lease of any Property by that
Person as lessee that is, or should be in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards
Board Statement No. 13, recorded as a “capital lease” on a balance sheet of that Person
prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied.

“Cash” means all monetary items (including currency, coin and bank demand
deposits) that are treated as cash under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
consistently applied.

“Cash Collateralize” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(g).

“Cash Equivalents” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s Investments in:

	 	(a)	 	Government Securities due within one year of the making of the Investment;
	 
	 	(b)	 	readily marketable direct obligations of any State of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such State or any public agency or
instrumentality thereof given on the date of such Investment a credit rating of at
least Aa3 by Moody’s or AA- by S&P, in each case due within one year from the making of
the Investment;
	 
	 	(c)	 	certificates of deposit issued by, deposits in, deposits in the London
interbank eurodollar market made through, bankers’ acceptances of, and repurchase
agreements covering Government Securities executed by, (i) any Bank or (ii) any bank or
savings and loan association doing business in and incorporated under the Laws of the
United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and having on
the date of such Investment combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least
$500,000,000 and which carries on the date of such Investment a credit rating of P-1 or
higher by Moody’s or A-1 or higher by S&P, in each case due within one year after the
date of the making of the Investment;

-5-

 

	 	(d)	 	certificates of deposit issued by, bank deposits in, deposits in the London
interbank eurodollar market made through, bankers’ acceptances of, and repurchase
agreements covering Government Securities executed by any branch or office located in
the United States of America of a bank incorporated under the Laws of any jurisdiction
outside the United States of America having on the date of such Investment combined
capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $500,000,000 and which carries on
the date of such Investment a credit rating of P-1 or higher by Moody’s or A-1 or
higher by S&P, in each case due within one year after the date of the making of the
Investment;
	 
	 	(e)	 	readily marketable commercial paper or other debt securities of (i) any Bank
that is a Bank as of the Closing Date, (ii) corporations, commercial banks or financial
institutions doing business in and incorporated under the Laws of the United States of
America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (iii) a holding company for
a bank described in clause (c) or (d) above, given on the date of such Investment a
credit rating of P-1 or higher by Moody’s, of A-1 or higher by S&P, or F-1 or higher by
Fitch, in each case due within one year of the making of the Investment;
	 
	 	(f)	 	repurchase agreements covering Government Securities executed by a broker or
dealer registered under Section 15(b) of the Exchange Act, having on the date of the
Investment capital of at least $50,000,000, due within 90 days after the date of the
making of the Investment; provided, that the maker of the Investment receives
written confirmation of the transfer to it of record ownership of the Government
Securities on the books of a “primary dealer” in such government Securities or on the
books of such registered broker or dealer, as soon as practicable after the making of
the Investment;
	 
	 	(g)	 	“money market preferred stock” issued by a corporation incorporated under the
Laws of the United States of America or any State thereof (i) given on the date of such
Investment a credit rating of at least Aa3 by Moody’s and AA- by S&P, in each case
having an investment period not exceeding 50 days or (ii) to the extent that investors
therein have the benefit of a standby letter of credit issued by a Bank or a bank
described in clauses (c) or (d) above; provided, that (y) the amount of all
such Investments issued by the same issuer does not exceed $20,000,000 and (z) the
aggregate amount of all such Investments does not exceed $50,000,000;
	 
	 	(h)	 	a readily redeemable “money market mutual fund” sponsored by a bank described
in clause (c) or (d) hereof, or a registered broker or dealer described in clause (f)
hereof, that has and maintains an investment policy limiting its investments primarily
to instruments of the types described in clauses (a) through (g) hereof and given on
the date of such Investment a credit rating of at least Aa3 by Moody’s and AA- by S&P;
and
	 
	 	(i)	 	corporate notes or bonds having an original term to maturity of not more than
one year issued by a corporation incorporated under the Laws of the United States of
America or any state thereof, or a participation interest therein; provided,
that (i) commercial paper issued by such corporation is given on the date of such
Investment a credit rating of at least Aa3 by Moody’s and AA- by S&P, (ii) the amount
of all such Investments issued by the same issuer does not exceed $20,000,000 and (iii)
the aggregate amount of all such Investments does not exceed $50,000,000.
	 

“CGMI” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and its successors.

-6-

 

“Change in Control” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as any
of the following events shall occur:

	 	(a)	 	there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of Borrower in which
Borrower is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which the
Borrower’s Voting Stock would be converted into Cash, securities or other property,
other than a merger or consolidation of Borrower where the Borrower is
not the continuing or surviving corporation and in which the holders of Borrower’s
Voting Stock immediately prior to the merger have at least 50% ownership, directly or
indirectly, of the Voting Stock of the surviving corporation immediately after such
merger or consolidation; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	there is a report filed by any person, including its Affiliates and Associates,
on Schedule 13D or 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) pursuant to the
Exchange Act, disclosing that such person (for the purposes of the definition of Change
in Control only, the term “person” is used as defined in Section 13(d)(3) or Section
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision to either of the foregoing) has
become the beneficial owner (as the term “beneficial owner” is defined under Rule 13d-3
or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more
of the voting power of Borrower’s Voting Stock then outstanding; provided,
however, that a person shall not be deemed beneficial owner of, or to own
beneficially (1) any Securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by
or on behalf of such person or any of such person’s Affiliates or Associates until such
tendered Securities are accepted for purchase or exchange thereunder, or (2) any
Securities if such beneficial ownership (a) arises solely as a result of a revocable
proxy delivered in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in
accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, and (b)
is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D (or any successor schedule) under the
Exchange Act; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	a “Change in Control” (or analogous term) as defined in one or more indentures
or agreements governing any Subordinated Obligations occur and at least $50,000,000 of
Subordinated Obligations thereupon become due and payable by Borrower or its
Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if
at any time Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower, any employee stock ownership plan or any
other employee benefit plan, including any Pension Plan of Borrower or any
Subsidiary of Borrower, or any person holding Borrower’s Voting Stock for or pursuant to the
terms of such employee benefit plan, files or becomes obligated to file a report under or in
response to Schedule 13D or Schedule 14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report) under
the Exchange Act disclosing beneficial ownership by it of shares of Borrower’s Voting Stock,
whether in excess of 50% or otherwise.

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of
the following:

	 	(a)	 	the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration,
interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Agency; or

-7-

 

	 	(c)	 	the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) by any Governmental Agency.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced and as in
effect from time to time.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor
commission.

“Commitment” means, subject to Sections 2.6, 2.7 and 2.9, $1,500,000,000. The Pro
Rata Shares of the Banks with respect to the Commitment are set forth in Schedule
1.1.

“Compensation Period” has the meaning set forth for that term in Section 3.14.

“Compliance Certificate” means a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit
C signed, on behalf of Borrower, by a Senior Officer of Borrower.

“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, for any period, Consolidated EBITDA for such
period plus (a) the amount of capitalized interest that was included in cost of
sales in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) all non-Cash
Net Realizable Value Adjustments made during such period.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of (a)
Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (b) any extraordinary loss reflected
in such Consolidated Net Income, minus (c) any extraordinary gain reflected in such
Consolidated Net Income, plus (d) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period,
plus (e) the aggregate amount of federal, state and foreign income taxes payable by
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, plus (f) depreciation,
amortization and all other non-cash expenses of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
for such period, in each case as determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles consistently applied, plus (g) any Distributions made in Cash by KB
France to Borrower during such period, and in the case of items (d), (e) and (f), only to
the extent deducted in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period.

“Consolidated FIN 46 Subsidiaries” means entities that would not be GAAP
Subsidiaries but for the issuance of the pronouncement entitled Financial Interpretation
Number 46 (“FIN 46”) “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” by the Financial
Accounting Standards Board on January 17, 2003.

“Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the
ratio of (a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the 12 month period ending on such
date to (b) the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense for the 12 month period ending on
such date plus (ii) all dividends (other than dividends paid in the same
class of stock) paid on any preferred stock of Borrower during the 12 month period ending on
such date.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of
interest, fees, charges and related expenses paid or payable to a lender by Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in connection with borrowed money
(including any capitalized interest and accretion of original issue discount on long-term
debt) and the interest portion of any capitalized lease payments.

-8-

 

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the
ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness on that date to (b) Consolidated
Tangible Net Worth on that date.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income of Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied.

“Consolidated Subsidiaries” means, with respect to Borrower, Borrower’s GAAP
Subsidiaries (other than KB France and Borrower’s Consolidated FIN 46 Subsidiaries).

“Consolidated Tangible Net Worth” means, as of any date of determination, the
Shareholders’ Equity of Borrower and its GAAP Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on that
date minus the Intangible Assets of Borrower and its GAAP Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis on that date minus any non-cash gain (or plus any non-cash loss,
as applicable) resulting from any marked to market adjustments made directly to Consolidated
Tangible Net Worth as a result of fluctuations in the value of foreign currency instruments
owned by Borrower or any of its GAAP Subsidiaries as mandated under FAS 133.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, all
Indebtedness and Contingent Guaranty Obligations of Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on that date (without duplication for any guaranty by
Borrower of a Consolidated Subsidiary’s Indebtedness or any guaranty by a Consolidated
Subsidiary of either Borrower’s or another Consolidated Subsidiary’s Indebtedness or
otherwise) minus (a) all Indebtedness and Contingent Guaranty Obligations of
Financial Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (but only to the extent that such Financial
Subsidiaries are also Consolidated Subsidiaries and there is no recourse to Borrower or any
other Consolidated Subsidiary) on that date minus (b) all Indebtedness and
Contingent Guaranty Obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower on a consolidated
basis (but only to the extent that such Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower are also
Consolidated Subsidiaries and there is no recourse to Borrower or any other Consolidated
Subsidiary or any of their respective Property) on that date minus (c) the amount,
if any, by which the aggregate Cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries (other than the Financial Subsidiaries and Foreign
Subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis on that date are in excess of $15,000,000 (but not to
exceed $300,000,000).

“Construction Costs” means, as of any date of determination, all costs actually
incurred by Borrower or any Borrowing Base Subsidiary with respect to the construction of
Units on Developed Lots, including land basis.

“Contingent Guaranty Obligation” means, as to any Person, any (a) direct or indirect
guarantee of Indebtedness of, or other obligation performable by, any other Person
(other than a performance obligation undertaken in the ordinary and usual
course of business or obligations with respect to letters of credit), including any
endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business), co-making or sale with recourse of the obligations of any other Person or (b)
assurance given to an obligee with respect to the performance of an obligation
(other than a performance obligation undertaken in the ordinary and usual
course of business) by, or the financial condition of, any other Person, whether direct,
indirect or contingent, including any purchase or repurchase agreement covering such
obligation or any collateral security therefor, any agreement to provide funds (by means of
loans, capital contributions or otherwise) to such other Person, any agreement to support
the solvency or level of any balance sheet item of such other Person, any “keep-well”,
“take-or-pay”, “through put” or other arrangement of whatever

-9-

 

nature having the effect of assuring or holding harmless any obligee against loss with
respect to any obligation of such other Person, or the LTV Maintenance Exposure resulting
from any LTV Maintenance Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding
the foregoing, no such guarantee or assurance shall constitute a Contingent Guarantee
Obligation of a Person, if such Person’s obligations thereunder constitute limited
exclusions from the otherwise non-recourse nature of such other Person’s Indebtedness or
other obligations, except and until the acts, conduct or events triggering recourse to such
Person have occurred. The amount of any Contingent Guaranty Obligation shall be deemed to
be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation
(unless the Contingent Guaranty Obligation is limited by its terms to a lesser amount, in
which case to the extent of such amount) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum
reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Person in good
faith; provided, however, that if any Person is liable severally but not
jointly and severally with one or more other obligors under any Contingent Guaranty
Obligation, the amount of such Contingent Guaranty Obligation shall be the product of (x)
the amount determined as set forth above and (y) the maximum percentage of the aggregate
liability under such Contingent Guaranty Obligation with respect to which such Person is
severally liable.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any outstanding
Securities issued by that Person or of any material agreement, instrument or undertaking to
which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound, other
than, in the case of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any of the Loan Documents.

“Debt Rating” means, as of any date of determination, the rating as determined by
the Rating Agencies (collectively, the “Debt Ratings”) of the Borrower’s
non-credit-enhanced, senior unsecured long-term debt; provided that if a Debt Rating
is issued by each of the Rating Agencies, then the two highest of such Debt Ratings shall
apply (with the Debt Rating for Applicable Pricing Level I being the highest and the Debt
Rating for Applicable Pricing Level V being the lowest), unless there is a split in Debt
Ratings of more than one level, in which case the Applicable Pricing Level that is one level
higher than the Applicable Pricing Level of the lower Debt Rating shall apply.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, as
amended from time to time, and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship,
insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws from time to time in effect
affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default” means any event that, with the giving of any notice or passage of time, or
both, would be an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” has the meaning set forth for that term in Section 3.7.

“Defaulting Bank” has the meaning set forth for that term in Section 10.13.

“Designated Deposit Account” means a demand deposit account to be maintained by
Borrower with Bank of America, as from time to time designated by Borrower by written
notification to the Administrative Agent.

“Developed Lots” means, as of any date of determination, subdivision lots located in
the United States that are wholly-owned by Borrower or its Borrowing Base Subsidiaries,
unencumbered by any Lien or Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances), and
that are subject to a recorded plat or

-10-

 

subdivision map, in substantial compliance with all applicable Laws and available for the
construction thereon of foundations for Units.

“Distribution” means, with respect to any shares of capital stock or any warrant or
right to acquire shares of capital stock or any other equity security issued by a Person,
(a) the retirement, redemption, purchase, or other acquisition for value (other
than for capital stock of the same type of such Person) by such Person of any such
security, (b) the declaration or payment by such Person of any dividend in Cash or in
Property (other than in capital stock of the same type of such Person) on or
with respect to any such security, and (c) any Investment by such Person in any holder of 5%
or more of the capital stock (or other equity securities) of such Person, if a purpose of
such Investment is to avoid the characterization of the transaction between such Person and
such holder as a Distribution under clause (a) or (b) above. In addition, to the extent any
loan or advance by Borrower to one of its Subsidiaries is deemed to be an “Investment” for
purposes of this Agreement, then any principal payment made by such Subsidiary in respect of
such loan or advance shall be considered a Distribution for purposes of Section 6.12.

“Dollars” means the national currency of the United States of America.

“Domestic Lending Office” means, with respect to each Bank, its office, branch or
affiliate identified on the signature pages hereof as its Domestic Lending Office or such
other office, branch or affiliate as such Bank may hereafter designate as its Domestic
Lending Office by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person and as of any date of
determination, a Subsidiary of such Person (a) that is organized under the Laws of the
United States of America or any state thereof and (b) the majority of the assets of which
(as reflected on a balance sheet of such Subsidiary prepared in accordance with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied) is located in the United States of
America; provided that Kaufman and Broad International, Inc., a California
corporation, shall in no event be considered a Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower.

“Domestic Unimproved Land” means, as of any date of determination, real Property
located in the United States of America that is: (a) owned by Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries if on that date there has been expended by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
less than 50% of the costs reasonably estimated by Borrower (in accordance with its past
practices as of the Closing Date) to develop such real Property into Developed Lots; or (b)
owned by Persons other than Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries but which, if owned by
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on that date, would have satisfied the requirement set
forth in clause (a) and if on that date Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries holds an option
to purchase such real Property for which it has paid an amount equal to 33% or more of the
purchase price provided for in such option to purchase, provided, that in the event
an option to purchase land covers more than one parcel, phase or lot, any deposit paid by
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be allocated to each parcel, phase or lot
pro rata in accordance with the purchase price of the parcels, phases or
lots. The “book value” with respect to Domestic Unimproved Land referred to in Section 6.15
shall be calculated as if the option to purchase had been exercised as of the date of
determination, and otherwise in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,
consistently applied.

“Eligible Assignee” means: (a) a Bank; (b) an Affiliate of a Bank; and (c) any
other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent and the
Swing Line Bank, and (ii) unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
provided that notwithstanding the

-11-

 

foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s
Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

“ERISA” means, at any date, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and
the regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at such date.

“ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (or any trade
or business, whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with that Person
within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code.

“ERISA Event” means: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a
withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section
4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in
Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a
withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a
Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate,
the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or
the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer
Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for
the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or
Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other
than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower
or any ERISA Affiliate.

“Escrow Receivables” means, as of any date of determination, the amounts due to
Borrower or any Borrowing Base Subsidiary and held at an escrow or title company following
the sale and conveyance of title of a Model Home or Unit to a buyer (including an escrow or
title company that is a Subsidiary of the Borrower) to the extent that such amounts are free
and clear of all Liens and Rights of Others and are not subject to any restriction pursuant
to any Contractual Obligations.

“Eurodollar Advance” means an Advance made by a Bank to fund its Pro Rata Share of a
Eurodollar Rate Loan.

“Eurodollar Base Rate” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Eurodollar
Rate.

“Eurodollar Rate” means for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate
Loan, a rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following
formula:

	 	 	 
	Eurodollar Rate =
	 	Eurodollar Base Rate
	 

	 	1.00 – Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

Where, “Eurodollar Base Rate” means, for such Interest Period, the rate per
annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as
published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of
BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at
approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, 2 Business Days prior to the commencement of
such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such
Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is
not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Base Rate” for such
Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent
to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars

-12-

 

for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the
approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by
Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered
by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar
market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, 2 Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

“Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the
Eurodollar Rate.

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the
reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to 5 decimal places) in effect on
such day, whether or not applicable to any Bank, under regulations issued from time to time
by the Federal Reserve Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any
emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency
funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”). The Eurodollar Rate for each
outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of
any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

“Event of Default” has the meaning provided in Section 9.1.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Bank, an
Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any
obligation of the Borrower hereunder,

	 	(a)	 	taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated),
and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction
(or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is
organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Bank, in
which its applicable Lending Office is located,
	 
	 	(b)	 	any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax
imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and
	 
	 	(c)	 	in the case of a Foreign Bank (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by
the Borrower under Section 11.27), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts
payable to such Foreign Bank at the time such Foreign Bank becomes a party hereto (or
designates a new Lending Office) or is attributable to such Foreign Bank’s failure or
inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with Section 3.10(e),
except to the extent that such Foreign Bank (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at
the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional
amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section
3.10(a).

“Existing Letters of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17.

“Existing Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

“Exposure” means for any Bank, as of any date of determination, the product obtained
by multiplying that Bank’s then effective Pro Rata Share by the then effective Commitment.

-13-

 

“Extended Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(e).

“Extending Bank” means a Bank that agrees to extend its Maturity Date pursuant to
Section 2.9.

“Extension Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(c).

“Federal
Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the
weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the
Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a)
if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on
such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding
Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day,
the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary,
to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such
transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

“Financial Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued by an issuer for the
account of the Borrower or a Subsidiary that represents an irrevocable obligation on the
part of the issuer:

	 	(a)	 	to repay money borrowed by or advanced to the Borrower or a Subsidiary; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	to make payment on account of any indebtedness undertaken by the Borrower or a
Subsidiary, in the event that the Borrower or Subsidiary fails to fulfill its financial
obligations to the beneficiary.

“Financial Subsidiary” means (a) the Mortgage Company and its Subsidiaries, so long
as such entities continue to engage in the mortgage banking business, (b) any Subsidiary of
Borrower that is organized and operates solely to issue (i) collateralized mortgage
obligations or (ii) other similar asset-backed obligations, and (c) any other Subsidiary of
Borrower that (i) is engaged primarily in the business of origination, marketing, and
servicing of residential mortgage loans, the sale of servicing rights, or the financing of
long term residential mortgage loans, (ii) holds not less than 95% of its total assets in
the form of Cash, Cash Equivalents, notes and mortgages receivable, Cash held by a trustee
for the benefit of such Subsidiary or other financial instruments and (iii) is the subject
of an Officer’s Certificate of Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent stating that
such Subsidiary is a Financial Subsidiary within the meaning hereof. As of the Closing
Date, the Financial Subsidiaries are Westview Company, KB Home Title Services Inc., KB Home
Insurance Agency Inc., KB Home Insurance Agency of Texas Holdings Inc., Homesafe Company and
San Antonio Title Co.

“Fiscal Quarter” means each of the fiscal quarters of Borrower ending on each
February 28 (or 29, if a leap year), May 31, August 31 and November 30, or as otherwise
changed by the Borrower upon advance written notice to the Administrative Agent, but subject
to the requirements of Section 1.2.

“Fiscal Year” means each of the fiscal years of Borrower ending on each November 30
or as otherwise changed by the Borrower upon advance written notice to the Administrative
Agent, but subject to the requirements of Section 1.2.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, or any successor thereto.

-14-

 

“Foreign Bank” means any Bank that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction
other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this
definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be
deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of that Person
which is not a Domestic Subsidiary and with respect to Borrower, includes Kaufman
and Broad International, Inc., a California corporation.

“GAAP Subsidiaries” means, with respect to Borrower, all entities whose financial
statements are consolidated with the consolidated financial statements of Borrower under
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

“GAAP Value” means, with respect to any property or asset, the book value for such
property or asset determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
consistently applied.

“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” means, as of any date of determination,
accounting principles set forth as “generally accepted” in then currently effective
statements of the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants, or, if such statements are not then in effect, accounting principles that are
then approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States of
America. The term “consistently applied,” as used in connection therewith, means
that the accounting principles applied to financial statements of a Person as of any date or
for any period are consistent in all material respects (subject to Section 1.2) to those
applied to financial statements of that Person as of recent prior dates and for recent prior
periods.

“Government Securities” means (a) readily marketable direct full faith and credit
obligations of the United States of America or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the
full faith and credit of the United States of America and (b) obligations of an agency or
instrumentality of, or corporation owned, controlled or sponsored by, the United States of
America that are generally considered in the securities industry to be implicit obligations
of the United States of America.

“Governmental Agency” means (a) any federal, state, county or municipal government,
or political subdivision thereof, (b) any governmental or quasi-governmental agency,
authority, board, bureau, commission, department, instrumentality, or public body, (c) any
court or administrative tribunal, or (d) any arbitration tribunal or other non-governmental
authority to whose jurisdiction a Person has consented, in each case whether of the United
States of America or any other nation.

“Guarantor Subsidiary” means (a) any Domestic Subsidiary which is a Consolidated
Subsidiary and a Significant Subsidiary, other than any Financial Subsidiary
and (b) any other Domestic Subsidiary, other than any Financial Subsidiary,
that is designated in writing by Borrower as a Guarantor Subsidiary.

“Hazardous Materials” means substances defined as “hazardous substances” pursuant to
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C.
§ 9601 et seq., or as “hazardous”, “toxic” or “pollutant” substances or as “solid waste”
pursuant to the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. § 1801, et seq., the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901, et seq., or as “friable asbestos”
pursuant to the

-15-

 

Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq. or any other applicable Hazardous
Materials Law, in each case as such Laws are amended from time to time.

“Hazardous Materials Laws” means all Laws governing the treatment, transportation or
disposal of Hazardous Materials applicable to any real Property of Borrower or its
Subsidiaries.

“Increasing Bank” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) all
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) that portion of the obligations of such
Person under Capital Leases which should properly be recorded as a liability on a balance
sheet of that Person prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
consistently applied, (c) any obligation of such Person that is evidenced by a promissory
note or other instrument representing an extension of credit to such Person, whether or not
for borrowed money, (d) any obligation of such Person for the deferred purchase price of
Property or services (other than trade or other accounts payable in the
ordinary course of business in accordance with customary industry terms), (e) any obligation
of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above that is secured by a Lien
(other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on assets of such Person, whether or
not that Person has assumed such obligation or whether or not such obligation is
non-recourse to the credit of such Person, but only to the extent of the fair market value
of the assets so subject to the Lien if such obligation is non-recourse, (f) obligations of
such Person arising under acceptance facilities or under facilities for the discount of
accounts receivable of such Person, (g) any obligation of such Person under Financial
Letters of Credit issued for the account of such Person, and (h) net obligations of such
Person under any Swap Contract. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on
any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.

“Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.10.

“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

“Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.10.

“Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.12.

“Intangible Assets” means assets that are considered intangible assets under
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied, including (a)
customer lists, goodwill, computer software, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt
discount, capitalized research and development costs and other intangible assets and (b) any
write-up in book value of any asset subsequent to its acquisition, but excluding any
existing write-up in book value of any asset acquired by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
prior to October 3, 2000, as such write-up may decrease (but not increase) from time to
time.

“Interest Period” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, a period of 1, 2, 3 or 6
months or, subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion,
a period of 1, 2 or 3 weeks, as designated by Borrower; provided that (a) the first
day of each Interest Period must be a Business Day, (b) any Interest Period that would
otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding
Business Day, unless such Business Day falls in the next calendar month, in which case the
Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, and (c) no Interest Period may
extend beyond the Maturity Date.

-16-

 

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any investment by that Person,
whether by means of purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other Securities of
any other Person or by means of loan, advance, capital contribution, or other debt or equity
participation or interest in any other Person, including any partnership or joint
venture interest in any other Person; provided that an Investment of a Person shall
not include any trade or account receivable arising in the ordinary course of the business
of such Person, whether or not evidenced by a note or other writing. The amount of any
Investment shall be the amount actually invested, less any return of capital, without
adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the market value of such Investment.

“Investment Grade Credit Rating” means, as of any date of determination, that at
least 2 Rating Agencies have as of that date issued credit ratings for Borrower’s
non-credit-enhanced long-term senior unsecured debt of (a) at least BBB- in the case of S&P,
(b) at least Baa3 in the case of Moody’s and (c) at least BBB- in the case of Fitch.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“ISP98” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(h).

“Issuing Bank” means:

	 	(a)	 	Bank of America or other Bank which is an issuer with respect to the Existing
Letters of Credit; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	Bank of America or any Bank in its capacity as issuer in Letters of Credit
hereunder.

“Joint Venture” means any Person, other than a Subsidiary, (a) in which Borrower or
any Subsidiary of Borrower holds an equity Investment which entitles Borrower or such
Subsidiary to more than 10% of (i) the ordinary voting power for the election of the board
of directors or other governing body of such Person or (ii) the partnership, membership or
other ownership interest in such Person, and (b) which has at least one holder of its equity
interests that is not an Affiliate of Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 6.16, the term “Joint Venture”
will not include any equity Investment in any Person if the dollar amount of that investment
is less than $1,000,000, computed in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles consistently applied, but only to the extent that the aggregate dollar amount of
such equity Investments is less than $25,000,000.

“KB France” means Kaufman & Broad S.A., a French Société Anonyme.

“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Bank, such Bank’s funding of its
participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under a Letter
of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date required or refinanced as a Loan.

“Land Parcels” means parcels of land located in the United States wholly-owned by
Borrower or any Borrowing Base Subsidiary that are unencumbered by any Lien or Liens
(other than Permitted Encumbrances).

“Laws” means, collectively, all foreign, federal, state and local statutes,
treaties, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and controlling precedents of any
Governmental Agency.

-17-

 

“Lending Office” means, as to any Bank, the office or offices of such Bank described
as such in such Bank’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a
Bank may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

“Letter of Credit” means any of the standby letters of credit issued by an Issuing
Bank under the Commitment pursuant to Section 2.5, either as originally issued or as the
same may be supplemented, modified, amended, renewed, extended or supplanted. A Letter of
Credit shall be a Financial Letter of Credit or a Performance Letter of Credit.

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance
or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form, from time to time, that is in use by an
Issuing Bank.

“Letter of Credit Collateralize” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(g).

“Letter of Credit Usage” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate
undrawn face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate amount of
all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for
security, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily
incurred or arising by operation of Law or otherwise, affecting any Property,
including any agreement to grant any of the foregoing (other than an
agreement which gives to a Person the right to become equally and ratably secured with any
other Person to whom a Lien is granted on any item of Property) any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature of a security interest, or the
filing of or agreement to give any financing statement (other than a
precautionary financing statement with respect to a lease that is not in the nature of a
security interest) under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable Law of any jurisdiction
with respect to any Property.

“Loans” means the aggregate of the Advances made at any one time by the Banks
pursuant to Article II.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of
Credit, Letter of Credit Applications, the Swing Line Documents, the Subsidiary Guaranty,
any Loan Notice, any Swing Line Loan Notice, any Request for Letter of Credit, any
Compliance Certificate, any Borrowing Base Certificate and any other instruments, documents
or agreements of any type or nature hereafter executed and delivered by Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to the Administrative Agent or any other Bank in any way
relating to or in furtherance of this Agreement, in each case either as originally executed
or as the same may from time to time be supplemented, modified, amended, restated, extended
or supplanted.

“Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a request for a Loan, (b) a conversion of Loans
from one Type to the other or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, which may be
given by telephone and, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit
D.

“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor Subsidiary.

“Lots Under Development” means, as of any date of determination, Land Parcels that
are being developed into Developed Lots or that are scheduled for the commencement of
development into Developed Lots within 6 calendar months after the date of determination.

-18-

 

“LTV Maintenance Agreement” means a guaranty or other agreement entered into by the
Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries, for the benefit of the holder of any
secured Indebtedness of a Person that is not the Borrower or any of its Consolidated
Subsidiaries, to maintain a specified loan-to-value ratio with respect to real Property that
secures such Indebtedness.

“LTV Maintenance Exposure” means, with respect to any LTV Maintenance Agreement, the
amount equal to (a) the amount of the Indebtedness with respect to which the LTV Maintenance
Agreement is delivered exceeds (b) the product of (i) the book value of the real Property
securing such Indebtedness (or such lesser value as is provided in or determined under the
agreements governing such Indebtedness) and (ii) a percentage equal to the loan-to-value
ratio (stated as a fraction) that the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries
agrees to maintain under the applicable LTV Maintenance Agreement; provided that if
the Borrower or one of its Consolidated Subsidiaries is liable severally but not jointly and
severally with one or more other obligors under the LTV Maintenance Agreement, the amount of
the Contingent Guaranty Obligation in respect of such LTV Maintenance Agreement for the
Borrower or such Consolidated Subsidiary shall be the product of (x) the amount determined
as set forth above and (y) the maximum percentage of the aggregate liability under such LTV
Maintenance Agreement with respect to which the Borrower or such Consolidated Subsidiary is
severally liable; provided further, that if the LTV Maintenance Exposure
with respect to a LTV Maintenance Agreement is less than zero, the LTV Maintenance Exposure
for that LTV Maintenance Agreement shall be deemed to be zero.

“Material Adverse Effect” means any circumstance or event, or any set of
circumstances or events which, individually or when aggregated with any other circumstances
or events, (a) has or is reasonably likely to have any material adverse effect upon the
validity or enforceability of any Loan Document, (b) is or is reasonably likely to be
material and adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (c) materially impairs or is reasonably likely to
materially impair the ability of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform
the Obligations.

“Material Amount of Assets” means, as of any date of determination, more than 15% of
the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date
(other than assets of, or Investments in, Financial Subsidiaries, KB France
or Borrower’s Consolidated FIN 46 Subsidiaries).

“Maturity Date” means the later of (a) November 22, 2010 and (b) if maturity is
extended pursuant to Section 2.9, such extended maturity date as determined pursuant to such
Section.

“Model Homes” means housing Units which have been completed, furnished and
landscaped and are used in the marketing efforts with respect to a residential home
community.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Mortgage Company” means KB Home Mortgage Company, an Illinois corporation and a
wholly owned Financial Subsidiary of Borrower.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of a type described in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

“Net Realizable Value Adjustment” means the adjustment required pursuant to
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied (including FAS 121
issued by the Financial

-19-

 

Accounting Standards Board) to reflect a decrease in the book value of assets below their
historical costs.

“New Bank” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

“Non-Extending Bank” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b).

“Non-Recourse Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred in connection with the
purchase or improvement of Property (a) that is secured solely by the Property purchased or
improved, (b) with respect to which the holder of such Indebtedness has recourse only to
such Property, and (c) that is otherwise non-recourse (whether by contract or under
applicable Law) to any Person.

“Note” means each promissory note made by Borrower to a Bank evidencing the Advances
under that Bank’s Pro Rata Share of the Commitment, substantially in the form of Exhibit
E, either as originally executed or as the same may from time to time be supplemented,
modified, amended, renewed, extended or supplanted.

“Notice Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a).

“Obligations” means all present and future obligations of every kind or nature of
Borrower or any Party at any time and from time to time owed to the Administrative Agent or
the Banks or any one or more of them under any one or more of the Loan Documents, whether
due or to become due, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, or contingent or
noncontingent, including obligations of performance as well as obligations of
payment, and including interest that accrues to the extent permitted by applicable
Law after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law by or against
Borrower.

“Officer’s Certificate” means, when used with reference to any Person, a certificate
signed by a Senior Officer of such Person.

“Opinions of Counsel” means the favorable written legal opinions of (a) Munger,
Tolles & Olson llp, special counsel to Borrower and (b) Kimberly N. King, Vice
President and Secretary of Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibits F-1 and
F-2, respectively, together with copies of all factual certificates and legal
opinions upon which such counsel has relied.

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other
excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder
or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or
otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Outstanding Amount” means:

	 	(a)	 	with respect to Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate
outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and
prepayments or repayments of Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring
on such date; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	with respect to any Letter of Credit Usage on any date, the amount of such
Letter of Credit Usage on such date, after giving effect to the issuance, extension,
expiry, renewal or increase of any Letter of Credits occurring on such date and any
other changes in the aggregate amount of the Letter of Credit Usage as of such date,
including as a result of

-20-

 

	 	 	 	any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit or any
reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit
taking effect on such date.

“Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.8(d).

“Party” means any Person other than the Banks or the Administrative Agent which now
or hereafter is a party to any of the Loan Documents.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto
established under ERISA.

“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in
ERISA) which is subject to Title IV of ERISA and which is maintained for employees of
Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates.

“Performance Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued by an issuer for
the account of the Borrower or a Subsidiary that is not a Financial Letter of Credit.

“Permitted Encumbrances” means:

	 	(a)	 	inchoate Liens incident to construction or maintenance of real property; or
Liens incident to construction or maintenance of real property now or hereafter filed
of record for which adequate reserves have been set aside if required by, and in
accordance with, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and which are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings and have not proceeded to judgment,
provided that, by reason of nonpayment of the obligations secured by such
Liens, no material property is subject to a material risk of loss or forfeiture;
	 
	 	(b)	 	Liens for taxes and assessments on real property which are not yet past due; or
Liens for taxes and assessments on real property for which adequate reserves have been
set aside if required by, and in accordance with, Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles and are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and have
not proceeded to judgment, provided that, by reason of nonpayment of the
obligations secured by such Liens, no material property is subject to a material risk
of loss or forfeiture;
	 
	 	(c)	 	minor defects and irregularities in title to any real property which in the
aggregate do not materially impair the fair market value or use of the real property
for the purposes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be held;
	 
	 	(d)	 	easements, exceptions, reservations, or other agreements for the purpose of
pipelines, conduits, cables, wire communication lines, power lines and substations,
streets, trails, walkways, drainage, irrigation, water, utilities, and sewerage
purposes, dikes, canals, ditches, the removal of oil, gas, coal, or other minerals, and
other like purposes affecting real property, facilities, or equipment which in the
aggregate do not materially burden or impair the fair market value or use of such
property for the purposes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be held;
	 
	 	(e)	 	easements, exceptions, reservations, or other agreements for the purpose of
facilitating the joint or common use of property affecting real property which in the
aggregate do not

-21-

 

	 	 	 	materially burden or impair the fair market value or use of such property for the
purposes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be held;
	 
	 	(f)	 	rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Agency to control or regulate
the use of any real property;
	 
	 	(g)	 	any obligations or duties affecting any real property to any Governmental
Agency with respect to any right, power, franchise, grant, license, or permit;
	 
	 	(h)	 	present or future zoning laws and ordinances or other laws and ordinances
restricting the occupancy, use, or enjoyment of real property;
	 
	 	(i)	 	statutory Liens, including warehouseman’s liens, other than those described in
clauses (a) or (b) above, arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to
obligations which are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith,
provided that, if delinquent, adequate reserves have been set aside with
respect thereto and, by reason of nonpayment, no material property is subject to a
material risk of loss or forfeiture;
	 
	 	(j)	 	covenants, conditions, and restrictions affecting the use of real property
which in the aggregate do not materially impair the fair market value or use of the
real property for the purposes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be
held;
	 
	 	(k)	 	rights of tenants under leases and rental agreements covering real property
entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Person owning such real
property;
	 
	 	(l)	 	Liens consisting of pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers’
compensation laws or similar legislation, including Liens of judgments thereunder which
are not currently dischargeable;
	 
	 	(m)	 	Liens consisting of pledges or deposits of property to secure performance in
connection with operating leases made in the ordinary course of business to which the
Borrower or a Subsidiary is a party as lessee, provided the aggregate value of
all such pledges and deposits in connection with any such lease does not at any time
exceed 25% of the annual fixed rentals payable under such lease;
	 
	 	(n)	 	Liens consisting of deposits of property to secure statutory obligations of the
Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower in the ordinary course of its business; and
	 
	 	(o)	 	Liens consisting of deposits of property to secure (or in lieu of) surety,
appeal or customs bonds in proceedings to which Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower is
a party in the ordinary course of its business.

“Permitted Right of Others” means a Right of Others consisting of (a) an interest
(other than a legal or equitable co-ownership interest, an option or right
to acquire a legal or equitable co-ownership interest and any interest of a ground lessor
under a ground lease), that does not materially impair the value or use of property for the
purposes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be held, (b) an option or right to
acquire a Lien that would be a Permitted Encumbrance or (c) the reversionary interest of a
landlord under a lease of Property.

-22-

 

“Person” means an individual, trustee, corporation, general partnership, limited
partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated
organization, union, tribe, business association or firm, joint venture, Governmental
Agency, or other entity.

“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to
Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

“Platform” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

“Prior Revolving Loan Agreement” has the meaning set forth for that term in the
recitals of the parties hereto.

“Pro Rata Share” of a Bank, as it pertains to the Commitment, means the applicable
percentage set forth opposite the name of that Bank on Schedule 1.1 to this
Agreement, as such Schedule 1.1 may change from time to time in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement or in accordance with any effective Assignment and Assumption.

“Profit and Participation Agreement” means an agreement, secured by a deed of trust,
mortgage, or other lien against a purchased Property, with respect to which the purchaser of
any Property agrees to pay the seller of such Property a profit, price, or premium
participation in such Property.

“Projections” means the financial projections of Borrower delivered to the
Administrative Agent on October 28, 2005.

“Property” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real,
personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

“Public Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

“Qualified Issuer” means a commercial bank, savings bank, savings and loan
association or similar financial institution which, (a) has total assets of $5,000,000,000
or more, (b) is “well capitalized” within the meaning of such term under the Federal
Depository Institutions Control Act, (c) is engaged in the business of lending money and
extending credit under credit facilities substantially similar to those extended under this
Agreement and (d) is operationally and procedurally able to meet the obligations of a Bank
hereunder to the same degree as a commercial bank

“Quarterly Payment Date” means December 31, 2005, and each March 31, June 30,
September 30 and December 31 thereafter through and including the Maturity Date.

“rateOne” means rateOne Home Loan, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a
Subsidiary of Mortgage Company.

“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch.

“Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.8(c).

“Regulation D” means Regulation D, as at any time amended, of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation in substance substituted therefor.

-23-

 

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and
the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such
Person’s Affiliates.

“Reply Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(b).

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA,
other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

“Request for Letter of Credit” means a written request for the issuance of a Letter
of Credit signed by a Responsible Official of Borrower, in a form reasonably designated from
time to time by the Administrative Agent.

“Required Banks” means, as of any date of determination, Banks having more than 50%
of the Commitment or, if the commitment of each Bank to make Advances and the obligation of
the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit have been terminated or suspended, Banks
holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount
of each Bank’s risk participation and funded participation in Letter of Credit Usage and
Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Bank for purposes of this definition);
provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or
deemed held by, any Defaulting Bank shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination
of Required Banks.

“Requirement of Law” means, as to any Person, any Law or any judgment, award,
decree, writ or determination of, or any consent or similar agreement with, a Governmental
Agency, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to
which such Person or any of its Property is subject.

“Responsible Official” means (a) when used with reference to a Person other than an
individual, any corporate officer of such Person, general partner of such Person, corporate
officer of a corporate general partner of such Person, or corporate officer of a corporate
general partner of a partnership that is a general partner of such Person, or any other
responsible official thereof duly acting on behalf thereof, and (b) when used with reference
to a Person who is an individual, such Person. Any document or certificate hereunder that
is signed or executed by a Responsible Official of a Person shall be conclusively presumed
to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership or other action on the part
of that Person.

“Right of Others” means, with respect to any Property in which a Person has an
interest, (a) any legal or equitable claim or other interest (other than a
Lien) in or with respect to that Property held by any other Person, and (b) any option or
right held by any other Person to acquire any such claim or other interest
(including a Lien).

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

“Securities” means any capital stock, share, voting trust certificate, bonds,
debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, limited partnership interests, or any
warrant, option or other right to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.

“Senior Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount
of Indebtedness for borrowed money, and the aggregate amount of obligations under Financial
Letters of Credit, of Borrower and Borrowing Base Subsidiaries that is not Subordinated
Obligations and that is not Non-Recourse Indebtedness.

-24-

 

“Senior Officer” means the (a) chief executive officer, (b) chief operating officer,
(c) chief financial officer, (d) vice president and controller, (e) vice president,
treasury, or (f) treasurer, in each case whatever the title nomenclature may be, of the
Person designated.

“Shareholders’ Equity” means, as of any date of determination, shareholders’ equity
as of that date determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
consistently applied; provided that there shall be excluded from Shareholders’
Equity any amount attributable to capital stock that is, directly or indirectly, required to
be redeemed or repurchased by the issuer thereof prior to the date which is one year after
the Maturity Date or upon the occurrence of specified events or at the election of the
holder thereof.

“Significant Subsidiary” means, as of the Closing Date, those Subsidiaries of
Borrower identified as such in Schedule 4.4 and, as of any other date of
determination, any Subsidiary of Borrower (other than a Joint Venture) with
respect to which any of the following conditions is met:

	 	(a)	 	the aggregate book value of all Investments of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in
such Subsidiary exceeds 5% of the consolidated total assets (other than
assets of Financial Subsidiaries) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	the proportionate share of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the total assets of
such Subsidiary (after intercompany eliminations) exceeds 5% of the consolidated total
assets (other than assets of Financial Subsidiaries) of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries as of such date; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	the equity of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the net income of such
Subsidiary (before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principles) as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of such
Subsidiary exceeds the greater of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the consolidated net
income (other than net income of Financial Subsidiaries) of Borrower
and its Subsidiaries (computed as aforesaid) as of the end of the most recent Fiscal
Year ended prior to such date or (ii) $10,000,000.

“Solvent” means, as to any Person, that such Person (a) owns Property whose fair
saleable value is greater than the amount required to pay all of such Person’s indebtedness
and other obligations (including contingent debts), (b) is able to pay all of its
indebtedness and other obligations as such indebtedness and other obligations mature and (c)
has capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business and
transactions in which it is about to engage.

“Speculative Units” means Developed Lots having fully or partially constructed Units
thereon (including, at a minimum, a completed foundation for any such Unit) that are not
subject to bona fide contracts for the sale of such Units to a third party, excluding
Developed Lots containing Units used as Model Homes.

“Subordinated Notes” means (i) Borrower’s 8 ?% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008,
(ii) Borrower’s 7 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010 and (iii) Borrower’s 9 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2011.

“Subordinated Obligations” means, collectively, all obligations of Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries that (a) do not provide for any scheduled redemption on or before 30
days after the Maturity Date, (b) are expressly subordinated to the Obligations by a written
instrument containing subordination and related provisions (including interest
payment blockage, standstill

-25-

 

and related provisions) not materially less favorable to the Banks in any respect whatsoever
from those applicable to Borrower’s Subordinated Notes (or such other subordination and
related provisions as may be approved in writing by the Required Banks), (c) are subject to
financial covenants not materially more burdensome to Borrower taken as a whole than those
applicable to the Subordinated Notes, except such covenants as may be approved in
writing by the Required Banks and (d) are subject to other covenants (other
than the covenant to pay interest) and events of default which in the aggregate are
not materially more burdensome to Borrower than those applicable to the Subordinated Notes,
except such covenants or events of default as may be approved in writing by the
Required Banks.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability
company, partnership, joint venture or other business entity whether now existing or
hereafter organized or acquired: (a) in the case of a corporation or limited liability
company, of which securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election
of the board of directors (other than securities having such power only by
reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time owned by such Person or one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (b) in the case of a partnership, joint venture or
other business entity, in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is a general
partner.

“Subsidiary Guaranty” means the guaranty of the Indebtedness of Borrower under this
Agreement executed by each Guarantor Subsidiary of Borrower substantially in the form of
Exhibit G, either as originally executed or as the same may from time to time be
supplemented, modified, amended, renewed, extended or supplanted.

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit
derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options,
forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or
bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index
transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap
transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions,
cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other
similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to
enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or
subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the
related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any
form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association,
Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement
(any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master
Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after
taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such
Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed
out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s),
and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as
the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more
mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such
Swap Contracts (which may include a Bank or any Affiliate of a Bank).

“Swing Line” means the revolving line of credit established by the Swing Line Bank
in favor of Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4.

-26-

 

“Swing Line Bank” means Bank of America or any successor swing line lender
hereunder.

“Swing Line Documents” means the promissory note and any other documents executed by
Borrower in favor of the Swing Line Bank in connection with the Swing Line.

“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a request for a Swing Line Loan, which
may be given by telephone and, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit H.

“Swing Line Loans” means loans made by the Swing Line Bank to Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.4.

“Swing Line Maturity Date” means the earlier to occur of (a) the date immediately
following the date the Swing Line Bank demands repayment of a Swing Line Loan and (b) the
date 10 days following the date of disbursement of a Swing Line Loan or, if such day is not
a Business Day, the next Business Day.

“Swing Line Outstandings” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate
principal Indebtedness of Borrower on all Swing Line Loans then outstanding.

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions,
withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Agency,
including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Termination Event” means (a) a “reportable event” as defined in Section 4043 of
ERISA (other than a “reportable event” that is not subject to the provision for 30
day notice to the PBGC), (b) the withdrawal of Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from
a Pension Plan during any plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in
Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension
Plan or the treatment of an amendment to a Pension Plan as a termination thereof pursuant to
Section 4041 of ERISA, other than pursuant to Section 4041(b) of ERISA, (d)
the institution of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan by the PBGC or (e) any other
event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for
the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan.

“to the best knowledge of” means, when modifying a representation, warranty or other
statement of any Person, that such representation, warranty or statement is a
representation, warranty or statement that (a) the Person making it has no actual knowledge
of the inaccuracy of the matters therein stated and (b) assuming the exercise by the Person
making it of reasonable due diligence under the circumstances (in accordance with the
standard of what a reasonable Person would have done under similar circumstances), the
Person making it would have no actual knowledge of the inaccuracy of the matters therein
stated. Where the Person making the representation, warranty or statement is not a natural
Person, the aforesaid actual or constructive knowledge shall be that of any Senior Officer
of that Person.

“Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans (including
Swing Line Loans) and all Letter of Credit Usage.

“Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a
Eurodollar Rate Loan.

-27-

 

“UCP500” means the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, 1993
Revision, International Chamber of Commerce Publication 500, or any substitution therefor or
replacement thereof.

“Unit” means a residential housing unit available for sale located in the United
States.

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(c)(i).

“Unrestricted Cash” means, as of any date of determination, the Cash and Cash
Equivalents of Borrower and its Borrowing Base Subsidiaries to the extent that such Cash and
Cash Equivalents are free and clear of all Liens and Rights of Others and are not subject to
any restriction pursuant to any Contractual Obligations.

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, the capital stock of such Person
having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the
board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at
the time capital stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power
by reason of the happening of any contingency).

	1.2	 	Accounting Terms.

     All accounting terms not specifically defined in this
Agreement shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required to be
submitted by this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles consistently applied, except as otherwise specifically
prescribed herein. In the event that Generally Accepted Accounting Principles change during
the term of this Agreement such that the financial covenants contained in Sections 6.9,
6.10, 6.11, 6.15 or 6.16 would then be calculated in a different manner or with different
components or would render the same not meaningful criteria for evaluating Borrower’s
financial condition, (a) Borrower and the Banks agree to amend this Agreement in such
respects as are necessary to conform those covenants as criteria for evaluating Borrower’s
financial condition to substantially the same criteria as were effective prior to such
change in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and (b) Borrower shall be deemed to be in
compliance with the financial covenants contained in such Sections during the 90 day period
following such change in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles if and to the extent that
Borrower would have been in compliance therewith under Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles as in effect immediately prior to such change. In the event that the Borrower
changes its Fiscal Year during the term of this Agreement, Borrower and the Banks agree to
amend this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in such respects as are necessary to
conform the definitions, the financial covenants, the reporting requirements and the other
provisions thereof to fairly reflect such change in the Borrower’s Fiscal Year.

	1.3	 	Rounding.

     Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant
to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other
component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such
ratio is expressed in this Agreement and rounding the result up or down to the nearest
number (with a round-up if there is no nearest number) to the number of places by which such
ratio is expressed in this Agreement.

	1.4	 	Other Interpretive Provisions.

-28-

 

     With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified
herein or in such other Loan Document:

	 	(a)	 	The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural
forms of the defined terms.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document
shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from
time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions
on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan
Document).
	 
	 	(c)	 	The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar
import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and
not to any particular provision thereof.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in
which such reference appears.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions
consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any
law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
	 
	 	(f)	 	The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.
	 
	 	(g)	 	The term “or” is not exclusive.
	 
	 	(h)	 	The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements,
certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however
evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
	 
	 	(i)	 	In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later
specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until”
each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”
	 
	 	(j)	 	Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement
or any other Loan Document.

	1.5	 	Exhibits and Schedules.

     All Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement, either as
originally existing or as the same may from time to time be supplemented, modified, or
amended, are incorporated herein by reference. A matter disclosed on any Schedule shall be
deemed disclosed on all Schedules.

	1.6	 	References to “Borrower and its
Subsidiaries”.

     Any reference herein to
“Borrower and its Subsidiaries” or the like shall refer solely to Borrower during such
times, if any, as Borrower shall have no Subsidiaries.

-29-

 

	 	1.7	 	Time of Day.

     Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day
shall be references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

	1.8	 	Letter of Credit Amounts.

     Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a
Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of
Credit in effect at such time (after taking into account amounts drawn prior to such time
that are not subject to reinstatement); provided, however, that with respect
to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto,
provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of
such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of
Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount
is in effect at such time.

-30-

 

ARTICLE II

LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

	2.1	 	Loans-General.

	 	(a)	 	Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement
(including Section 8.2), at any time and from time to time from the Closing
Date through the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, each Bank shall,
pro rata according to that Bank’s Pro Rata Share of the Commitment then in effect, make
Advances to Borrower under the Commitment in such amounts as Borrower may request;
provided that after giving effect to such Advance, the Total Outstandings shall
not exceed the Commitment. Subject to the limitations set forth herein, Borrower may
borrow, repay and reborrow under this Section 2.1(a) without premium or penalty. In no
event shall the Banks be obligated to make Loans to the Borrower at any time if, after
giving effect to such Loans, the provisions of Section 6.17 would be violated.
	 
	 	(b)	 	[Intentionally Omitted].
	 
	 	(c)	 	Subject to the next sentence and to Sections 2.4(e) and 2.5(c), each Loan shall
be made pursuant to Borrower’s irrevocable Loan Notice to the Administrative Agent,
which shall specify the requested (i) date of such Loan, (ii) type of Loan, (iii)
amount of such Loan and (iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, Interest Period for
such Loan. Each telephonic Loan Notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.1(c)
must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan
Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Official of the Borrower.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Promptly following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall
notify each Bank by telephone, telecopier or telex of the date and type of the Loan,
the applicable Interest Period in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, and that Bank’s
Pro Rata Share of the Loan. Not later than 12:00 noon, Los Angeles time, on the date
specified for any Loan, each Bank shall make its Pro Rata Share of the Loan in
immediately available funds available to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative
Agent’s Office. Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article
VIII, all Advances shall be credited in immediately available funds to the
Designated Deposit Account.
	 
	 	(e)	 	The principal amount of each Loan shall be an integral multiple of $1,000,000
and shall be in an amount not less than (i) $1,000,000 if such Loan is a Base Rate Loan
and (ii) $5,000,000 if such Loan is a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
	 
	 	(f)	 	A Loan Notice shall be irrevocable upon the Administrative Agent’s first
notification thereof. The obligation of each Bank to make any Advance is several, and
not joint or joint and several, and is not conditioned upon the performance by any
other Bank of its obligation to make Advances. The failure by any Bank to perform its
obligation to make any Advance will not increase the obligation of any other Bank to
make Advances.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Borrower may redesignate a Base Rate Loan as a Eurodollar Rate Loan, or a
Eurodollar Rate Loan as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan with a new Interest
Period, by delivering a Loan Notice to the Administrative Agent, within the time
periods and pursuant to the conditions set forth in Section 2.1(c), 2.2 or 2.3, as
applicable, and elsewhere in this Agreement. If no Loan Notice has been made prior to
the last day of the Interest Period for an outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan within the
requisite notice

-31-

 

	 	 	 	periods set forth in Section 2.3, then Borrower shall be deemed to have requested
that such Eurodollar Rate Loan be redesignated as a Base Rate Loan.
	 
	 	(h)	 	The Advances made by each Bank under this Section 2.1 shall be evidenced by
that Bank’s Note.

	2.2	 	Base Rate Loans.
	 
	 	 	     Each request by Borrower for a Base Rate Loan shall be made
pursuant to a Loan Notice received by the Administrative Agent, at the Administrative
Agent’s Office, not later than 11:00 a.m., Los Angeles time, on the Business Day on which
the requested Base Rate Loan is to be made. The Administrative Agent shall notify each Bank
of a request for a Base Rate Loan as soon as practicable after receipt of the same. All
Loans shall constitute Base Rate Loans unless properly designated as Eurodollar Rate Loans
pursuant to Section 2.3.
	 
	2.3	 	Eurodollar Rate Loans.

	 	(a)	 	Each request by Borrower for a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be made pursuant to a
Loan Notice received by the Administrative Agent, at the Administrative Agent’s Office,
not later than 11:00 a.m., Los Angeles time, at least 3 Business Days before the first
day of the applicable Interest Period, provided that such advance notice period
may be reduced by the Administrative Agent in its discretion with respect to any
Eurodollar Rate Loan made on the Closing Date. The Administrative Agent shall notify
each Bank of a request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan as soon as practicable after receipt
of the same.
	 
	 	(b)	 	At or about 10:00 a.m., Los Angeles time, 2 Business Days before the first day
of the applicable Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall determine the
applicable Eurodollar Rate (which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of
manifest error) and promptly shall give notice of the same to Borrower and the Banks by
telephone, telecopier or, in the case of Banks, telex.
	 
	 	(c)	 	No more than 10 Eurodollar Rate Loans may be outstanding at any particular
time.

	2.4	 	Swing Line.

	 	(a)	 	Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Bank
agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Banks set forth in this Section
2.4, to make Swing Line Loans to Borrower from time to time from the Closing Date
through the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date in such amounts as
Borrower may request, provided that (i) giving effect to such Swing Line Loan,
the Swing Line Outstandings do not exceed $100,000,000, (ii) the conditions to an
Advance specified in Article VIII have been satisfied (other than delivery of a
Loan Notice), (iii) without the consent of all of the Banks, no Swing Line Loan may be
made during the continuation of an Event of Default, (iv) the Swing Line Bank has not
given at least 24 hours prior notice to Borrower that availability under the Swing Line
is suspended or terminated, (v) after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan, the Total
Outstandings shall not exceed the Commitment and (vi) in no event shall the Swing Line
Bank be obligated to make a Swing Line Loan to Borrower if, after giving effect to such
Swing Line Loan, the provisions of Section 6.17 would be violated. Borrower may
borrow, repay and reborrow under this Section 2.4. Unless notified to the contrary by
the Swing Line Bank, borrowings under the Swing Line shall be made in amounts which are
integral multiples

-32-

 

	 	 	 	of $100,000. Unless notified to the contrary by the Swing Line Bank, each repayment
of a Swing Line Loan shall be in an amount which is an integral multiple of
$100,000. A Swing Line Loan may, at any time and from time to time, voluntarily be
prepaid at the election of Borrower in whole or in part without premium or penalty.
Each Swing Line Loan shall be made pursuant to Borrower’s irrevocable Swing Line
Loan Notice to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office not
later than 4:00 p.m. Los Angeles time on the day the requested Swing Line Loan is to
be made. Each telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice by the Borrower pursuant to this
Section 2.4(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of
a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a
Responsible Official of the Borrower.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Swing Line Loans shall bear interest at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to
the sum of the Applicable Federal Funds Rate plus the
Applicable Eurodollar Rate Spread, payable on the dates principal is due and in any
event on the Maturity Date. The Swing Line Bank shall be responsible for invoicing
Borrower for such interest. The interest payable on Swing Line Loans is solely for the
account of the Swing Line Bank (or, if applicable, for the account of the Banks funding
such Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.4(d)).
	 
	 	(c)	 	Each Swing Line Loan shall be payable on the applicable Swing Line Maturity
Date and in any event on the Maturity Date.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Bank shall be deemed to have
purchased from the Swing Line Bank a participation therein in an amount equal to that
Bank’s Pro Rata Share of the Commitment times the amount of the Swing Line
Loan. Upon demand made by the Swing Line Bank, each Bank shall, according to its Pro
Rata Share of the Commitment, promptly provide to the Swing Line Bank its purchase
price therefor in an amount equal to its participation therein. The obligation of each
Bank to so provide its purchase price to the Swing Line Bank shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by the occurrence of an Event of Default or any
other occurrence or event.
	 
	 	(e)	 	In the event that any Swing Line Outstandings have not been repaid by the
applicable Swing Line Maturity Date, then on the next Business Day (unless Borrower has
made other arrangements acceptable to the Swing Line Bank to repay the Swing Line
Outstandings), Borrower shall request a Base Rate Loan under the Commitment pursuant to
Section 2.2 in an amount complying with Section 2.1(e) and sufficient to repay the
Swing Line Outstandings. The Administrative Agent shall automatically provide such
amount to the Swing Line Bank (which the Swing Line Bank shall then apply to the Swing
Line Outstandings or, if applicable, pay such amount ratably to such Banks as have
funded their purchase of a participation pursuant to Section 2.4(d) in accordance with
their Pro Rata Shares) and credit any balance of the Loan in immediately available
funds to the Designated Deposit Account. In the event that Borrower fails to request a
Base Rate Loan under the Commitment within the time specified by Section 2.2 on any
such Swing Line Maturity Date, the Administrative Agent may, but is not required to,
without notice to or the consent of Borrower, cause Base Rate Advances to be made by
the Banks under the Commitment in the amount necessary to comply with Section 2.1(e)
and sufficient to repay the Swing Line Outstandings and, for this purpose, the
conditions precedent set forth in Section 8.2 shall not apply. The proceeds of such
Advances shall be paid to the Swing Line Bank for application to the Swing Line
Outstandings, with any balance credited in immediately available funds to the
Designated Deposit Account.

-33-

 

	2.5	 	Letters of Credit.

	 	(a)	 	Letter of Credit Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement (including Section 8.3), Borrower may request from time to time
during the period from the Closing Date through the day 30 days prior to the Maturity
Date (unless the Issuing Bank otherwise agrees to a later date prior to the Maturity
Date) that the Issuing Bank, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Banks set
forth in this Section 2.5, issue Letters of Credit for the account of Borrower, and the
Issuing Bank agrees to issue for the account of Borrower one or more Letters of Credit
and to amend Letters of Credit previously issued by it in accordance with Section
2.5(b), provided that (i) Borrower shall not request that the Issuing Bank
issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the Total
Outstandings exceeds the Commitment, (ii) Borrower shall not request that the Issuing
Bank issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, Borrower
would not be in compliance with Section 6.17, (iii) Borrower shall not request that the
Issuing Bank issue any Letter of Credit having an expiration date that is beyond 364
days from the Maturity Date and (iv) the Borrower shall not request that the Issuing
Bank issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the Letter of
Credit Usage would exceed $1,000,000,000 or any limit established by Law after the
Closing Date on the Issuing Bank’s ability to issue the requested Letter of Credit at
any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Bank shall not issue any Letter
of Credit if, (A) on or prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the issuance
thereof any Bank has notified the Issuing Bank in writing that the conditions set forth
in Section 8.3 have not been satisfied with respect to the issuance of such Letter of
Credit, (B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after 364
days from the Maturity Date, unless all of the Banks have approved such expiry date, or
(C) after issuing such Letter of Credit the provisions of Section 6.17 would be
violated. The Issuing Bank shall not be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit if,
(x) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Agency or arbitrator shall by its
terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of
Credit, or any Law applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether
or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Agency with jurisdiction over the
Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the
issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall
impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction,
reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated
hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any
unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and
which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it, (y) the issuance of such
Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Issuing Bank applicable to
the customers of the Issuing Bank generally, or (z) a default of any Bank’s obligations
to fund under Section 2.5(c) exists or any Bank is at such time a Defaulting Bank
hereunder, unless the Issuing Bank has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the
Borrower or such Bank to eliminate the Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to such Bank.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit.

	 	(i)	 	Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case
may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the Issuing Bank (with a
copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit
Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Official of
the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the
Issuing Bank and the

-34-

 

	 	 	 	Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., Los Angeles time, at least 3
Business Days (or such later date and time as the Issuing Bank may agree in
a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance
date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for
an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application
shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank: (A) the
proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a
Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the
name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be
presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the
full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of
any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may
require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding
Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form
and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank (w) the Letter of Credit to be
amended; (x) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a
Business Day); (y) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (z) such other
matters as the Issuing Bank may require.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the
Issuing Bank will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in
writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of
Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the Issuing Bank will provide
the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by the Issuing Bank
of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or
amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to
the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date,
issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the
applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the
Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the
issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Bank shall be deemed to, and hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Bank a
risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product
of such Bank’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of
Credit.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any
amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to
the beneficiary thereof, the Issuing Bank will also (x) deliver to the Borrower
and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit
or amendment and (y) notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any
return, surrender or cancellation of any Letter of Credit.

	 	(c)	 	Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

	 	(i)	 	Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of
any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall
promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and of the
date the Issuing Bank proposes to pay such drawing. The Borrower shall
reimburse the Issuing Bank through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal
to the amount of any payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit,
which reimbursement shall be made, (x) if the Issuing Bank notifies the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such payment before 2:00 p.m. Los
Angeles time on the Business Day

-35-

 

	 	 	 	immediately preceding the date of such payment (the date of such payment
being, the “Honor Date”), then on the Honor Date, or (y) if the
Issuing Bank notifies the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after 2:00
p.m. Los Angeles time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Honor
Date or any Business Day thereafter, then on the Business Day immediately
following such notice (with any notice received on or after 2:00 p.m. Los
Angeles time on any day deemed to be received before 2:00 p.m. Los Angeles
time on the next Business Day). If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the
Issuing Bank by such date, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify
each Bank of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the
“Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Bank’s Pro Rata Share
thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a
Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard
to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.1(e) for the principal
amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized
portion of the Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 8.2
(other than the delivery of a Loan Notice). Any notice
given by the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this
Section 2.5(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in
writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation
shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Each Bank (including the Bank acting as Issuing Bank) shall
upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.5(c)(i) make funds available to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at the Administrative
Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed
Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by
the Administrative Agent (provided that the Administrative Agent gives
notice on or prior to 11:00 a.m. on such Business Day), whereupon, subject to
the provisions of Section 2.5(c)(iii), each Bank that so makes funds available
shall be deemed to have made an Advance to the Borrower in such amount. The
Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Issuing Bank.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully
refinanced by a Base Rate Loan because the conditions set forth in Section 8.2
cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to
have incurred from the Issuing Bank an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the
Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due
and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the
Default Rate. In such event, each Bank’s payment to the Administrative Agent
for the account of the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.5(c)(ii) shall be
deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall
constitute an L/C Advance from such Bank in satisfaction of its participation
obligation under this Section 2.5.
	 
	 	(iv)	 	Until each Bank funds its Advance or L/C Advance pursuant to
this Section 2.5(c) to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under
any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Bank’s Pro Rata Share of such
amount shall be solely for the account of the Issuing Bank.
	 
	 	(v)	 	Each Bank’s obligation to make Advances or L/C Advances to
reimburse the Issuing Bank for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as
contemplated by this Section 2.5(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and
shall not be affected by

-36-

 

	 	 	 	any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other right which such Bank may have against the Issuing Bank,
the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the
occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event
or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing;
provided, however, that each Bank’s obligation to make
Advances pursuant to this Section 2.5(c) is subject to the conditions set
forth in Section 8.2 (other than delivery by the Borrower of
a Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise
impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the
amount of any payment made by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit,
together with interest as provided herein.
	 
	 	(vi)	 	If any Bank fails to make available to the Administrative Agent
for the account of the Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Bank
pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.5(c) by the time
specified in Section 2.5(c)(ii), the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover
from such Bank (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such
amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is
required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the
Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to
time in effect. A certificate of the Issuing Bank submitted to any Bank
(through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this
clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

	 	(d)	 	Repayment of Participations.

	 	(i)	 	At any time after the Issuing Bank has made a payment under any
Letter of Credit and has received from any Bank such Bank’s L/C Advance in
respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.5(c), if the
Administrative Agent receives for the account of the Issuing Bank any payment
in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether
directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of cash collateral
applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will
distribute to such Bank its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in
the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such
Bank’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the
Administrative Agent.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the
account of the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.5(c)(i) is required to be
returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.24 (including
pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Issuing Bank in its discretion),
each Bank shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing
Bank its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus
interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is
returned by such Bank, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from
time to time in effect.

	 	(e)	 	Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the
Issuing Bank for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C
Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances (except as
otherwise provided in clauses (ii) through (v) below), including the following:

-37-

 

	 	(i)	 	any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of
Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or
other right that the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or
any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such
beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank or any
other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions
contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument
relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction, except for payment with respect
to a Letter of Credit when such payment violates the terms of ISP98;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented
under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or
insufficient in any respect (so long as payment under such Letter of Credit
would otherwise be permitted under the terms of ISP98) or any statement therein
being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the
transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing
under such Letter of Credit;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	any payment by the Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit
against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply
with the terms of such Letter of Credit (except if such payment violates the
terms of ISP98); or any payment made by the Issuing Bank under such Letter of
Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy,
debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator,
receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any
transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with
any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or
	 
	 	(v)	 	any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not
similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might
otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower
(except for payment by an Issuing Bank (or any other applicable “issuer” within
the meaning of ISP98) with respect to a Letter of Credit that violates the
terms of ISP98).

	 	 	 	The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each
amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of
noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower
will promptly notify the Issuing Bank. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to
have waived any such claim against the Issuing Bank and its correspondents unless
such notice is given as aforesaid.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Role of Issuing Bank. Each Bank and the Borrower agree that, in paying
any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall not have any
responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft,
certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain
or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the
Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the Issuing Bank, any
Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or
assignees of the Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Bank for (i) any action taken or
omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Banks or the
Required Banks, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross
negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due

-38-

 

	 	 	 	execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument
related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower
hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee
with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however,
that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s
pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or
transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of any Issuing Bank, any
Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or
assignees of any Issuing Bank, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters
described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.5(e); provided,
however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Borrower may have a claim against an Issuing Bank (and any other applicable “issuer”
within the meaning of ISP98), and an Issuing Bank (or such issuer) may be liable to
the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to
consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower
proves were caused by such Issuing Bank’s (or such issuer’s) willful misconduct or
gross negligence or such Issuing Bank’s (or such issuer’s) failure to pay under any
Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft
and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of
Credit or for payment with respect to a Letter of Credit by an Issuing Bank (or such
issuer) when such payment violates the terms of ISP98. In furtherance and not in
limitation of the foregoing, an Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on
their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation,
regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and such Issuing Bank shall
not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or
assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or
benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be
invalid or ineffective for any reason.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Cash or Letter of Credit Collateral. Upon the request of the
Administrative Agent, (i) if an Issuing Bank has honored any full or partial drawing
request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing,
(ii) if, as of the Maturity Date or acceleration pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(ii), any
Letter of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn
or (iii) if any amount remains available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit by
reason of the operation of Section 3.14 of the “International Standby Practices 1998”
published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later
version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance), the Borrower shall
immediately Cash Collateralize or Letter of Credit Collateralize the then outstanding
amount of the Letter of Credit Usage (in an amount equal to such outstanding amount
determined as of the date of such L/C Borrowing or the Maturity Date, as the case may
be). For purposes hereof, “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit
with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and
the Banks, as collateral for the then outstanding amount of the Letter of Credit Usage,
cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks (which documents are
hereby consented to by the Banks). Derivatives of such term have corresponding
meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of
the Issuing Banks and the Banks, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts
and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash collateral shall be
maintained in a blocked, non-interest bearing deposit account at Bank of America. For
purposes hereof, “Letter of Credit Collateralize” means to deliver to the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Banks, as collateral
for the then outstanding amount of the Letter of Credit Usage, one or more irrevocable
standby letters of credit (other than a Letter of Credit) in the aggregate

-39-

 

	 	 	 	amount of the then outstanding amount of the Letter of Credit Usage (less
the amount, if any, of the then outstanding amount of the Letter of Credit Usage
being Cash Collateralized) issued by one or more financial institutions that each is
a Qualified Issuer in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
and the Issuing Banks (which documents are hereby consented to by the Banks).
Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby agrees
that the Administrative Agent may immediately apply cash collateral or draw upon any
irrevocable standby letters of credit delivered pursuant to this Section 2.5(g) in
order to reimburse the Issuing Banks for any drawings under any Letters of Credit.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Applicability of ISP98. The rules of the “International Standby
Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or
such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) (“ISP98”) shall
apply to each Letter of Credit, except as provided in Section 2.5(l) below.
	 
	 	(i)	 	Conflict with Letter of Credit Application. In the event of any
conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application,
the terms hereof shall control.
	 
	 	(j)	 	Letter of Credit Fees.

	 	(i)	 	Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account
of the Banks a letter of credit fee payable to the Banks in accordance with
their Pro Rata Shares with respect to each Letter of Credit issued or renewed
equal to the sum of (A) the Applicable Letter of Credit Fee times the
daily maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether
or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit)
minus (B) any amounts due and payable under clause (ii) below. Such
letter of credit fee shall accrue and be computed on a quarterly basis in
arrears, and shall be due and payable on the Quarterly Payment Date, commencing
with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit,
on the Maturity Date, and thereafter            on the last Business Day of each
March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to
occur after the Maturity Date and on the 364th day from the Maturity
Date.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable Issuing Bank for
its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued or
renewed by such Issuing Bank equal to 0.100% per annum times the daily
maximum amount which is available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit
(whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of
Credit). Such fronting fee shall accrue and be computed on a quarterly basis
in arrears, and shall be due and payable on the Quarterly Payment Date,
commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter
of Credit and on the expiry date of such Letter of Credit.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable Issuing Bank for
its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment, and other
processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such Issuing Bank
relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary
fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are
nonrefundable.

-40-

 

	 	(k)	 	Number of Issuing Banks/Reports to the Administrative Agent. In
addition to Bank of America, Borrower may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent
(and the consent of any Bank requested to be an Issuing Bank), designate up to 3
additional Issuing Banks, each of which must be Banks, for the purposes of this
Agreement; provided that there shall not be more than 4 Issuing Banks hereunder
at any time. Each Issuing Bank shall, no later than the 3rd Business Day following the
last day of each month, provide to the Administrative Agent a report in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, showing the date of
issuance or amendment of each Letter of Credit, the account party, the original face
amount (if any), the expiration date, and the reference number of any Letter of Credit
issued or amended during such month. Upon request of any Bank, the Administrative
Agent shall forward copies of such reports to such Bank.
	 
	 	(l)	 	Existing Letters of Credit. For an Existing Letter of Credit,
references to “ISP98” in this Agreement will be deemed to mean references to UCP500, if
such Existing Letter of Credit is governed by UCP500.

	2.6	 	Reduction of Commitment.
	 
	 	 	     Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from
time to time, without penalty or charge, upon at least 5 Business Days prior written notice
voluntarily to reduce or terminate permanently and irrevocably, in aggregate principal
amounts in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 but not less than $5,000,000 (unless all of
the unused Commitment is being terminated), all or a portion of the unused Commitment.
Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent (for the account of each Bank, pro rata
according to that Bank’s Pro Rata Share) on the date of such termination all unpaid
commitment fees which have accrued to such date in respect of the terminated portion of the
Commitment.
	 
	2.7	 	Optional Increase to Commitment.

	 	(a)	 	Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section, the Administrative Agent
may, at any time and from time to time at the request of Borrower, increase the
Commitment by (i) admitting additional Banks hereunder (each a “New Bank”), or
(ii) increasing the Exposure of any Bank (each an “Increasing Bank”), subject
to the following conditions:

	 	(i)	 	each New Bank is an Eligible Assignee;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Borrower executes (A) a new Note payable to the order of a New
Bank, or (B) a replacement Note payable to the order of an Increasing Bank if
such Increasing Bank previously received a Note;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	each New Bank executes and delivers to the Administrative
Agent an instrument of joinder to this Agreement which is in form and substance
acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	after giving effect to the admission of any New Bank or the
increase in the Exposure of any Increasing Bank, the Commitment does not exceed
$2,000,000,000 less the aggregate amount of reductions, if any, of the
Commitment made pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.9(g);

-41-

 

	 	(v)	 	each increase in the Commitment shall be in the amount of
$50,000,000 or a greater integral multiple of $500,000;
	 
	 	(vi)	 	no admission of any New Bank shall increase the Exposure of any
existing Bank without the written consent of such Bank;
	 
	 	(vii)	 	no Bank shall be an Increasing Bank without the written
consent of such Bank;
	 
	 	(viii)	 	no Default or Event of Default exists;
	 
	 	(ix)	 	the Administrative Agent shall have received from Borrower such
documents as it may reasonably request in connection with such increase,
including:

	 	(A)	 	a certificate signed by a Responsible Official
of the Borrower (x) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by
Borrower approving or consenting to such increase and (y) certifying
that (1) the representations and warranties contained in Article
IV and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of
the date of the increase, except to the extent that such
representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date,
and (2) no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date of the
increase or will result from the increase; and
	 
	 	(B)	 	a written consent to the increase executed by
each Guarantor Subsidiary; and

	 	(x)	 	Any such increase shall be effective, if at all, as of the date
determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. The Administrative
Agent shall promptly notify the Banks of the effective date of such increase.

	 	(b)	 	Except as set forth in Section 2.7(a), no consent of the Banks shall be
required for an increase in the amount of the Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.7.
	 
	 	(c)	 	After the admission of any New Bank or the increase in the Exposure of any
Increasing Bank, the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide to each Bank and to
Borrower a new Schedule 1.1 to this Agreement.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Concurrently with the effectiveness of any increase to the Commitment under
this Section, (i) the participation interest of each Bank in each outstanding Letter of
Credit and in each Swing Line Loan shall be adjusted, and (ii) each New Bank and each
Increasing Bank shall make additional Advances available to the Administrative Agent
(the proceeds of which shall be paid to the other Banks or used in part to refinance
expiring Eurodollar Rate Loans) in the amount required to result in the aggregate
outstanding Advances of each Bank being equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Commitment,
as so increased.
	 
	 	(e)	 	The Borrower confirms its obligation pursuant to Section 3.6(f) to repay any
breakage fees resulting from the prepayment of any Eurodollar Rate Loans resulting from
Borrower’s request to increase the Commitment under this Section 2.7.
	 
	 	(f)	 	This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 11.2 or 11.8 to the
contrary.

-42-

 

	2.8	 	Borrowing Base.

	 	(a)	 	Reporting of Borrowing Base. Within 50 days after the end of each
Fiscal Quarter (other than the fourth Fiscal Quarter of any Fiscal Year), 90 days after
the end of each Fiscal Year, and within 30 days after Borrower loses an Investment
Grade Credit Rating, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with a
Borrowing Base Certificate in a form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent showing
the Borrower’s calculations of the components of the Borrowing Base as of the end of
the last Fiscal Quarter and such data supporting such calculations per Exhibit
B or in another form as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require;
provided that Borrower shall have no obligation to provide a Borrowing Base
Certificate to the Administrative Agent at any time at which Borrower holds an
Investment Grade Credit Rating. Any change in the Borrowing Base shall be effective
upon receipt of a Borrowing Base Certificate.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Amount of Borrowing Base. As used in this Agreement, the term
“Borrowing Base” means a Dollar amount equal to the sum of the following:

	 	(i)	 	Escrow Receivables. 90% of the aggregate GAAP Value of
Escrow Receivables; plus
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Developed Lots. 65% of the aggregate GAAP Value of
Developed Lots; plus
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Lots Under Development. 65% of the aggregate GAAP
Value of Lots Under Development; plus
	 
	 	(iv)	 	Construction Costs. 85% of the aggregate GAAP Value of
Construction Costs; plus
	 
	 	(v)	 	Unrestricted Cash. 100% of Unrestricted Cash in excess
of $15,000,000;

	 	 	 	provided, however, that the aggregate of the amounts set forth in
clauses (ii) and (iii) shall be less than 50% of the Borrowing Base.

	2.9	 	Extension of Maturity Date.

	 	(a)	 	Requests for Extension. No more than once during each Fiscal Year,
beginning with the Fiscal Year commencing on December 1, 2006, but no later than 90
days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect hereunder (the “Existing Maturity
Date”), Borrower may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly
notify the Banks), request that the Existing Maturity Date be extended by each Bank for
an additional one year from the Existing Maturity Date; provided that the
Extended Maturity Date (as defined below) may not be more than 5 years from the date
Borrower gives such notice (the “Notice Date”).
	 
	 	(b)	 	Bank Elections to Extend. Each Bank, acting in its sole and individual
discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given no later than the date
(the “Reply Date”) that is 30 days after the Notice Date, advise the
Administrative Agent whether or not such Bank agrees to such extension of the Existing
Maturity Date (and each Bank that determines not to so extend the Existing Maturity
Date (a “Non-Extending Bank”) shall

-43-

 

	 	 	 	notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but
in any event no later than the Reply Date)) and any Bank that does not so advise the
Administrative Agent on or before the Reply Date shall be deemed to be a
Non-Extending Bank. The election of any Bank to agree to any extension of the
Existing Maturity Date shall not obligate any other Bank to so agree.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Notification by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall
notify Borrower of each Bank’s determination under this Section no later than the date
(the “Extension Effective Date”) that is 15 days after the Reply Date (or, if
such date is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day).
	 
	 	(d)	 	Additional Commitment Banks; Prepayment. Borrower shall have the right
on or before the Existing Maturity Date with respect to each Non-Extending Bank to:

	 	(i)	 	replace such Non-Extending Bank with, and add as one or more
“Banks” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees
approved by the Administrative Agent (each, an “Additional Commitment
Bank”) as provided in Section 11.27, each of which Additional Commitment
Banks shall have entered into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which
such Additional Commitment Bank shall, effective as of the date such assignment
becomes effective, undertake a Commitment (and, if any such Additional
Commitment Bank is already a Bank, its Commitment shall be in addition to such
Bank’s existing Commitment hereunder on such date); or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	prepay in full all Advances, with interest, of such
Non-Extending Bank (together with any additional amounts required pursuant to
Section 3.6(f) and all other accrued amounts payable hereunder).

	 	(e)	 	Minimum Extension Requirement. If (and only if) the total of the
Commitments of the Banks that have agreed so to extend the Existing Maturity Date shall
be more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments in effect immediately prior
to the Extension Effective Date, then, effective as of the Extension Effective Date,
the Existing Maturity Date with respect to each Extending Bank shall be extended to the
date (the “Extended Maturity Date”) that is one year after the Existing
Maturity Date (except that, if such date is not a Business Day, such Maturity Date as
so extended shall be the next preceding Business Day), and such Extended Maturity Date
shall then become the Existing Maturity Date for all Banks other than the Non-Extending
Banks.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the extension of the Existing Maturity Date pursuant to this Section shall
not be effective with respect to any Bank unless:

	 	(i)	 	no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such extension and after giving effect thereto;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement
are true and correct on and as of the date of such extension and after giving
effect thereto, as though made on and as of such date (or, if any such
representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a
specific date, as of such specific date); and

-44-

 

	 	(iii)	 	for all Non-Extending Banks whose Commitments were not assumed
or terminated pursuant to Section 2.9(d), on the Existing Maturity Date with
respect to each such Non-Extending Bank, Borrower shall pay in full all
Advances, with interest, outstanding to each such Non-Extending Bank on such
date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.6(f) and
all other accrued amounts payable hereunder) to the extent necessary to keep
the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Pro Rata Shares of the
respective Banks (other than the Non-Extending Banks) effective as of such
date.

	 	(g)	 	Reduction of Commitments. The Commitment of each Non-Extending Bank
shall be permanently and irrevocably reduced and terminated by any amounts prepaid
pursuant to Section 2.9(d)(ii) or paid on the Maturity Date of such Non-Extending Bank
pursuant to Section 2.9(f)(iii), and the Pro Rata Share of the Banks shall be adjusted
accordingly.
	 
	 	(h)	 	Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in
Section 11.2 or 11.9 to the contrary.

-45-

 

ARTICLE III

PAYMENTS AND FEES

	3.1	 	Principal and Interest.

	 	(a)	 	Interest shall be payable on the outstanding daily unpaid principal amount of
each Advance from the date of such Advance until payment in full and shall accrue and
be payable at the rates set forth herein, to the extent permitted by applicable Laws,
before and after default, before and after maturity, before and after any judgment, and
before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, with
interest on overdue interest to bear interest at the Default Rate.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Interest accrued on each Base Rate Loan shall be due and payable on the last
day of each calendar month. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.7, the
unpaid principal amount of any Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a fluctuating rate
per annum equal to the sum of the Base Rate plus the Applicable
Base Rate Spread.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be due and payable on the
last day of each calendar month. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.7,
the unpaid principal amount of any Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate
per annum equal to the sum of the Eurodollar Rate for that Eurodollar
Rate Loan plus the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Spread.
	 
	 	(d)	 	If not sooner paid, the principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be
payable as follows:

	 	(i)	 	the principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be
payable within one Business Day in Cash to the extent that the Total
Outstandings exceeds at any time the Commitment as then in effect; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall in any
event be immediately payable in Cash on the Maturity Date.

	 	(e)	 	The Notes may, at any time and from time to time, voluntarily be prepaid at the
election of Borrower in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided
that: (i) any partial prepayment shall be in integral multiples of $1,000,000, (ii)
any partial prepayment shall be in an amount not less than $1,000,000 on a Base Rate
Loan, and not less than $5,000,000 on a Eurodollar Rate Loan, (iii) the Administrative
Agent must have received written notice (or telephonic notice confirmed promptly in
writing) of any prepayment at least 3 Business Days before the date of prepayment in
the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan and by 10:00 a.m., Los Angeles time, on the date of
prepayment in the case of a Base Rate Loan, (iv) each prepayment of principal, except
for partial prepayments on Base Rate Loans, shall be accompanied by prepayment of
interest accrued to the date of payment on the amount of principal paid and (v) in the
case of any prepayment of any Eurodollar Rate Loan, Borrower shall promptly upon demand
reimburse each Bank for any loss or cost directly or indirectly resulting from the
prepayment, determined as set forth in Section 3.6.

-46-

 

	 	(f)	 	Change in Control.

	 	(i)	 	If a Change in Control shall have occurred, at the option of
the Required Banks, Borrower shall repay in Cash the entire principal
Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, together with interest thereon and all
other amounts due in connection with the Notes and this Agreement, and deliver
to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Usage then
outstanding, to be held as cash collateral as provided in Section 9.2(c) (the
“Change in Control Repayment”), on the date that is no more than 27 Business
Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control (the “Change in Control
Payment Date”), subject to receipt by Borrower of a Change in Control Payment
Notice as set forth in Section 3.1(f)(iii). On the Change in Control Payment
Date, the Commitment shall automatically terminate.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Within 15 Business Days after the occurrence of a Change in
Control, Borrower shall provide written notice of the Change in Control to the
Administrative Agent and each Bank. The notice shall state:

	 	(A)	 	the events causing a Change in Control and the
date of such Change in Control;
	 
	 	(B)	 	the date by which the Change in Control Payment
Notice (as defined in Section 3.1(f)(iii)) must be given; and
	 
	 	(C)	 	the Change in Control Payment Date.

	 	(iii)	 	At the direction of the Required Banks, the Administrative
Agent shall, on behalf of the Banks, exercise the rights specified in Section
3.1(f)(i) by delivery of a written notice (a “Change in Control Payment
Notice”) to Borrower at any time prior to or on the Change in Control Payment
Date, stating that the Notes shall be prepaid and cash collateral shall be
provided for the Letter of Credit Usage on the Change in Control Payment Date.
On the Change in Control Payment Date, Borrower shall make the Change in
Control Repayment to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Banks, and
the Commitment shall terminate.

	3.2	 	Commitment Fee.
	 
	 	 	     From the Closing Date until the Maturity Date, Borrower shall
pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Bank, pro rata according to that
Bank’s Pro Rata Share of the Commitment, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Commitment
Fee Rate per annum in effect from time to time times the average daily amount by
which the Commitment exceeds the aggregate outstanding principal of the Loans evidenced by
the Notes plus the Letter of Credit Usage plus the Swing Line Outstandings.
This commitment fee shall accrue daily and be payable in arrears with respect to each
calendar quarter on the Quarterly Payment Date falling at the end of such calendar quarter.
The Administrative Agent shall calculate the commitment fee and the amount thereof allocable
to each Bank according to that Bank’s Pro Rata Share of the Commitment and shall notify
Borrower in writing of such amounts.
	 
	3.3	 	Other Fees.

-47-

 

	 	 	     Borrower shall pay to Bank of America and the Arrangers such other fees in such amounts
and at such times as heretofore set forth in letter agreements to which Borrower is a party.
	 
	3.4	 	[Intentionally Omitted].
	 
	3.5	 	Capital Adequacy.

	 	(a)	 	If any Bank (an “Affected Bank”) determines that compliance with any Law or
regulation or with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental
Agency (whether or not having the force of Law) enacted or issued after the Closing
Date relating to the capital adequacy of banks or corporations in control of banks has
or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Affected
Bank or any corporation controlling such Affected Bank as a consequence of, or with
reference to, such Affected Bank’s Pro Rata Share of the Commitment below the rate
which the Bank or such other corporation could have achieved but for such compliance
(taking into account the policies of such Bank or corporation with regard to capital
adequacy), then Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by such Affected Bank in
accordance with this Section 3.5 (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative
Agent), within 15 days after demand pay to such Affected Bank additional amounts
sufficient to compensate such Affected Bank or other corporation for such reduction.
	 
	 	(b)	 	An Affected Bank may not seek compensation under Section 3.5(a) unless the
demand for such compensation is delivered to Borrower within 6 months following the
date of enactment or issuance of the Law, regulation, guideline or request giving rise
to such demand for compensation.
	 
	 	(c)	 	A certificate as to any amounts for which an Affected Bank is seeking
compensation under Section 3.5(a), submitted to Borrower and the Administrative Agent
by such Affected Bank, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent
manifest error. Each Affected Bank shall calculate such amounts in a manner which is
consistent with the manner in which it makes calculations for comparable claims with
respect to similarly situated borrowers from such Affected Bank, will not allocate to
Borrower a proportionately greater amount of such compensation than it allocates to
each of its other commitments to lend or other loans with respect to which it is
entitled to demand comparable compensation, and will not include amounts already
factored into the rates of interest or fees already provided for herein. Each Bank
agrees promptly to notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any circumstances
that would cause Borrower to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section,
provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect Borrower’s
obligation to pay such additional amounts hereunder.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Without limiting its obligation to reimburse an Affected Bank for compensation
theretofore claimed by an Affected Bank pursuant to Section 3.5(a), Borrower may,
within 60 days following any demand by an Affected Bank, request that one or more
Persons that are Eligible Assignees and that are acceptable to Borrower and approved by
the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) purchase
all (but not part) of the Affected Bank’s then outstanding Advances, its Note and its
participation interest in outstanding Letters of Credit, and assume its Pro Rata Share
of the Commitment and its obligations hereunder. If one or more such Banks or banks so
agree in writing (each, an “Assuming Bank” and collectively, the “Assuming Banks”), the

-48-

 

	 	 	 	Affected Bank shall assign its Pro Rata Share of the Commitment, together with the
Indebtedness then evidenced by its Note and its participation interest in
outstanding Letters of Credit, to the Assuming Bank or Assuming Banks in accordance
with Section 11.8. On the date of any such assignment, the Affected Bank which is
being so replaced shall cease to be a “Bank” for all purposes of this Agreement and
shall receive (x) from the Assuming Bank or Assuming Banks the principal amount of
its Advances then outstanding and (y) from Borrower all interest and fees accrued
and then unpaid with respect to such Advances, together with any other amounts
accrued or then payable to such Bank by Borrower. In the event the Affected Bank is
also an Issuing Bank, then the Assuming Bank shall become an Issuing Bank for all
purposes of this Agreement and shall either (at the Affected Bank’s election,
subject to the approval of Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Assuming Bank
(which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld) and, in the case of clause (i)
below, the approval of the applicable Letter of Credit beneficiaries) (i) issue new
letters of credit to replace the outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the
Affected Bank, or (ii) issue new letters of credit to the Affected Bank in support
of the outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the Affected Bank, whereupon such
outstanding Letters of Credit shall no longer be considered “Letters of Credit”
under this Agreement, and such new letters of credit shall be considered Letters of
Credit for all purposes of this Agreement (including the participation
therein by the other Banks pursuant to Section 2.5).

	3.6	 	Eurodollar Fees and Costs.

	 	(a)	 	Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

	 	(i)	 	impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit,
compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of,
deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by,
any Bank (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate) or
an Issuing Bank;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	subject any Bank or an Issuing Bank to any tax of any kind
whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any
participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or
change the basis of taxation of payments to such Bank or such Issuing Bank in
respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section
3.10 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax
payable by such Bank or such Issuing Bank); or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	impose on any Bank or an Issuing Bank or the London interbank
market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or
Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Bank or any Letter of Credit or
participation therein;

	 	 	 	and the result of any of the foregoing would be to increase the cost to such Bank of
making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to
make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Bank or such Issuing Bank of
participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its
obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the
amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank or such Issuing Bank hereunder
(whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Bank
or such Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Bank or such Issuing Bank, as
the case may be, such

-49-

 

	 	 	 	additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank or such Issuing Bank, as
the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Capital Requirements. If any Bank or an Issuing Bank determines that
any Change in Law affecting such Bank or such Issuing Bank or any Lending Office of
such Bank or such Bank’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, regarding
capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on
such Bank’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Bank’s or such
Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the
Commitments of such Bank or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit
held by, such Bank, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level
below that which such Bank or such Issuing Bank or such Bank’s or such Issuing Bank’s
holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into
consideration such Bank’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such
Bank’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then
from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Bank or such Issuing Bank, as the case
may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank or such Issuing
Bank or such Bank’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction
suffered.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Bank or an Issuing
Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Bank or such
Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Section 3.6(a)
or Section 3.6(b) and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest
error. The Borrower shall pay such Bank or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the
amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Bank or an
Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this
Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Bank’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to
demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to
compensate a Bank or an Issuing Bank pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this
Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 6 months
prior to the date that such Bank or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the
Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of
such Bank’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except
that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is
retroactive, then the 6-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the
period of retroactive effect thereof).
	 
	 	(e)	 	If, with respect to any proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan:

	 	(i)	 	the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that, by reason
of circumstances affecting the London interbank eurodollar market generally
that are beyond the reasonable control of the Banks, deposits in dollars (in
the applicable amounts) are not being offered to each of the Banks in the
London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable Interest Period; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Required Banks advise the Administrative Agent that the
Eurodollar Rate as determined by the Administrative Agent will not adequately
and fairly reflect the cost to such Banks of making the applicable Eurodollar
Advances;

-50-

 

	 	 	 	then the Administrative Agent forthwith shall give notice thereof to Borrower and
the Banks, whereupon until the Administrative Agent notifies Borrower that the
circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of the
Banks to make any future Eurodollar Advances shall be suspended. If at the time of
such notice there is then pending a Loan Notice that specifies a Eurodollar Rate
Loan, such Loan Notice shall be deemed to specify a Base Rate Loan.

	 	(f)	 	Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Bank (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such
Bank for and hold such Bank harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a
result of:

	 	(i)	 	any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan
other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest
Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of
acceleration, or otherwise);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the
failure of any Bank to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any
Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the
Borrower; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than
the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 11.27;

	 	 	 	including any loss, cost or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of
funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the
deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any
customary administrative fees charged by such Bank in connection with the foregoing.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Banks under this
Section 3.6, each Bank shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made
by it at the Eurodollar Base Rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such
Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar
market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such
Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

	3.7	 	Late Payments/Default Interest.
	 
	 	 	     If any installment of principal or interest
under the Notes or any other amount payable to the Banks under any Loan Document is not paid
when due, it shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all
times equal to the sum of the Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate Spread
plus 2% (the “Default Rate”), provided however that, subject to the
following sentence, principal, interest or other amounts due with respect to Eurodollar Rate
Loans shall bear interest at a fluctuating rate per annum at all times equal to the sum of
the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Spread plus 2%; in
each case, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, until paid in full (whether before or
after judgment). Upon and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Indebtedness
evidenced by the Notes shall, at the election of the Required Banks and upon notice to
Borrower (and in lieu of interest provided for in the preceding sentence), bear interest at
a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate, to the extent
permitted by applicable Law, until no Event of Default exists (whether before or after
judgment). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, after the occurrence of any Event of
Default under Sections 6.7, 6.10 or 6.16, the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes

-51-

 

	 	 	may not bear interest at the increased rate provided for in the preceding sentence until
such Event of Default has continued for at least 15 days, in the case of Section 6.7, or 30
days, in the case of Sections 6.10 or 6.16.
	 
	3.8	 	Computation of Interest and Fees.
	 
	 	 	     All computations of interest for Base Rate
Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be calculated
on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All
other computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be calculated on the basis of a year
of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day and
excluding the last day), which results in greater interest than if a year of 365 days were
used. Any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall bear interest for
one day.
	 
	3.9	 	Holidays.
	 
	 	 	If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day
other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and
such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
	 
	3.10	 	Payment Free of Taxes.

	 	(a)	 	Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any
obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made
free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or
Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower shall be required by applicable law to
deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then

	 	(i)	 	the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after
making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional
sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Bank or Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have
received had no such deductions been made,
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the Borrower shall make such deductions, and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the Borrower shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the
relevant Governmental Agency in accordance with applicable law.

	 	(b)	 	Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. Without limiting the
provisions of Section 3.10(a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to
the relevant Governmental Agency in accordance with applicable law.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify the
Administrative Agent, each Bank and each Issuing Bank, within 10 days after demand
therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including
Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts
payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent, such Bank or such Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising
therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes
were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Agency. A
certificate as to the

-52-

 

	 	 	 	amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Bank or an
Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative
Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Bank or an Issuing Bank, shall be
conclusive absent manifest error.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of
Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Agency, the Borrower
shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt
issued by such Governmental Agency evidencing such payment, a copy of the return
reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Status of Banks. Any Foreign Bank that is entitled to an exemption
from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the
Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a
party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall
deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times
prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by
applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a
reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Bank, if requested by the Borrower or
the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by
applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as
will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such
Bank is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident
for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Bank shall deliver to the Borrower
and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the
recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Bank becomes a Bank under this
Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Bank is legally entitled to do so),
whichever of the following is applicable:

	 	(i)	 	duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN
claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United
States is a party,
	 
	 	(ii)	 	duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
	 
	 	(iii)	 	in the case of a Foreign Bank claiming the benefits of the
exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a
certificate to the effect that such Foreign Bank is not (A) a “bank” within the
meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of
the Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a
“controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code
and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for
claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax
duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be
prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the
withholding or deduction required to be made.

-53-

 

	 	(f)	 	Treatment of Certain Refunds. If the Administrative Agent, any Bank or
an Issuing Bank determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of
any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with
respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it
shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of
indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section
with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all
out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Bank or such Issuing Bank, as
the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant
Governmental Agency with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the
request of the Administrative Agent, such Bank or such Issuing Bank, agrees to repay
the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges
imposed by the relevant Governmental Agency) to the Administrative Agent, such Bank or
such Issuing Bank in the event the Administrative Agent, such Bank or such Issuing Bank
is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Agency. This Section 3.10(f)
shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Bank or an Issuing Bank
to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that
it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

	3.11	 	Funding Sources.
	 
	 	 	     Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to obligate any
Bank to obtain the funds for its share of any Loan in any particular place or manner or to
constitute a representation by any Bank that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for
its share of any Loan in any particular place or manner.
	 
	3.12	 	Failure to Charge or Making of Payment Not Subsequent Waiver.
	 
	 	 	     Any decision by
any Bank not to require payment of any fee or costs, or to reduce the amount of the payment
required for any fee or costs, or to calculate any fee or any cost in any particular manner,
shall not limit or be deemed a waiver of any Bank’s right to require full payment of any fee
or costs, or to calculate any fee or any costs in any other manner. Any decision by
Borrower to pay any fee or costs shall not limit or be deemed a waiver of any right of
Borrower to protest or dispute the payment amount of such fee or costs.
	 
	3.13	 	Time and Place of Payments; Evidence of Payments; Application of Payments.
	 
	 	 	     All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without conditions or deduction for any
counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. The amount of each payment hereunder, under
the Notes or under any Loan Document shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the
Administrative Agent’s Office, for the account of each of the Banks or the Administrative
Agent, as the case may be, in lawful money of the United States of America without
deduction, offset or counterclaim and in immediately available funds on the day of payment
(which must be a Business Day). All payments of principal received after 10:00 a.m., Los
Angeles time, on any Business Day, shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business
Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. The amount of all payments received by
the Administrative Agent for the account of a Bank shall be promptly paid by the
Administrative Agent to that Bank in immediately available funds. Each Bank shall keep a
record of Advances made by it and payments of principal with respect to each Note, and such
record shall be presumptive evidence of the principal amount owing under such Note;
provided that failure to keep such record shall in no way affect the Obligations of
Borrower. Prior to the Maturity Date or an acceleration of the

-54-

 

	 	 	maturity of the Loans, payments under the Loan Documents shall be applied first to
amounts owing under the Loan Documents other than the principal amount of and accrued
interest on the Loans and Borrower’s obligations with respect to Letter of Credit Usage,
second to accrued interest on the Swing Line Loans, third to accrued
interest on the Loans (other than the Swing Line Loans), fourth, to the principal
amount of the Swing Line Loans, fifth, to the principal amount of the Loans (other
than the Swing Line Loans) and sixth to Borrower’s Obligations with respect to
Letter of Credit Usage then due and owing. Following the Maturity Date or an acceleration
of the maturity of the Loans, payments and recoveries under the Loan Documents shall be
applied in a manner designated in Section 9.2(e). All payments with respect to principal
and interest shall be applied ratably in accordance with the Pro Rata Shares.
	 
	3.14	 	Administrative Agent’s Right to Assume Payments Will be Made.
	 
	 	 	Unless the
Borrower or any Bank has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is
required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such
Bank, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume
that the Borrower or such Bank, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may
(but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding
amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in
fact made to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds, then:

	 	(a)	 	if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Bank shall forthwith on
demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was
made available to such Bank in immediately available funds, together with interest
thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made
available by the Administrative Agent to such Bank to the date such amount is repaid to
the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Federal Funds Rate from
time to time in effect; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	if any Bank failed to make such payment, such Bank shall forthwith on demand
pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds,
together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made
available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is
recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “Compensation Period”) at a rate per
annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. If such Bank pays
such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Bank’s
Advance included in the applicable Loan. If such Bank does not pay such amount
forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may
make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the
Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a
rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Advance.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Bank from its obligation to fulfill its
Pro Rata Share of the Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative
Agent or the Borrower may have against any Bank as a result of any default by such Bank
hereunder.

	 	 	A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Bank or the Borrower with respect to any amount
owing under this Section 3.14 shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
	 
	3.15	 	Survivability.

-55-

 

	 	 	     All of Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of
the Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
	 
	3.16	 	Bank Calculation Certificate.
	 
	 	 	     Any request for compensation pursuant to Section
3.5 or 3.6 shall be accompanied by a statement of an officer of the Bank requesting such
compensation and describing the methodology used by such Bank in calculating the amount of
such compensation, which methodology (i) may consist of any reasonable averaging and
attribution methods and (ii) in the case of Section 3.5 hereof shall be consistent with the
methodology used by such Bank in making similar calculations in respect of loans or
commitments to other borrowers.
	 
	3.17	 	Transition.

	 	(a)	 	Borrower warrants and covenants that immediately following the initial Advances
made pursuant to Section 8.1(a) of this Agreement, there will be no loans of any nature
outstanding under the Prior Revolving Loan Agreement. The parties hereto agree that as
of the Closing Date all commitments to extend credit under the Prior Revolving Loan
Agreement shall terminate.
	 
	 	(b)	 	The letters of credit identified on Schedule 3.17 (“Existing
Letters of Credit”) were issued by Bank of America for the account of Borrower as
“Letters of Credit” pursuant to the terms of the Prior Revolving Loan Agreement and are
expected to remain outstanding on the Closing Date. The parties hereto agree that the
Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed for all purposes to be Letters of Credit
issued pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5.
	 
	 	(c)	 	On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent (for the
account of the “Banks” under the Prior Revolving Loan Agreement pro rata according to
the “Pro Rata Share” of each such “Bank” under the Prior Revolving Loan Agreement) all
accrued but unpaid letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.5(j)(i) of the Prior
Revolving Loan Agreement.
	 
	 	(d)	 	On or before December 31, 2005, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent
(for the account of Bank of America as “Issuing Bank” under the Prior Revolving Loan
Agreement) all accrued but unpaid fronting fees payable under Section 2.5(j)(ii) of the
Prior Revolving Loan Agreement.

	3.18	 	Designation of a Different Lending Office.
	 
	 	 	     If any Bank requests compensation
under Sections 3.6(a) through 3.6(e), or the Borrower is required to pay any additional
amount to any Bank or any Governmental Agency for the account of any Bank pursuant to
Section 3.10, then such Bank shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending
Office for funding or booking its Advances hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations
hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such
Bank, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant
to Sections 3.6(a) through 3.6(e) or Section 3.10, as the case may be, in the future, and
(ii) in each case, would not subject such Bank to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would
not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Bank. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Bank in connection with any such designation
or assignment.

-56-

 

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to the Banks that:

	4.1	 	Existence and Qualification; Power; Compliance with Law.
	 
	 	 	     Borrower is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the
State of Delaware, and its certificate of incorporation does not provide for the termination
of its existence. Borrower is duly qualified or registered to transact business as a
foreign corporation in the State of California, and in each other jurisdiction in which the
conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties makes such qualification or
registration necessary, except where the failure so to qualify or register would not
constitute a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has all requisite corporate power and
authority to conduct its business, to own and lease its Properties and to execute, deliver
and perform all of its obligations under the Loan Documents. All outstanding shares of
capital stock of Borrower are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable,
and were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal securities Laws,
except where the failure to so comply would not constitute a Material Adverse
Effect. Borrower is in substantial compliance with all Laws and other legal requirements
applicable to its business and has obtained all authorizations, consents, approvals, orders,
licenses and permits (collectively, “Authorizations”) from, and has accomplished all
filings, registrations and qualifications with, or obtained exemptions from any of the
foregoing from, any Governmental Agency that are necessary for the transaction of its
business, except where the failure so to obtain Authorizations, comply, file,
register, qualify or obtain exemptions does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	4.2	 	Authority; Compliance with Other Instruments and Government Regulations.
	 
	 	 	     The
execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower, and by each Guarantor Subsidiary of
Borrower, of the Loan Documents to which it is a Party, have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate or partnership action, and do not:

	 	(a)	 	require any consent or approval not heretofore obtained of any stockholder,
partner, security holder, or creditor of such Party;
	 
	 	(b)	 	violate or conflict with any provision of such Party’s charter, certificate or
articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate or articles of organization, operating
agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such
Party;
	 
	 	(c)	 	result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien or Right of Others
upon or with respect to any Property now owned or leased or hereafter acquired by such
Party;
	 
	 	(d)	 	constitute a “transfer of an interest” or an “obligation incurred” that is
avoidable by a trustee under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or
constitute a “fraudulent transfer” or “fraudulent obligation” within the meaning of the
Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act as enacted in any jurisdiction or any analogous Law;
	 
	 	(e)	 	violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Party; or
	 
	 	(f)	 	result in a breach of or constitute a default under, or cause or permit the
acceleration of any obligation owed under, any indenture or loan or credit agreement or
any other

-57-

 

	 	 	 	Contractual Obligation to which such Party or any of its Property is bound or
affected with respect to any obligation or obligations aggregating $50,000,000 or
more;

	 	 	and neither Borrower nor any Guarantor Subsidiary of Borrower is in violation of, or default
under, any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation, or any indenture, loan or credit
agreement described in Section 4.2(f) in any respect that would constitute a Material
Adverse Effect.
	 
	4.3	 	No Governmental Approvals Required.
	 
	 	 	     Except such as have heretofore been
obtained, no authorization, consent, approval, order, license or permit from, or filing,
registration, or qualification with, or exemption from any of the foregoing from, any
Governmental Agency is or will be required to authorize or permit the execution, delivery
and performance by Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary of Borrower of the Loan Documents to
which it is a Party.
	 
	4.4	 	Subsidiaries.

	 	(a)	 	Schedule 4.4 correctly sets forth the names, the form of legal entity
and jurisdictions of organization of all Subsidiaries of Borrower as of the Closing
Date and identifies each such Subsidiary that is a Consolidated Subsidiary, a
Significant Subsidiary, a Guarantor Subsidiary, a Foreign Subsidiary and a Financial
Subsidiary. As of the Closing Date, unless otherwise indicated in Schedule
4.4, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, or all of the units of equity
interest, as the case may be, of each Subsidiary indicated thereon are owned of record
and beneficially by Borrower or one of such Subsidiaries, and all such shares or equity
interests so owned were issued in compliance with all state and federal securities Laws
and are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (other
than with respect to required capital contributions to any joint venture in
accordance with customary terms and provisions of the related joint venture agreement),
except where the failure to so comply would not constitute a Material Adverse
Effect, and are free and clear of all Liens and Rights of Others, except for
Permitted Encumbrances and Permitted Rights of Others.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Each Significant Subsidiary that is a Consolidated Subsidiary is duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of
organization, is duly qualified to do business as a foreign organization and is in good
standing as such in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the
ownership or leasing of its Properties makes such qualification necessary
(except where the failure to be so duly qualified and in good standing does not
constitute a Material Adverse Effect) and has all requisite power and authority to
conduct its business, to own and lease its Properties and to execute, deliver and
perform the Loan Documents to which it is a Party.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Each Significant Subsidiary that is a Consolidated Subsidiary is in substantial
compliance with all Laws and other requirements applicable to its business and has
obtained all Authorizations from, and each such Significant Subsidiary has accomplished
all filings, registrations, and qualifications with, or obtained exemptions from any of
the foregoing from, any Governmental Agency that are necessary for the transaction of
its business, except where the failure so to obtain Authorizations, comply,
file, register, qualify or obtain exemptions does not constitute a Material Adverse
Effect.

	4.5	 	Financial Statements.

-58-

 

	 	 	     Borrower has furnished to each Bank the following financial statements:

	 	(a)	 	the audited consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its GAAP
Subsidiaries as at November 30, 2004 and for the Fiscal Year then ended; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its GAAP
Subsidiaries as at August 31, 2005 for the Fiscal Quarter then ended and for the
portion of the Fiscal Year ended with such Fiscal Quarter.

	 	 	The audited financial statements described in clause (a) are in accordance with the books
and records of Borrower and its GAAP Subsidiaries, were prepared in accordance with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied and fairly present in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied the
consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and its GAAP
Subsidiaries as at the date and for the period covered thereby. The unaudited financial
statements described in clause (b), are in accordance with the books and records of Borrower
and its GAAP Subsidiaries, were prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles consistently applied and fairly present in accordance with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles consistently applied the consolidated financial condition and results
of operation of Borrower and its GAAP Subsidiaries as at the date and for the period covered
thereby.
	 
	4.6	 	No Other Liabilities; No Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	 	 	Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries do not have any material liability or material contingent liability required by
GAAP to be reflected or disclosed in the financial statements or in the notes to the
financial statements described in Section 4.5, other than as reflected or
disclosed and liabilities and contingent liabilities arising in the ordinary course of
business subsequent to November 30, 2004. From November 30, 2004 to the Closing Date, no
event or circumstance has occurred that constitutes a Material Adverse Effect with respect
to Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
	 
	4.7	 	Title to Assets.

	 	(a)	 	Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries have good and valid title to all of
the assets reflected in the financial statements described in Section 4.5 as owned by
them or any of them (other than assets disposed of in the ordinary
course of business), free and clear of all Liens and Rights of Others other
than (i) those reflected or disclosed in the notes to the financial statements
described in Section 4.5, (ii) Liens or Rights of Others not required under Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied to be so reflected or disclosed,
(iii) Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.7, (iv) Permitted Rights of Others, and (v)
such existing Liens or Rights of Others as are described on Schedule 4.7
hereto.
	 
	 	(b)	 	The Borrower and its Borrowing Base Subsidiaries have good record and
marketable title in fee simple to all Developed Lots, Lots Under Development and Units
being constructed on Developed Lots included in the Borrowing Base (as set forth in the
Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant
to Section 8.1(a)(x)), except for defects in title that do not interfere in any
material respect with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to
utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

-59-

 

	4.8	 	Intangible Assets.
	 
	 	 	     Borrower and its Guarantor Subsidiaries own, or possess the
right to use, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, licenses and
other intangible assets that are necessary in the conduct of their businesses as operated,
and no such intangible asset, to the best knowledge of Borrower, conflicts with the valid
trademark, trade name, copyright, patent, patent right or intangible asset of any other
Person to the extent that such conflict would constitute a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	4.9	 	Existing Indebtedness and Contingent Guaranty Obligations.
	 
	 	 	     As of August 31,
2005, except as set forth in Schedule 4.9 or in the financial statements described
in Section 4.5, neither Borrower nor any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries has (a) any
Indebtedness owed to any Person or (b) outstanding any Contingent Guaranty Obligation with
respect to obligations of another Person that is not a Subsidiary of Borrower.
	 
	4.10	 	Governmental Regulation.
	 
	 	 	     Neither Borrower nor any of the Guarantor
Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935
or the Investment Company Act of 1940.
	 
	4.11	 	Litigation.
	 
	 	 	     There are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the
best knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or any Property of any of them before any Governmental Agency which would
constitute a Material Adverse Effect. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, there are no
investigations by any Governmental Agency pending or threatened against or affecting
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Property of any of them which would constitute a
Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	4.12	 	Binding Obligations.
	 
	 	 	     Each of the Loan Documents to which Borrower or any
Guarantor Subsidiary of Borrower is a Party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower or the Guarantor
Subsidiary, as the case may be, enforceable against Borrower or the Guarantor Subsidiary, as
the case may be, in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited
by Debtor Relief Laws or by equitable principles relating to the granting of specific
performance and other equitable remedies as a matter of judicial discretion.
	 
	4.13	 	No Default.
	 
	 	 	     No event has occurred and is continuing that is a Default or an
Event of Default.
	 
	4.14	 	Pension Plans.
	 
	 	 	     All contributions required to be made under any Pension Plan
maintained by Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates (or to which Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate contributes or is required to contribute) have been made or accrued in the most
recent balance sheet of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.

-60-

 

	4.15	 	Tax Liability.
	 
	 	 	     Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries have filed all tax
returns which are required to be filed, and have paid, or made provision for the payment of,
all taxes which have become due pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment
received by Borrower or any Consolidated Subsidiary, except (a) such taxes, if any,
as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (and with respect to which
Borrower or its Consolidated Subsidiary has established adequate reserves for the payment of
the same to the extent required by, and in accordance with, Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles), and (b) such taxes the failure of which to pay will not constitute a Material
Adverse Effect.
	 
	4.16	 	Regulation U.
	 
	 	 	     Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged (or
will engage), principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of
purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or extending credit for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying margin stock.
	 
	4.17	 	Environmental Matters.
	 
	 	 	     To the best knowledge of Borrower, Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries are in substantial compliance with all applicable Laws relating to
environmental protection where the failure to comply would constitute a Material Adverse
Effect. To the best knowledge of Borrower, neither Borrower nor any of its Consolidated
Subsidiaries has received any notice from any Governmental Agency respecting the alleged
violation by Borrower or any Consolidated Subsidiary of such Laws which would constitute a
Material Adverse Effect and which has not been or is not being corrected.
	 
	4.18	 	Disclosure.
	 
	 	 	     The information provided by Borrower to the Banks in connection
with this Agreement or any Loan, taken as a whole, has not contained any untrue statement of
a material fact and has not omitted a material fact necessary to make the statements
contained therein, taken as a whole, not misleading under the totality of the circumstances
existing at the date such information was provided and in the context in which it was
provided.
	 
	4.19	 	Projections.
	 
	 	 	     As of the Closing Date, the assumptions upon which the
Projections are based are reasonable and consistent with each other assumption and with all
facts known to Borrower and that the Projections are reasonably based on those assumptions.
Nothing in this Section 4.19 shall be construed as a representation or warranty as of any
date other than the Closing Date or that the Projections will in fact be achieved by
Borrower.
	 
	4.20	 	ERISA Compliance

	 	(a)	 	Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable
provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is
intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable
determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently
being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the
Borrower, nothing has occurred which

-61-

 

	 	 	 	would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Neither the Borrower nor
any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, or has sponsored within the past 10 years, a defined
benefit pension plan, or is a participant, or has participated within the past 10
years, in a Multiemployer Plan.
	 
	 	(b)	 	There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened
claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Agency, with respect to any
Plan that could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has
been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with
respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to
occur.

	4.21	 	Solvency.
	 
	 	 	     The Borrower and each Guarantor Subsidiary is and will be, after
giving effect to the making of the Loans and issuance of the Letters of Credit, Solvent.
	 
	4.22	 	Tax Shelter Regulations.
	 
	 	 	     The Borrower does not intend to treat the Loans or
Letters of Credit as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.6011-4). In the event the Borrower determines to take any action
inconsistent with such intention, it will promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof.
Accordingly, if the Borrower so notifies the Administrative Agent, the Borrower acknowledges
that one or more of the Banks may treat its Loans or its interest in Swing Line Loans or
Letters of Credit as part of a transaction that is subject to Treasury Regulation Section
301.6112-1, and such Bank or Banks, as applicable, will maintain the lists and other records
required by such Treasury Regulation.

-62-

 

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

(OTHER THAN INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS)

As long as any Loan remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains unpaid, or any portion of the
Commitment or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its
Consolidated Subsidiaries to, unless the Administrative Agent (with the approval of the Required
Banks) otherwise consents in writing:

	5.1	 	Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Liens.

     Pay and discharge promptly, all
taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or levies imposed upon Borrower or any of its
Consolidated Subsidiaries, upon their respective Property or any part thereof, upon their
respective income or profits or any part thereof, except any tax, assessment,
charge, or levy that is not yet past due, or is being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings, as long as Borrower or its Consolidated Subsidiary has established and
maintains adequate reserves for the payment of the same to the extent required by, and in
accordance with, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and by reason of such nonpayment
no material Property of Borrower or its Significant Subsidiaries is subject to a risk of
loss or forfeiture.

	5.2	 	Preservation of Existence.

     Preserve and maintain their respective existence,
licenses, rights, franchises, and privileges in the jurisdiction of their formation and all
authorizations, consents, approvals, orders, licenses, permits, or exemptions from, or
registrations with, any Governmental Agency that are necessary for the transaction of their
respective business, and qualify and remain qualified to transact business in each
jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary in view of their respective business
or the ownership or leasing of their respective Properties; provided that
(a) the failure to preserve and maintain any particular right, franchise, privilege,
authorization, consent, approval, order, license, permit, exemption, or registration, or to
qualify or remain qualified in any jurisdiction, that does not constitute a Material Adverse
Effect will not constitute a violation of this covenant, and (b) nothing in this Section 5.2
shall prevent any consolidation or merger or disposition of assets permitted by Section 6.3
or shall prevent the termination of the business or existence (corporate or otherwise) of
any Subsidiary of Borrower which in the reasonable judgment of the management of Borrower is
no longer necessary or desirable.

	5.3	 	Maintenance of Properties.

     Maintain, preserve and protect all of their respective
real Properties in good order and condition, subject to wear and tear in the ordinary course
of business and damage caused by the natural elements, and not permit any waste of their
respective real Properties, except that the failure to so maintain, preserve or
protect any particular real Property, or the permitting of waste on any particular real
Property, where such failure or waste with respect to all real Properties of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, would not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

	5.4	 	Maintenance of Insurance.

     Maintain insurance with responsible insurance
companies in such amounts and against such risks as in Borrower’s reasonable business
judgment is adequate in light of Borrower’s and its Consolidated Subsidiaries’ size,
business, assets and location of operations.

-63-

 

	5.5	 	Compliance with Laws.

     Comply with all Requirements of Laws noncompliance with
which would constitute a Material Adverse Effect, except that Borrower and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries need not comply with a Requirement of Law then being contested by
any of them in good faith by appropriate procedures, so long as such contest (or a bond or
surety posted in connection therewith) operates as a stay of enforcement of any material
penalty that would otherwise apply as a result of such failure to comply.

	5.6	 	Inspection Rights.

     At any time during regular business hours and as often as
reasonably requested (and, in any event, upon 24 hours’ prior notice), permit any Bank or
any appropriately designated employee, agent or representative thereof at the expense of
such Bank (unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) to
examine, audit and make copies and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and
to visit and inspect the Properties of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, and to
discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Borrower and such Subsidiaries with any of
their officers or employees; provided that none of the foregoing unreasonably
interferes with the normal business operations of Borrower or any of such Subsidiaries and
that the Banks shall engage in any such inspections on a cooperative basis, if there has
been no Default or Event of Default.

	5.7	 	Keeping of Records and Books of Account.

     Keep adequate records and books of
account fairly reflecting all financial transactions in conformity with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles applied on a consistent basis (except for changes concurred with by
Borrower’s independent certified public accountants) and all applicable requirements of any
Governmental Agency having jurisdiction over Borrower or any of its Consolidated
Subsidiaries.

	5.8	 	Use of Proceeds.

     Use the proceeds of all Loans solely for working capital,
Acquisitions permitted hereunder and other general corporate purposes of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries and not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

	5.9	 	Subsidiary Guaranty.

     Cause each of its Guarantor Subsidiaries hereafter formed,
acquired or qualifying as a Guarantor Subsidiary, to (a) execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent promptly following such formation, acquisition or qualification a
joinder of the Subsidiary Guaranty or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall
deem appropriate, and (b) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the
types referred to in clause (v) of Section 8.1(a) and, if requested by the Administrative
Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Guarantor Subsidiary (which shall cover, among
other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation
referred to in clause (a)), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.

-64-

 

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

As long as any Loan remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains unpaid, or any portion of the
Commitment or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding, Borrower shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries to, unless the Administrative Agent (with the approval of the
Required Banks) otherwise consents in writing:

	6.1	 	Payment or Prepayment of Subordinated Obligations.

	 	(a)	 	Make any payment with respect to any Subordinated Obligation in violation of
the provisions in the instruments governing such Subordinated Obligation; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	if a Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom:

	 	(i)	 	make an optional or unscheduled payment or prepayment of any
principal (including an optional or unscheduled sinking fund payment), interest
or any other amount with respect to any Subordinated Obligation; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	make a purchase or redemption of any Subordinated Obligation.

	6.2	 	[Intentionally Omitted].
	 
	6.3	 	Mergers and Sale of Assets.

     Merge or consolidate with or into any Person, or
sell a Material Amount of Assets to any Person, except, subject to Section 6.6:

	 	(a)	 	a merger of Borrower into a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower that has
nominal assets and liabilities, the primary purpose of which is to effect the
reincorporation of Borrower in another state;
	 
	 	(b)	 	mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary of Borrower into Borrower (with
Borrower as the surviving corporation) or into any other Subsidiary of Borrower,
provided that (i) the reduction in the proportionate share of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in the total assets of such resulting Subsidiary (after intercompany
eliminations) does not constitute a Material Amount of Assets and (ii) immediately
after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing;
	 
	 	(c)	 	mergers, consolidations, liquidations, or sales of all or substantially all of
the assets of a Subsidiary; provided that (i) any such transaction does not
involve a transfer by Borrower or its Consolidated Subsidiaries of a Material Amount of
Assets and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or
	 
	 	(d)	 	a merger or consolidation of Borrower with another Person if (i) no Change in
Control results therefrom, (ii) Borrower does not transfer a Material Amount of Assets
to one or more Persons in connection with the merger or consolidation and (iii)
immediately after

-65-

 

giving effect to such merger, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing.

	6.4	 	Investments and Acquisitions.

   Make any Acquisition, or enter into an agreement
to make any Acquisition, or make or suffer to exist any Investment, other
than:

	 	(a)	 	Investments in Cash or Cash Equivalents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	advances to officers, directors and employees of Borrower or its Subsidiaries
for travel, entertainment, housing expenses, relocation, stock option plans, or
otherwise in connection with their employment or the business of Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(c)	 	Investments of Borrower in any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries and Investments
of any Subsidiary of Borrower in Borrower or any of Borrower’s wholly-owned
Subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(d)	 	Acquisitions of or Investments in Persons engaged primarily in the same
businesses as Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or in a business reasonably related to
such businesses, including electronic commerce and similar activities related to real
estate;
	 
	 	(e)	 	Acquisitions of or Investments in the Borrower’s own capital stock;
	 
	 	(f)	 	Acquisitions of or Investments in Persons engaged primarily in businesses other
than those permitted by Sections 6.4(d), provided that the aggregate cost of
all such Acquisitions and Investments made in any fiscal year does not exceed
$100,000,000;
	 
	 	(g)	 	Investments in Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date or as otherwise
disclosed on Schedule 6.4;
	 
	 	(h)	 	Investments received in connection with the settlement of a bona fide dispute
with another Person;
	 
	 	(i)	 	Investments consisting of readily marketable securities actively traded on a
public exchange, provided that (i) the aggregate amount of any such Investments
at any one time does not exceed $100,000,000 and (ii) subject to Section 6.16 hereof,
the Borrower’s Investment in KB France shall be permitted for all purposes hereunder
and shall not be subject to the limitation set forth in clause (i) of this Section
6.4(i); and
	 
	 	(j)	 	Investments consisting of the extension of credit to suppliers in the ordinary
course of business and any Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction
thereof, provided that the aggregate amount of any such Investments at any one
time does not exceed $50,000,000;

but in all events, subject to the restrictions of Section 6.16.

	6.5	 	ERISA Compliance.

     Permit any Pension Plan maintained by Borrower or any of its
ERISA Affiliates (or to which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or is required to
contribute), other than a Multiemployer Plan, to incur any material “accumulated funding
deficiency,” as such term is

-66-

 

defined in Section 302 of ERISA, unless waived, or permit any Pension Plan maintained by any
of them to suffer a Termination Event or incur withdrawal liability under any Multiemployer
Plan if any of such events would result in a liability of Borrower or any ERISA affiliate
exceeding in the aggregate $50,000,000.

	6.6	 	Change in Business.

     Engage in any business other than the businesses as now
conducted by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and any business reasonably related to such
businesses, other than:

	 	(a)	 	businesses in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries have invested no more than
$50,000,000 in any Fiscal Year; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	as permitted pursuant to Section 6.4(f).

	6.7	 	Liens and Negative Pledges.

     Create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist, any Lien
of any nature upon or with respect to any of their respective Properties, whether now owned
or hereafter acquired, or enter or suffer to exist any Contractual Obligation wherein
Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries agrees not to grant any Lien on any of
their Properties, except:

	 	(a)	 	Liens and Contractual Obligations existing on the date hereof and described in
Schedule 4.7, provided that the obligations secured by such Liens are
not increased and that no such Lien extends to any Property of Borrower or any
Consolidated Subsidiary other than the Property subject to such Lien on the Closing
Date;
	 
	 	(b)	 	Liens on Property of any Financial Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary securing
Indebtedness of that Financial Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary;
	 
	 	(c)	 	Liens on Property securing Indebtedness of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
provided that the aggregate Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in
clause (b) above and clause (q) below) secured by all such Liens shall at no time
exceed $200,000,000;
	 
	 	(d)	 	Liens that may exist from time to time under the Loan Documents;
	 
	 	(e)	 	Liens consisting of a Capital Lease covering personal Property;
	 
	 	(f)	 	Permitted Encumbrances;
	 
	 	(g)	 	attachment, judgment and other similar Liens arising in connection with court
proceedings; provided that the execution or enforcement of such Lien is
effectively stayed and the claims secured thereby do not in the aggregate exceed
$50,000,000 and are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings timely
commenced and diligently prosecuted;
	 
	 	(h)	 	Liens existing on any asset of any Person at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such event;

-67-

 

	 	(i)	 	Liens on any asset of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or
consolidated with or into Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and not created in
contemplation of such event;
	 
	 	(j)	 	Liens existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries and not created in contemplation of such acquisition;
	 
	 	(k)	 	Liens arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any
Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses of this
Section, provided that such Indebtedness is not increased and is not secured by
additional assets;
	 
	 	(l)	 	Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which (i) do not secure
Indebtedness, (ii) do not secure any obligation in an amount exceeding $10,000,000
individually, or $50,000,000 in the aggregate, and (iii) do not in the aggregate
materially detract from the value of the assets covered by such Liens or materially
impair the use thereof in the operation of Borrower’s business;
	 
	 	(m)	 	Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section which
secure Indebtedness not exceeding $10,000,000 in the aggregate;
	 
	 	(n)	 	assessment district or similar Liens in connection with municipal financings;
	 
	 	(o)	 	a Contractual Obligation wherein Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries agrees to
grant any Lien on any of their Properties, if such Contractual Obligation provides for
the grant of a Lien on a pari passu basis in favor of the
Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Banks with respect to the Obligations and
in favor of the holders of such other Senior Indebtedness, if any, as the Borrower
designates (and Borrower shall, as soon as reasonably possible, provide to the Banks a
copy of any such Contractual Obligation);
	 
	 	(p)	 	Liens on Property of a Joint Venture;
	 
	 	(q)	 	Liens on Property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that secure
Non-Recourse Indebtedness to the seller of such Property incurred by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries upon acquisition of such Property; and
	 
	 	(r)	 	Liens on Property that secure any obligation of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries under any Profit and Participation Agreement.

For purposes of compliance with this Section: (x) in the event that any Lien meets the
criteria set forth in more than one of clauses (a) through (r) of this Section, Borrower, in
its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such Lien in any manner that complies with
this Section and such Lien shall be treated as having been permitted pursuant to only one of
the clauses of this Section; and (y) any Indebtedness secured by a Lien may be divided and
classified among more than one of the clauses of this Section.

	6.8	 	Transactions with Affiliates.

     Enter into any transaction of any kind with any
Affiliate of Borrower other than (a) a transaction that results in
Subordinated Obligations, (b) a transaction between or among Borrower and its wholly-owned
Subsidiaries, (c) a transaction that has been authorized by the board of directors of
Borrower with the favorable vote of a majority of the directors who have no financial

-68-

 

or other interest in the transaction or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares
of capital stock of Borrower, (d) a transaction entered into on terms and under conditions
not less favorable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries than could be obtained from a
Person that is not an Affiliate of Borrower, (e) salary, bonus, employee stock options and
other compensation arrangements and indemnification arrangements with directors or officers
or (f) transactions permitted by Sections 6.4 or 6.16.

	6.9	 	Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.

     Permit Consolidated Tangible Net Worth to be,
at the end of any Fiscal Quarter, less than an amount equal to (a) $1,731,507,000,
plus (b) an amount equal to 50% of aggregate of the cumulative Consolidated Net
Income for each Fiscal Quarter contained in the fiscal period commencing on September 1,
2005 and ending as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter (provided that there shall
be no reduction hereunder in the event of a consolidated net loss in any such Fiscal
Quarter), plus (c) an amount equal to 50% of the cumulative net proceeds received by
Borrower from the issuance of its capital stock subsequent to August 31, 2005.

	6.10	 	Consolidated Leverage Ratio.

     Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to be, at
the end of any Fiscal Quarter, greater than 2.00 to 1.00.

	6.11	 	Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio.

     Permit the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio to be, at the end of any Fiscal Quarter, less than 2.00 to 1.00.

	6.12	 	Distributions.

     Make any Distribution (other than a Distribution made to
Borrower or to a Guarantor Subsidiary) if an Event of Default then exists or if an Event of
Default or Default would result therefrom.

	6.13	 	Amendments.

     Amend, waive or terminate any provision in any instrument or
agreement governing Subordinated Obligations unless such amendment, waiver or
termination would not be materially adverse to the interests of the Banks under this
Agreement.

	6.14	 	[Intentionally Omitted].

	6.15	 	Inventory.

     Permit, as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter at which the Borrower
does not hold an Investment Grade Credit Rating, the book value of Domestic Unimproved Land
to exceed an amount equal to 100% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.

	6.16	 	Investment in Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures.

-69-

 

     Permit, as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, Borrower’s equity interest, computed in
accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied, in all
Subsidiaries of Borrower (other than Guarantor Subsidiaries), Financial
Subsidiaries, Foreign Subsidiaries, all Joint Ventures and all other entities with financial
statements not consolidated with those of Borrower under Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles consistently applied to exceed 35% of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth;
provided, however, that Borrower’s equity interest in KB France on the
Closing Date will be excluded for purposes of this Section 6.16. For purposes of this
Section 6.16, any increase in Borrower’s equity interest in KB France after the Closing Date
will be included only if such increase arises from further investment by Borrower in KB
France, and then only to the extent of such further investment.

	6.17	 	Senior Indebtedness Not to Exceed Borrowing Base.

     Permit, at any time at which
the Borrower does not hold an Investment Grade Credit Rating, the Senior Indebtedness at
such time to exceed the Borrowing Base (as set forth in the then most recent Borrowing Base
Certificate delivered hereunder by Borrower to the Administrative Agent).

	6.18	 	Maximum Speculative Units.

     Permit, at any time at which the Borrower does not
hold an Investment Grade Credit Rating, the total number of Speculative Units to exceed 40%
of the number of Units that were sold and conveyed to buyers during the previous 4 Fiscal
Quarters.

	6.19	 	Regulation U.

     Permit, any Loan hereunder to be used, whether directly or
indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin
stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock
or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

-70-

 

ARTICLE VII

INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

	7.1	 	Financial and Business Information of Borrower and Its Subsidiaries.

     As long as
any Loan remains unpaid or any other Obligation remains unpaid, or any portion of the
Commitment or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding, Borrower shall, unless the
Administrative Agent (with the approval of the Required Banks) otherwise consents in
writing, deliver to the Administrative Agent and each of the Banks (except as otherwise
provided below) at its own expense:

	 	(a)	 	As soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within 50 days after the close
of each Fiscal Quarter of Borrower (other than the fourth Fiscal Quarter), (i) the
consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Borrower and its GAAP Subsidiaries as
of the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding
figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter of the preceding Fiscal Year, if
available, and (ii) the consolidated and consolidating statements of profit and loss
and the consolidated statements of cash flows of Borrower and its GAAP Subsidiaries for
such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ended with such Fiscal
Quarter, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding periods of the preceding
Fiscal Year. Such consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and statements shall
be prepared in reasonable detail in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles consistently applied (other than those which require footnote disclosure of
certain matters), and shall be certified by the principal financial officer of
Borrower, subject to normal year-end accruals and audit adjustments;
	 
	 	(b)	 	As soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within 90 days after the close
of each Fiscal Year of Borrower, (i) the consolidated and consolidating (in accordance
with past practices of Borrower) balance sheets of Borrower and its GAAP Subsidiaries
as at the end of such Fiscal Year, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding
figures at the end of the preceding Fiscal Year and (ii) the consolidated and
consolidating (in accordance with past practices of Borrower) statements of profit and
loss and the consolidated statements of cash flows of Borrower and its GAAP
Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding
figures for the previous Fiscal Year. Such consolidated and consolidating balance
sheet and statements shall be prepared in reasonable detail in accordance with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied. Such consolidated
balance sheet and statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst &
Young llp or other independent certified public accountants of recognized
national standing selected by Borrower, which report and opinion shall state that the
examination of such consolidated financial statements by such accountants was made in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and that such consolidated
financial statements fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and
of cash flows of Borrower and its GAAP Subsidiaries subject to no exceptions as to
scope of audit and subject to no other exceptions or qualifications (other than changes
in accounting principles in which the auditors concur) unless such other exceptions or
qualifications are approved by the Required Banks in their reasonable discretion. Such
accountants’ report and opinion shall be accompanied by a certificate stating that, in
conducting the audit examination of books and records necessary for the certification
of such financial statements, such accountants have obtained no knowledge of any
Default or Event of Default hereunder or, if in the opinion of such accountants, any
such Default or Event of Default shall exist, stating the

-71-

 

nature and status of such event, and setting forth the applicable calculations under
Sections 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, 6.15 (without requiring any physical count of inventory),
6.16, 6.17 and 6.18 as of the date of the balance sheet. Such consolidating balance
sheet and statements shall be certified by a Responsible Official of Borrower;

	 	(c)	 	Promptly after the receipt thereof by Borrower, copies of any audit or
management reports submitted to it by independent accountants in connection with any
audit or interim audit submitted to the board of directors of Borrower or any of its
Consolidated Subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(d)	 	Promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or
financial statement or other report or communication sent to its stockholders, and
copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements
which Borrower may file or be required to file with the Commission or any similar or
corresponding Governmental Agency or with any securities exchange;
	 
	 	(e)	 	Promptly upon a Senior Officer of Borrower becoming aware, and in any event
within 10 Business Days after becoming aware, of the occurrence of any (i) “reportable
event” (as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) other than any such event as
to which the PBGC has by regulation waived the requirement of 30 days’ notice or (ii)
“prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code) in connection with any Pension Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan,
or any trust created thereunder, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what
action Borrower and any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto, and, when known, any action taken by the Internal Revenue Service
with respect thereto;
	 
	 	(f)	 	Promptly upon a Senior Officer of Borrower becoming aware, and in any event
within 5 Business Days after becoming aware, of the existence of a Default or an Event
of Default, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and
what action Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;
	 
	 	(g)	 	Promptly upon a Senior Officer of Borrower becoming aware, and in any event
within 5 Business Days after becoming aware, that the holder of any evidence of
Indebtedness (in a principal amount in excess of $50,000,000) of Borrower or any of its
Consolidated Subsidiaries has given notice or taken any other action with respect to a
default or event of default, a written notice specifying the notice given or action
taken by such holder and the nature of such default or event of default and what action
Borrower or its Consolidated Subsidiary is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto;
	 
	 	(h)	 	Promptly upon a Senior Officer of Borrower becoming aware, and in any event
within 5 Business Days after becoming aware, of the existence of any pending or
threatened litigation or any investigation by any Governmental Agency that would
constitute a Material Adverse Effect (provided, that no failure of a Senior
Officer to provide notice of any such event shall be the sole basis for any Default or
Event of Default hereunder);
	 
	 	(i)	 	[Intentionally Omitted];
	 
	 	(j)	 	As soon as reasonably possible, and in any event prior to the date that is 60
days after the commencement of each Fiscal Year, deliver to the Administrative Agent
the business plan of Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for that Fiscal Year,
together with

-72-

 

projections (in substantially the same format as the Projections) covering the next
2 Fiscal Years;

	 	(k)	 	Promptly following obtaining knowledge thereof by a Senior Officer of Borrower,
written notice to the Administrative Agent of (i) the inception or cessation of the
Investment Grade Credit Rating or (ii) any announcement by the Rating Agencies of any
change or possible change in a Debt Rating; and
	 
	 	(l)	 	Such other data and information as from time to time may be reasonably
requested by any of the Banks.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (i) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or both
will make available to the Banks and the Issuing Bank(s) materials or information provided
by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by
posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the
“Platform”) and (ii) certain of the Banks may be “public-side” Banks (i.e., Banks
that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or
its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees that so long
as the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are
registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any
such securities:

	 	(A)	 	all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public
Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum,
shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page
thereof;
	 
	 	(B)	 	by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be
deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Issuing
Bank(s) and the Banks to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any
material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities
for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws
(provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials
constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.12);
	 
	 	(C)	 	all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made
available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and
	 
	 	(D)	 	the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to
treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable
only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any
Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

	7.2	 	Compliance Certificate.

     Concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements described in Section 7.1(a) and (b), Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative
Agent and the Banks, at Borrower’s sole expense, a Compliance Certificate dated as of the
last day of the Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year, as the case may be:

-73-

 

	(a)	 	setting forth computations showing, in detail reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, whether Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries were in
compliance with their obligations to the Banks pursuant to Sections 6.9, 6.10, 6.11,
6.15, 6.16, 6.17 and 6.18;
	 
	(b)	 	certifying a sales report by geographical region, in the form attached to the
Compliance Certificate, setting forth the number of homes or other units sold and
delivered during such period and in backlog at the end of such period;
	 
	(c)	 	certifying an inventory report for such period in the form attached to the
Compliance Certificate, summarizing such inventory by type and geographical region;
	 
	(d)	 	reporting any change, as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter, in the listing
of Subsidiaries set forth in Schedule 4.4 (as the same may have been revised by
previous Compliance Certificates), including changes in Guarantor Subsidiaries;
	 
	(e)	 	either

	 	(i)	 	stating that to the best knowledge of the certifying officer as
of the date of such certificate there is no Default or Event of Default, or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if there is a Default or Event of Default as of the date of
such certificate, specifying all such Defaults or Events of Default and their
nature and status; and

	(f)	 	stating, to the best knowledge of the certifying officer, whether any event or
circumstance constituting a Material Adverse Effect (other than a Material Adverse
Effect which is not particular to the Borrower and which is generally known) has
occurred since the date of the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered under this
Section and, if so, describing such Material Adverse Effect in reasonable detail. No
failure of the certifying officer to describe the existence of an event or circumstance
constituting a Material Adverse Effect shall be the sole basis for any Default or Event
of Default hereunder.

-74-

 

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS

	8.1	 	Initial Advances, Etc.

     The obligation of each Bank to make the initial Advance
to be made by it and of the Issuing Bank(s) to issue the initial Letter of Credit are
subject to the following conditions precedent, each of which shall be satisfied prior to the
making of the initial Advances (unless all of the Banks, in their sole and absolute
discretion, shall agree otherwise):

	 	(a)	 	The Administrative Agent shall have received all of the following, each dated
as of the Closing Date (unless otherwise specified or unless the Administrative Agent
otherwise agrees) and all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent and each of the Banks:

	 	(i)	 	executed counterparts of this Agreement, sufficient in number
for distribution to the Banks and Borrower;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	a Note executed by Borrower in favor of each Bank, each in a
principal amount equal to that Bank’s Pro Rata Share of the Commitment.
Promptly following the Closing Date, the promissory notes delivered to the
Banks pursuant to the Prior Revolving Loan Agreement shall be canceled and
promptly returned to Borrower;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the Subsidiary Guaranty executed by each Subsidiary which is a
Guarantor Subsidiary as of the Closing Date;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	the Swing Line Documents, executed by Borrower;
	 
	 	(v)	 	with respect to Borrower and each Subsidiary which is a
Guarantor Subsidiary as of the Closing Date, such documentation as the
Administrative Agent may reasonably require to establish the due organization,
valid existence and good standing of Borrower and each such Subsidiary, its
qualification to engage in business in each jurisdiction in which it is
required to be so qualified, its authority to execute, deliver and perform any
Loan Documents to which it is a Party, and the identity, authority and capacity
of each Responsible Official thereof authorized to act on its behalf,
including certified copies of articles of incorporation and amendments
thereto, bylaws and amendments thereto, certificates of good standing or
qualification to engage in business, tax clearance certificates, certificates
of corporate resolutions, incumbency certificates, and the like;
	 
	 	(vi)	 	the Opinions of Counsel;
	 
	 	(vii)	 	an Officer’s Certificate of Borrower affirming, to the best
knowledge of the certifying Senior Officer, that the conditions set forth in
Sections 8.1(c) and 8.1(d) have been satisfied;
	 
	 	(viii)	 	[Intentionally omitted];

-75-

 

	 	(ix)	 	a payoff letter executed by the Borrower directing payment of
the Prior Revolving Loan Agreement, with such other provisions as may be
reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent;
	 
	 	(x)	 	a Borrowing Base Certificate calculated as of the last day of
the Fiscal Quarter ending on August 31, 2005, showing the Borrower to be in
compliance with Section 6.17 after giving effect to the Loans made and Letters
of Credit issued on the Closing Date;
	 
	 	(xi)	 	the financial statements described in Section 4.5;
	 
	 	(xii)	 	a Compliance Certificate calculated as of the last day of the
Fiscal Quarter ending on August 31, 2005; and
	 
	 	(xiii)	 	such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions relevant
hereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

	 	(b)	 	All fees then payable under the letter agreements referred to in Section 3.3
shall have been paid, and all fees payable pursuant to Section 3.17 have been paid.
	 
	 	(c)	 	The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in Article IV
shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries and any other Parties shall be in
compliance with all the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, and at and after
giving effect to the initial Advance, no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing.

	8.2	 	Any Advance.

     The obligations of the Banks to make any Advance are subject to
the following conditions precedent:

	 	(a)	 	the Administrative Agent shall have received a Loan Notice;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the representations and warranties contained in Article IV
(other than the representations and warranties contained in Sections
4.4(a), 4.6, 4.9, 4.18 and 4.19) shall be true and correct in all material respects on
and as of the date of the Loan as though made on and as of that date (except that the
financial statements referred to in Section 4.5(a) shall be deemed to refer to the most
recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(b) and the financial statements
referred to in Section 4.5(b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements
furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a)) and no event or circumstance that constitutes a
Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred and be continuing since the date as of
which the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 7.2 is
dated;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Administrative Agent shall have received such other information relating to
any matters which are the subject of Section 8.2(b) or the compliance by Borrower with
this Agreement as may reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent on behalf of
a Bank; and

-76-

 

	 	(d)	 	at and after giving effect to such Advance, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Loan Notice (or Swing Line Loan Notice) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be
a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in this Section have been
satisfied on and as of the date of the Loan requested thereby.

	8.3	 	Any Letter of Credit.

     The obligations of an Issuing Bank to issue, renew or
increase any Letter of Credit are subject to the following conditions precedent:

	 	(a)	 	the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank shall have received a Request for
Letter of Credit;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the representations and warranties contained in Article IV
(other than the representations and warranties contained in Sections
4.4(a), 4.6, 4.9, 4.18 and 4.19) shall be true and correct in all material respects on
and as of the date of the issuance of the Letter of Credit as though made on and as of
that date (except that the financial statements referred to in Section 4.5(a) shall be
deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(b) and
the financial statements referred to in Section 4.5(b) shall be deemed to refer to the
most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a)) and no event or
circumstance that constitutes a Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred and be
continuing since the date as of which the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered
pursuant to Section 7.2 is dated;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Administrative Agent shall have received such other information relating to
any matters which are the subject of Section 8.3(b) or the compliance by Borrower with
this Agreement as may reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent on behalf of
a Bank; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	at and after giving effect to the issuance, renewal or increase of such Letter
of Credit, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Request for Letter of Credit submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a
representation and warranty that the conditions specified in this Section have been
satisfied on and as of the date of the issuance of the Letter of Credit requested thereby.

-77-

 

ARTICLE IX

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENTS OF DEFAULT

	9.1	 	Events of Default.

     There will be a default hereunder if any one or more of the
following events (“Events of Default”) occurs and is continuing, whatever the reason
therefor:

	 	(a)	 	failure to pay any installment of principal on any of the Notes or a Swing Line
note on the date, or any payment in respect of a Letter of Credit pursuant to Section
2.5, when due; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	failure to pay any installment of interest on any of the Notes, or to pay any
fee or other amounts due the Administrative Agent or any Bank hereunder, within 5
Business Days after the date when due; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	any failure to comply with Sections 6.1, 6.3, 6.4 (with respect to
Acquisitions), 6.7, 6.10, 6.11, 6.17 or 7.1(f); or
	 
	 	(d)	 	any failure to comply with Sections 2.8(a), 5.8, 5.9, 6.4 (with respect to
Investments), 6.8, 6.9, 6.15, 6.16 or 6.18 that remains unremedied for a period of 15
calendar days after notice by the Administrative Agent of such Default or 20 calendar
days after a Senior Officer becomes aware of such Default, whichever occurs first; or
	 
	 	(e)	 	Borrower or any other Party fails to perform or observe any other term,
covenant, or agreement contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or
observed within 30 calendar days after notice by the Administrative Agent of such
Default; or
	 
	 	(f)	 	any representation or warranty in any Loan Document or in any certificate,
agreement, instrument, or other document made or deemed made or delivered, on or after
the Closing Date, pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document proves to have
been incorrect when made in any respect material to the ability of Borrower to duly and
punctually perform all of the Obligations; or
	 
	 	(g)	 	Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries which is also a Consolidated
Subsidiary (i) fails to pay the principal, or any principal installment, of any present
or future Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, or any
guaranty of present or future Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse
Indebtedness)) on its part to be paid, when due (or within any stated grace period),
whether at the stated maturity, upon acceleration, by reason of required prepayment or
otherwise in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate or (ii) fails to perform or observe
any other material term, covenant, or agreement on its part to be performed or
observed, or suffers to exist any condition, in connection with any present or future
Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, or any guaranty of
present or future Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness)),
in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate, if as a result of such failure or such
condition any holder or holders thereof (or an agent or trustee on its or their behalf)
has the right to declare it due before the date on which it otherwise would become due
or has the right to cause a demand such that such Indebtedness be repurchased, prepaid,
defeased or redeemed; or
	 
	 	(h)	 	any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any
reason other than the agreement of all the Banks or satisfaction in full of all the
Obligations, ceases to

-78-

 

be in full force and effect or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to
be null and void, invalid, or unenforceable in any respect which is, in the
reasonable opinion of the Required Banks, materially adverse to the interest of the
Banks; or

	 	(i)	 	a final judgment (or judgments) against Borrower or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries which is also a Consolidated Subsidiary is entered for the payment of
money in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate over the amount of any insurance
proceeds reasonably expected to be received and remains unsatisfied without procurement
of a stay of execution within 30 calendar days after the issuance of any writ of
execution or similar legal process or the date of entry of judgment, whichever is
earlier, or in any event at least 5 calendar days prior to the sale of any assets
pursuant to such legal process; or
	 
	 	(j)	 	Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary of Borrower which is also a Consolidated
Subsidiary institutes or consents to any proceeding under a Debtor Relief Law relating
to it or to all or any part of its Property, or fails generally, or admits in writing
its inability, to pay its debts as they mature, or makes a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver,
trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, or similar officer for it
or for all or any part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian,
conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, or similar officer is appointed without the
application or consent of that Person and the appointment continues undischarged or
unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating
to any such Person or to all or any part of its Property is instituted without the
consent of that Person, and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or
	 
	 	(k)	 	the occurrence of a Termination Event with respect to any Pension Plan if the
aggregate liability of Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates under ERISA as a result
thereof exceeds $50,000,000; or the complete or partial withdrawal by Borrower or any
of its ERISA Affiliates from any Multiemployer Plan if the aggregate liability of
Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates as a result thereof exceeds $50,000,000; or
	 
	 	(l)	 	any determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that payment of
principal or interest or both is due to the holder of any Subordinated Obligations
which would not be permitted by Section 6.1 or that any Subordinated Obligation is not
subordinated in accordance with its terms to the Obligations.

	9.2	 	Remedies Upon Event of Default.

     Without limiting any other rights or remedies
of the Administrative Agent or the Banks provided for elsewhere in this Agreement or the
Loan Documents, or by applicable Law or in equity, or otherwise:

	 	(a)	 	Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, and so long as any such Event of
Default shall be continuing (other than an Event of Default described
in Section 9.1(j) with respect to Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary):

	 	(i)	 	all commitments to make Advances or issue Letters of Credit,
and all other obligations of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the
Banks shall be suspended without notice to or demand upon Borrower, which are
expressly waived by Borrower, except that the Required Banks (or
greater number, if so required) may waive the Event of Default or, without
waiving, determine, upon

-79-

 

terms and conditions satisfactory to the Required Banks (or greater number,
if so required), to reinstate the Commitment and make further Advances or
issue Letters of Credit, which waiver or determination shall apply equally
to, and shall be binding upon, all the Banks; and

	 	(ii)	 	the Required Banks may request the Administrative Agent to, and
the Administrative Agent thereupon shall:

	 	(A)	 	declare the unpaid principal of all Obligations
due to the Banks hereunder and under the Notes, an amount equal to the
Letter of Credit Usage, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and
all other amounts payable to the Banks under the Loan Documents to be
forthwith due and payable, whereupon the same shall become and be
forthwith due and payable, without protest, presentment, notice of
dishonor, demand, or further notice of any kind, all of which are
expressly waived by Borrower; provided that the Administrative
Agent shall notify Borrower (by telecopy and, if practicable, by
telephone) substantially concurrently with any such acceleration (but
the failure of Borrower to receive such notice shall not affect such
acceleration); provided further, that all commitments
to make Advances or issue Letters of Credit, and all other obligations
of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Banks under the
Loan Documents shall terminate concurrently with such acceleration; and
	 
	 	(B)	 	apply cash collateral or make drawings under
irrevocable standby letters of credit delivered pursuant to Section
2.5(g).

	 	(b)	 	Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 9.1(j) with
respect to Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary:

	 	(i)	 	all commitments to make Advances or issue Letters of Credit,
and all other obligations of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the
Banks under the Loan Documents shall terminate without notice to or demand upon
Borrower, which are expressly waived by Borrower; and

	 	(ii)	 	(A) the unpaid principal of all Obligations due to the Banks
hereunder and under the Notes, an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Usage
and all interest accrued and unpaid on such Obligations, and all other amounts
payable under the Loan Documents shall be forthwith due and payable, without
protest, presentment, notice of dishonor, demand, or further notice of any
kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower; and (B) the Administrative
Agent may apply cash collateral or make drawings under irrevocable standby
letters of credit delivered pursuant to Section 2.5(g).

	 	(c)	 	So long as any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, any amounts received
by the Administrative Agent in respect of the Letter of Credit Usage pursuant to
Section 9.2(a)(ii) or 9.2(b)(ii) may be held as cash collateral for the obligation of
Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Banks in event of any drawing under any Letter of
Credit (and Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the
Issuing Banks and the Banks a security interest in such cash collateral). In the event
any Letter of Credit in respect of which Borrower has deposited cash collateral with
the

-80-

 

Administrative Agent is canceled or expires, the cash collateral shall be applied
first to the reimbursement of the Issuing Banks (or all of the Banks, as the
case may be) for any drawings thereunder, and second to the payment of any
outstanding Obligations of Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

	 	(d)	 	Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Banks and the Administrative
Agent, or any of them, may proceed to protect, exercise, and enforce their rights and
remedies under the Loan Documents against Borrower or any other Party and such other
rights and remedies as are provided by Law or equity, without notice to or demand upon
Borrower (which are expressly waived by Borrower) except to the extent required
by applicable Laws. The order and manner in which the rights and remedies of the Banks
under the Loan Documents and otherwise are exercised shall be determined by the
Required Banks.

	 	(e)	 	All payments received by the Administrative Agent and the Banks, or any of
them, after the acceleration of the maturity of the Loans or after the Maturity Date
shall be applied first to the costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) of the
Administrative Agent, acting as Administrative Agent, and of the Banks and thereafter
paid pro rata to the Banks in the same proportion that the aggregate of the unpaid
principal amount owing on the Obligations of Borrower to each Bank, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, bears to the aggregate of the unpaid principal amount owing on
all the Obligations, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Regardless of how each
Bank may treat the payments for the purpose of its own accounting, for the purpose of
computing Borrower’s Obligations, the payments shall be applied first, to the
costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent, acting as Administrative Agent, and the
Banks as set forth above, second, to the payment of accrued and unpaid fees
hereunder and interest on all Obligations to the Banks, to and including the date of
such application (ratably according to the accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans),
third, to the ratable payment of the unpaid principal of all Obligations to the
Banks, and fourth, to the payment of all other amounts then owing to the
Administrative Agent or the Banks under the Loan Documents. Subject to Section
9.2(a)(i), no application of the payments will cure any Event of Default or prevent
acceleration, or continued acceleration, of amounts payable under the Loan Documents or
prevent the exercise, or continued exercise, of rights or remedies of the Banks
hereunder or under applicable Law unless all amounts then due (whether by acceleration
or otherwise) have been paid in full.

-81-

 

ARTICLE X

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

	10.1	 	Appointment and Authorization.

	 	(a)	 	Each Bank hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the
Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this
Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such
duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any
other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or
responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative
Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Bank or
participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations
or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan
Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any
fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of
any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom,
and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between
independent contracting parties.
	 
	 	(b)	 	An Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Banks with respect to any Letters of
Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and such Issuing Bank shall
have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in
this Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such
Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued
by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such
Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this
Article X and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such Issuing
Bank with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein
with respect to such Issuing Bank.

	10.2	 	Delegation of Duties.

     The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or
experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall
not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it
selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

	10.3	 	Liability of Administrative Agent.

     No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable
for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its
own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth
herein, and with respect to the Borrower, except as set forth in Sections 2.5(e) and 2.5(f)
and for any failure to comply with Section 11.12), or (b) be responsible in any manner to
any Bank or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any
Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan

-82-

 

Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided
for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement
or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or
sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of any Party or
any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No
Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Bank or participant to ascertain
or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or
conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties,
books or records of any Party or any Affiliate thereof.

	10.4	 	Reliance by Administrative Agent.

	 	(a)	 	The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully
protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution,
representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile,
telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or
conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or
made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel
(including counsel to any Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by
the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing
or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive
such advice or concurrence of the Required Banks as it deems appropriate and, if it so
requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Banks against any
and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or
continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be
fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Banks (or
such greater number of Banks as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and
such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding
upon all the Banks.
	 
	 	(b)	 	For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section
8.1, each Bank that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to,
approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required
thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Bank
unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Bank prior to the
proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

	10.5	 	Notice of Default.

     The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with
respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to
the Administrative Agent for the account of the Banks, unless the Administrative Agent shall
have received written notice from a Bank or the Borrower referring to this Agreement,
describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of
default.” The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Banks of its receipt of any
such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default
or Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Banks in accordance with Article
IX; provided, however, that unless and until the Administrative Agent
has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated
to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or
Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Banks.

-83-

 

	10.6	 	Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Administrative Agent.

     Each Bank
acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and
that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and
acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Party or any Affiliate thereof,
shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to
any Bank as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material
information in their possession. Each Bank represents to the Administrative Agent that it
has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such
documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all
applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby,
and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower
hereunder. Each Bank also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon
any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions
in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to
make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the
Borrower and the other Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly
required to be furnished to the Banks by the Administrative Agent herein, the Administrative
Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Bank with any credit or other
information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other
condition or creditworthiness of any of the Parties or any of their respective Affiliates
which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

	10.7	 	Indemnification of Administrative Agent.

     Whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Banks shall, ratably in accordance with their
respective Pro Rata Shares, indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent
not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Party and without limiting the obligation of any Party
to do so), and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all
Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided, however, that no Bank
shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such
Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a final, nonappealable judgment by a
court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross
negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that no action taken in
accordance with the directions of the Required Banks (or greater number, if so required)
shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this
Section. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Bank shall reimburse the Administrative
Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including
Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation,
execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through
negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or
responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document
contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not
reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower. The undertaking in this
Section shall survive termination of the Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations
and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

	10.8	 	Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity.

-84-

 

     The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit
for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage
in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each
of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though the Administrative Agent were
not the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank hereunder and without notice to or consent
of the Banks. The Banks acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, the Administrative
Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Party or its Affiliates
(including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such
Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no
obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, the
Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other
Bank and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent
or an Issuing Bank, and the terms “Bank” and “Banks” include the Administrative Agent in its
individual capacity.

	10.9	 	Successor Administrative Agent.

     The Administrative Agent may resign as
Administrative Agent upon 60 days’ notice to the Banks. If the Administrative Agent resigns
under this Agreement, the Required Banks shall appoint from among the Banks a successor
administrative agent for the Banks, which successor administrative agent shall be consented
to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default
(which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no
successor administrative agent is appointed 15 days prior to the effective date of the
resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after
consulting with the Banks and the Borrower, a successor administrative agent from among the
Banks. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor administrative agent hereunder,
the Person acting as such successor administrative agent shall succeed to all the rights,
powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent”
shall mean such successor administrative agent and the retiring Administrative Agent’s
appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After any
retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the
provisions of this Article X and Sections 11.3 and 11.10 shall inure to its benefit
as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under
this Agreement. If no successor administrative agent has accepted appointment as
Administrative Agent by the date which is 60 days following a retiring Administrative
Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall
nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Banks shall perform all of the duties of the
Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Banks appoint a
successor agent as provided for above. In addition, upon a good faith, written allegation
by the Required Banks that the Administrative Agent has committed an act of gross negligence
or willful misconduct, which written allegation sets forth the specifics of such alleged
gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Required Banks may remove the Administrative
Agent by giving written notice to the Administrative Agent to that effect to be effective on
such date as the Required Banks designate, provided however that no such
removal shall be effective until Required Banks have appointed a Bank, and such Bank has
accepted its appointment as, successor administrative agent, which successor administrative
agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of
an Event of Default (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed).

	10.10	 	Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

     In case of the pendency of any
receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any

-85-

 

Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or other
Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise
and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the
Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

	 	(a)	 	to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest
owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and
unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Banks and the
Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due
the Banks and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.5, 3.2 and 11.3) allowed in
such judicial proceeding; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on
any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar
official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Bank to make such
payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall
consent to the making of such payments directly to the Banks, to pay to the Administrative
Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Administrative Agent under Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 11.3.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize
or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Bank any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Bank
or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Bank in any
such proceeding.

	10.11	 	Guaranty Matters.

     The Banks irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent,
at its option and in its discretion, to release any Guarantor Subsidiary from its
obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a
result of a transaction permitted hereunder. Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any
time, the Required Banks will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to
release any Guarantor Subsidiary from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty pursuant
to this Section 10.11.

	10.12	 	Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers.

     None of the Banks or other Persons
identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,”
“documentation agent,” “senior managing agent,” “managing agent,” “co-agent,” “joint book
manager”, “sole book manager,” “lead manager,” “joint lead arranger”, “sole lead arranger,”
“arranger” or “co-arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability,
responsibility or duty under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents other than,
in the case of such Banks, those applicable to all Banks as such. Without limiting the
foregoing, none of the Banks or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have
any fiduciary relationship with any Bank. Each Bank acknowledges that it has not relied,
and will not rely, on any of the Banks or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter
into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

-86-

 

	10.13	 	Defaulting Banks.

     If for any reason any Bank wrongfully (in violation of this
Agreement) fails or refuses to timely make any Advance required of it, or otherwise defaults
on any of its material obligations under this Agreement, and fails to cure its default
within 5 Business Days of receiving notice of its failure to perform (such Bank being a
“Defaulting Bank”), then in addition to the rights and remedies that may be
available to the Administrative Agent and the Banks at law or in equity, the Defaulting
Bank’s right to participate in the Loan and the Agreement will be suspended during the
pendency of the Defaulting Bank’s uncured default, and (without limiting the foregoing) the
Administrative Agent may (or at the direction of the Required Banks, shall) withhold from
the Defaulting Bank any interest payments, fees, principal payments or other sums otherwise
payable to such Defaulting Bank under the Loan Documents until such default of such
Defaulting Bank has been cured. Each non-defaulting Bank will have the right, but not the
obligation, in its sole discretion, to acquire at par a proportionate share (based on the
ratio of its Pro Rata Share of the Commitment to the aggregate amount of the Pro Rata Shares
of the Commitments of all of the non-defaulting Banks that elect to acquire a share of the
Defaulting Bank’s Pro Rata Share of the Commitment) of the Defaulting Bank’s Pro Rata Share
of the Commitment, including its proportionate share in the outstanding principal balance of
the Loans. The Defaulting Bank will pay and protect, defend and indemnify the
Administrative Agent and each of the other Banks against, and hold the Administrative Agent,
and each of the other Banks harmless from, all claims, actions, proceedings, liabilities,
damages, losses, and expenses (including Attorney Costs, and interest at the Base Rate plus
2.0% per annum for the funds advanced by the Administrative Agent or any Banks on account of
the Defaulting Bank) they may sustain or incur by reason of or in consequence of the
Defaulting Bank’s failure or refusal to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.
The Administrative Agent may set off against payments due to the Defaulting Bank for the
claims of the Administrative Agent and the other Banks against the Defaulting Bank. The
exercise of these remedies will not reduce, diminish or liquidate the Defaulting Bank’s Pro
Rata Share of the Commitment (except to the extent that part or all of such Pro Rata Share
of the Commitment is acquired by the other Banks as specified above) or its obligations to
share losses and reimbursement for costs, liabilities and expenses under this Agreement.
This indemnification will survive the payment and satisfaction of all of the Borrower’s
obligations and liabilities to the Banks. The foregoing provisions of this Section 10.13
are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Banks, and may not be
enforced or relied upon by the Borrower.

	10.14	 	No Obligations of Borrower.

     Nothing contained in this Article X shall
be deemed to impose upon Borrower any obligation in respect of the due and punctual
performance by the Administrative Agent of its obligations to the Banks under any provision
of this Agreement, and Borrower shall have no liability to the Administrative Agent or any
of the Banks in respect of any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Bank to perform
any of its obligations to the Administrative Agent or the Banks under this Agreement.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, where any provision of this Agreement
relating to the payment of any amounts due and owing under the Loan Documents provides that
such payments shall be made by Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the account of the
Banks, Borrower’s obligations to the Banks in respect of such payments shall be deemed to be
satisfied upon the making of such payments to the Administrative Agent in the manner
provided by this Agreement.

-87-

 

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

	11.1	 	Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver.

     The rights, powers, and remedies of the
Administrative Agent or any Bank provided herein or in any Note or other Loan Document are
cumulative and not exclusive of any right, power, or remedy provided by law or equity. No
failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Bank in exercising any
right, power, or remedy may be, or may be deemed to be, a waiver thereof; nor may any single
or partial exercise of any right, power, or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of
any other right, power, or remedy. The terms and conditions of Sections 8.1, 8.2, and 8.3
hereof are inserted for the sole benefit of the Banks and the Administrative Agent may (with
the approval of the Required Banks) waive them in whole or in part with or without terms or
conditions in respect of any Loan, without prejudicing the Banks’ rights to assert them in
whole or in part in respect of any other Loans.

	11.2	 	Amendments; Consents.

     No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by Borrower or any
other Party therefrom, may in any event be effective unless in writing signed by the
Administrative Agent with the approval of the Required Banks and Borrower, and then only in
the specific instance and for the specific purpose given; and without the approval in
writing of all of the affected Banks, no amendment, waiver or consent may be effective:

	 	(a)	 	to amend or modify the principal of, or the amount of principal or principal
prepayments payable on any Obligation, to increase the Exposure of any Bank without the
consent of that Bank, to decrease the rate of any interest or fee payable to any Bank
without the consent of that Bank, or to reduce or waive any interest or other amount
payable to any Bank without the consent of that Bank;
	 
	 	(b)	 	to postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, prepayment of
principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Obligation owing to a Bank or any
installment of any fee owing to a Bank, or to extend the term of the Commitment (except
as provided in Section 2.9);
	 
	 	(c)	 	to amend or modify the provisions of the definitions in Section 1.1 of
“Required Banks” or of Sections 11.2, 11.9, 11.10, or 11.11, or any provision providing
for the ratable or pro rata treatment of the Banks;
	 
	 	(d)	 	release any Guarantor Subsidiary from liability under the Subsidiary Guaranty
(except as provided below); or
	 
	 	(e)	 	to amend or modify any provision of this Agreement or the Loan Documents that
expressly requires the consent or approval of all the Banks.

Any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to this Section 11.2 shall apply equally to, and
shall be binding upon, all the Banks and the Administrative Agent. Any amendment, waiver or
consent pursuant to this Section 11.2 that permits the sale or other transfer of the capital
stock of (or all or substantially all of the assets of) a Guarantor Subsidiary shall
automatically release the Guarantor Subsidiary effective concurrently with such sale or
other transfer.

-88-

 

	11.3	 	Costs, Expenses and Taxes.

     Borrower shall pay within 30 days after demand
(which demand shall be accompanied by an invoice in reasonable detail) the reasonable actual
out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and BAS in connection with (a)
the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, arrangement, syndication and closing of
the Loan Documents, (b) administration of the Loan Documents and (c) any amendment, waiver
or modification of the Loan Documents. Borrower shall pay within 30 days after demand the
reasonable actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and each of
the Banks in connection with the enforcement of any Loan Documents following the occurrence
of a Default or an Event of Default, including in connection with any refinancing,
restructuring, reorganization (including a bankruptcy reorganization, if such payment is
approved by the bankruptcy court or any similar proceeding). The costs and expenses
referred to in the first sentence above (for which Borrower shall be liable solely with
respect to costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and BAS) and the second sentence
above (which shall apply to costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Banks)
shall include filing fees, recording fees, title insurance fees, appraisal fees, search
fees, and other out-of-pocket expenses and Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent, BAS
or any of the Banks, as the case may be, or independent public accountants and other outside
experts retained by the Administrative Agent (provided that (i) Borrower shall not
be liable under this Section 11.3 for fees and expenses of more than one firm of independent
public accountants, or more than one expert with respect to a specific subject matter, at
any one time and (ii) with respect to the costs and expenses referred to in the second
sentence above (pertaining to enforcement matters), Borrower shall not be liable for the
fees and expenses of more than one firm of outside legal counsel retained to represent the
Administrative Agent and the Banks, but if any of such parties does not consent to such
joint representation, Borrower shall be liable for the fees and expenses of not more than
one firm of outside legal counsel retained to represent the Administrative Agent and also
for not more than one additional firm of outside legal counsel retained to otherwise
represent one or more of the Banks). Nothing herein shall obligate Borrower to pay any
costs and expenses in connection with an assignment of or participation in a Bank’s Pro Rata
Share of a Commitment. Borrower shall pay any and all documentary and transfer taxes,
assessments or charges made by any Governmental Agency and all reasonable actual costs,
expenses, fees, and charges of Persons (other than the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers
or the Banks) payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution,
delivery, filing or recording of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other
instrument or writing to be delivered hereunder or thereunder, and shall reimburse, hold
harmless, and indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Arranger, each Bank and each
Participant from and against any and all loss, liability, or legal or other expense with
respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or failure to pay any such tax, cost,
expense, fee, or charge or that any of them may suffer or incur by reason of the failure of
Borrower to perform any of its Obligations. Any amount payable to the Administrative Agent,
any Arranger, any Bank or any Participant under this Section 11.3 shall bear interest from
the date which is 30 days after Borrower’s receipt of demand (together with reasonable
supporting documentation) for payment at the rate then in effect for Base Rate Loans.

	11.4	 	Nature of Banks’ Obligations.

     Nothing contained in this Agreement or any other
Loan Document and no action taken by the Administrative Agent or the Banks or any of them
pursuant hereto or thereto may, or may be deemed to, make the Banks a partnership, an
association, a joint venture, or other entity, either among themselves or with Borrower.
The obligations of the Banks hereunder to make Advances and to fund participations in
Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint or

-89-

 

joint and several. The failure of any Bank to make any Advance or to fund any such
participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Bank of its
corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Bank shall be responsible for the
failure of any other Bank to so make its Advance or purchase its participation.

	11.5	 	Survival of Representations and Warranties.

     All representations and warranties
made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or
thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery
hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by
the Administrative Agent and each Bank, regardless of any investigation made by the
Administrative Agent or any Bank or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the
Administrative Agent or any Bank may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time
of the making of any Advance or the issuance of any Letter of Credit, and shall continue in
full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain
unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

	11.6	 	Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.

	 	(a)	 	Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other
communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in
Section 11.6(b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall
be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by
certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and
other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be
made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

	 	(i)	 	if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank
or the Swing Line Bank, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail
address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.6; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if to any other Bank, to the address, telecopier number,
electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative
Questionnaire.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon
the earlier to occur of (x) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (y) (A)
if sent by hand or overnight courier service, when signed for by or on behalf of the
relevant party hereto, (B) if mailed by certified or registered mail, 4 Business
Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid or (C) if sent by telecopier, when
sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient,
shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business
day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the
extent provided in Section 11.6(b) below, shall be effective as provided in Section
11.6(b).

	 	(b)	 	Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the
Banks and the Issuing Bank(s) hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic
communication (including e mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to
procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not
apply to notices to any Bank or the Issuing Bank(s) pursuant to Article II if
such Bank or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent
that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic
communication. The Administrative Agent or the

-90-

 

Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to
it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it,
provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or
communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes,

	 	(i)	 	notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address
shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from
the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as
available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if
such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours
of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been
sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet
website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended
recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of
notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the
website address therefor.

	 	(c)	 	The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.”
THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE
BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY
FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR
OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER
MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its
Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the
Borrower, any Bank, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising
out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials
through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final
and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event
shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Borrower, any Bank, any Issuing Bank or
any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages
(as opposed to direct or actual damages).
	 
	 	(d)	 	Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Bank(s) and the Swing Line Bank may change its address, telecopier
or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the
other parties hereto. Each other Bank may change its address, telecopier or telephone
number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank(s) and the Swing Line Bank. In addition, each
Bank agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the
Administrative Agent has on record

-91-

 

	 	(i)	 	an effective address, contact name, telephone number,
telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other
communications may be sent and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	accurate wire instructions for such Bank.

	 	(e)	 	Reliance by Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank(s) and Banks. The
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank(s) and the Banks shall be entitled to rely and
act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices)
purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if

	 	(i)	 	such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were
incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice
specified herein, or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from
any confirmation thereof.

The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person, each Issuing Bank and each
Bank from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by
such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All
telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative
Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto
hereby consents to such recording.

11.7 Execution in Counterparts; Facsimile Delivery.

     This Agreement and any other
Loan Document to which Borrower is a Party may be executed in any number of counterparts and
any party hereto or thereto may execute any counterpart, each of which when executed and
delivered will be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts of this Agreement
or any other Loan Document, as the case may be, taken together will be deemed to be but one
and the same instrument. Such counterparts may be sent by telecopy, with the original
counterparts to follow by mail or courier. The execution of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document by any party hereto or thereto will not become effective until executed
counterparts hereof or thereof (or other evidence of execution satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and Borrower) have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and
Borrower. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that delivery of any signature by
facsimile shall constitute execution by such signatory.

11.8 Successors and Assigns.

	 	(a)	 	The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby,
except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or
obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Bank and no Bank may
assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to
an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.8(b), (ii) by way
of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.8(d), (iii) by way of
pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section
11.8(f) or (iv) in accordance with Section 11.27 (and any other attempted assignment or
transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement,
expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the
parties hereto, their

-92-

 

	 	 	 	respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent
provided in Section 11.8(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the
Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of
this Agreement.

	 	(b)	 	Any Bank may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a
portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion
of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 11.8(b),
participations in Letters of Credit and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it);
provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining
amount of the assigning Bank’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in
the case of an assignment to a Bank or an Affiliate of a Bank, the aggregate amount of
the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if
the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of
the assigning Bank subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the
Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the
Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption,
as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $10,000,000 and shall be an integral
multiple of $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however,
that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments
from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible
Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for
purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met; (ii) each partial
assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning
Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the
Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to rights in respect
of Swing Line Loans; (iii) any assignment to an Eligible Assignee other than a Bank or
an Affiliate of a Bank shall be subject to the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Bank, not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed; (iv) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and
recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in Schedule 11.8,
and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Bank, shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and (v) any assignment to an
Eligible Assignee other than a Bank or an Affiliate of a Bank shall be subject to the
prior written consent of the Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, but
such consent of Borrower shall not be required if a Default or an Event of Default has
then occurred and is continuing. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the
Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 11.8(c), from and after the effective date
specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be
a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such
Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Bank under this
Agreement, and the assigning Bank thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest
assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this
Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the
assigning Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Bank shall cease to
be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.5,
3.6, 3.10, 11.3, 11.6(e) and 11.10 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring
prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, the Borrower shall
execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Bank. Any assignment or transfer by a Bank
of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section
11.8(b) shall be treated for purposes of

-93-

 

	 	 	 	this Agreement as a sale by such Bank of a participation in such rights and
obligations in accordance with Section 11.8(d). Any costs and expenses incurred in
connection with an assignment hereunder (including a processing and recordation fee
set forth in Schedule 11.8) shall be paid by the Eligible Assignee (except
as otherwise provided in Section 11.27).

	 	(c)	 	The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the
Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment
and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and
addresses of the Banks, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and
other Obligations owing to, each Bank pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time
(the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent
manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Banks may treat each
Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Bank
hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.
The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Bank, at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Any Bank may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or
the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural
person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a
“Participant”) in all or a portion of such Bank’s rights or obligations under
this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment or the Loans (including
such Bank’s participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) owing to it);
provided that (i) such Bank’s obligations under this Agreement otherwise shall
remain unchanged, (ii) such Bank shall remain solely responsible to the other parties
hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and the other Banks shall continue to deal solely and directly
with such Bank in connection with such Bank’s rights and obligations under this
Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Bank sells such a
participation shall provide that such Bank shall retain the sole right to enforce this
Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of
this Agreement; provided further, that such agreement or instrument may
provide that such Bank will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any
amendment, waiver or other modification described in Sections 11.2(a), 11.2(b) or
11.2(d) that directly affects such Participant; provided further, that
any Bank selling a participation shall endeavor promptly to give Borrower notice
following any such sale, but the failure to give such notice will not give rise to any
liability on the part of such Bank or otherwise affect the validity of any such sale.
Subject to clause (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall
be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.5, 3.6 and 3.10 to the same extent as if it
were a Bank and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.8(b).
To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits
of Section 11.15 as though it were a Bank, provided such Participant agrees to
be subject to Section 11.9 as though it were a Bank.
	 
	 	(e)	 	A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under
Sections 3.5, 3.6 and 3.10 than the applicable Bank would have been entitled to receive
with respect to the participation sold to such Participant.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Any Bank may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any
portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure
obligations of such Bank, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a
Federal Reserve

-94-

 

	 	 	 	Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Bank
from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for
such Bank as a party hereto.

	 	(g)	 	[Intentionally Omitted].
	 
	 	(h)	 	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank
of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to Section 11.8(b) above,
Bank of America may, (i) upon 60 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Banks, resign as
an Issuing Bank or (ii) upon 60 days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line
Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank
of America is removed as Administrative Agent by the Required Banks pursuant to Section
10.9 herein, then Bank of America shall resign as Swing Line Bank on the effective date
of such removal. In the event of any such resignation as an Issuing Bank or Swing Line
Bank, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Banks a successor
Issuing Bank or Swing Line Bank hereunder; provided, however, that no
failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of
Bank of America as an Issuing Bank or Swing Line Bank, as the case may be. If Bank of
America resigns as an Issuing Bank, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of
an Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the
effective date of its resignation as an Issuing Bank and all Obligations with respect
thereto (including the right to require the Banks to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk
participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.5). If Bank of America
resigns as Swing Line Bank, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Bank
provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as
of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Banks to
make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans
pursuant to Section 2.4.

11.9 Sharing of Setoffs.

     Each Bank severally agrees that if it, through the
exercise of the right of setoff, banker’s lien, or counterclaim against Borrower or
otherwise, receives payment of the Obligations due it hereunder and under the Notes that is
ratably more than that to which it is entitled hereunder pursuant to Section 3.13 or 9.2(e),
then: (a) the Bank exercising the right of setoff, banker’s lien, or counterclaim or
otherwise receiving such payment shall purchase, and shall be deemed to have simultaneously
purchased, from the other Bank a participation in the Obligations held by the other Bank and
shall pay to the other Bank a purchase price in an amount so that the share of the
Obligations held by each Bank after the exercise of the right of setoff, banker’s lien, or
counterclaim or receipt of payment shall be in the same proportion that existed prior to the
exercise of the right of setoff, banker’s lien, or counterclaim or receipt of payment, and
(b) such other adjustments and purchases of participations shall be made from time to time
as shall be equitable to ensure that all of the Banks share any payment obtained in respect
of the Obligations ratably in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.13 and 9.2(e),
provided that, if all or any portion of a disproportionate payment obtained as a
result of the exercise of the right of setoff, banker’s lien, counterclaim or otherwise is
thereafter recovered from the purchasing Bank by Borrower or any Person claiming through or
succeeding to the rights of Borrower, the purchase of a participation shall be rescinded and
the purchase price thereof shall be restored to the extent of the recovery, but without
interest. Each Bank that purchases a participation in the Obligations pursuant to this
Section shall from and after the purchase have the right to give all notices, requests,
demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the
portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Bank were
the

-95-

 

original owner of the Obligations purchased. Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing
arrangements and agrees that, to the extent permitted by Law, any Bank holding a
participation in an Obligation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of setoff,
banker’s lien or counterclaim with respect to the participation as fully as if the Bank were
the original owner of the Obligation purchased.

11.10 Indemnification by the Borrower.

     The Borrower shall indemnify and hold
harmless each Agent-Related Person, the Arrangers, each Bank and their respective
Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact
(collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages (including punitive and exemplary damages), penalties, claims,
demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney
Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in
connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of
any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with
the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the
proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment
under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not
strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit) or (c) any actual or prospective
claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether
based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation
for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding)
and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing,
collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that such indemnity
shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and
nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the (x) gross negligence or willful misconduct
of such Indemnitee, (y) payment with respect to a Letter of Credit by such Indemnitee (or
any other applicable “issuer” within the meaning of ISP98) when such payment violated the
terms of ISP98 or (z) for any failure to comply with Section 11.12 by such Indemnitee. No
Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information
or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission
systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee have any liability for
any indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document
or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or
after the Closing Date). All amounts due under this Section 11.10 shall be payable within
10 Business Days after demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 11.10 shall survive
the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Bank, the termination of
the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

11.11 Nonliability of Banks.

     The relationship between Borrower and the Banks is,
and shall at all times remain, solely that of borrower and lenders, and the Banks and the
Administrative Agent neither undertake nor assume any responsibility or duty to Borrower to
review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon, or inform Borrower of any matter in
connection with any phase of Borrower’s business, operations, or condition, financial or
otherwise. Borrower shall rely entirely upon its own judgment with respect to such matters,
and any review, inspection, supervision, exercise of judgment, or

-96-

 

information supplied to Borrower by any Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Arranger in
connection with any such matter is for the protection of the Banks, the Administrative Agent
and the Arrangers, and neither Borrower nor any third party is entitled to rely thereon.

11.12 Confidentiality.

     Each of the Administrative Agent, each Bank and each Issuing
Bank agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except
that Information may be disclosed

	 	(a)	 	to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners,
directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives only for the
purposes of administration or enforcement of this Agreement (it being understood that
the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature
of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential),
	 
	 	(b)	 	to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have
jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners),
	 
	 	(c)	 	to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or
similar legal process,
	 
	 	(d)	 	to any other party hereto,
	 
	 	(e)	 	in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other
Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder,
	 
	 	(f)	 	subject to an agreement containing a standard of confidentiality substantially
the same as that in this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any
prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this
Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap
or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations,
	 
	 	(g)	 	with the consent of the Borrower or
	 
	 	(h)	 	to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a
result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative
Agent, any Bank, any Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a
nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

For purposes of this Section 11.12, “Information” means all information received from the
Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their
respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the
Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any Bank or an Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis
prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of
information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such
information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person
required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be
considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the
same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would
accord to its own confidential information. Each of the Administrative

-97-

 

Agent, each Bank and each Issuing Bank acknowledges that (x) the Information may include
material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be,
(y) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public
information and (z) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with
applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.

11.13 No Third Parties Benefited.

     This Agreement is made for the purpose of
defining and setting forth certain obligations, rights and duties of Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and the Banks in connection with the Commitment, and is made for the
sole benefit of Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Banks, and the Administrative
Agent’s and the Banks’ successors and assigns. Except as provided in Sections 11.8
and 11.10, no other Person shall have any rights of any nature hereunder or by reason
hereof.

11.14 Other Dealings.

     Any Bank may, without liability to account to the other
Banks, accept deposits from, lend money or provide credit facilities to and generally engage
in any kind of banking or other business with Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

11.15 Right of Setoff — Deposit Accounts.

     Upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default and the acceleration of maturity of the principal indebtedness under any of the
Notes pursuant to Section 9.2, Borrower hereby specifically authorizes each Bank in which
Borrower maintains a deposit account (whether a general or special deposit account, other
than trust accounts) or a certificate of deposit to setoff any Obligations owed to the Banks
against such deposit account or certificate of deposit without prior notice to Borrower
(which notice is hereby waived) whether or not such deposit account or certificate of
deposit has then matured. Nothing in this Section shall limit or restrict the exercise by a
Bank of any right to setoff or banker’s lien under applicable Law, subject to the approval
of the Required Banks.

11.16 Further Assurances.

     Borrower shall, at its expense and without expense to the
Banks or the Administrative Agent, do, execute, and deliver such further acts and documents
as any Bank or the Administrative Agent from time to time reasonably requires for the
assuring and confirming unto the Banks or the Administrative Agent the rights hereby created
or intended now or hereafter so to be, or for carrying out the intention or facilitating the
performance of the terms of any Loan Document; provided that this Section 11.16 is
not intended to create any affirmative obligation on the part of Borrower to provide
collateral security, additional guarantors or other credit enhancement with respect to the
Obligations.

11.17 Integration.

     This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents,
comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof
and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral (including the mandate letter and the
summary of terms relating to this Agreement), on the subject matter hereof except as
provided in Section 3.3 hereof or otherwise expressly provided herein to the contrary. The
Loan Documents were drafted with the joint

-98-

 

participation of Borrower and the Banks and shall be construed neither against nor in favor
of either, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

11.18 Governing Law.

	 	(a)	 	This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law
of the state of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely
within such state; provided that the parties hereto shall retain all rights
arising under federal law.

	 	(b)	 	Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan
Document may be brought in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County
of Los Angeles or the United States District Court for the Central District of
California, and by execution and delivery of this agreement, the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and each Bank consents, for itself and in respect of its property,
to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of those courts. The Borrower, the Administrative
Agent and each Bank irrevocably waives any objection, including any objection to the
laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which it may now or
hereafter have to the bringing of any action or proceeding in such jurisdiction in
respect of any Loan Document or other document related thereto. The Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and each Bank waives personal service of any summons, complaint or
other process, which may be made by any other means permitted by California law.

11.19 Severability of Provisions.

     Any provision in any Loan Document that is held
to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that
jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining
provisions in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or validity of that
provision in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of all Loan Documents
are declared to be severable.

11.20 Headings.

     Article and section headings in this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents are included for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Agreement
or the other Loan Documents for any other purpose.

11.21 Conflict in Loan Documents.

     To the extent there is any actual irreconcilable
conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document, the
provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

11.22 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury.

     EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY
(WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT
NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR
OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD

-99-

 

NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES
THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS
SECTION.

11.23 Purported Oral Amendments.

     BORROWER EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY ONLY BE AMENDED OR MODIFIED, OR THE PROVISIONS
HEREOF OR THEREOF WAIVED OR SUPPLEMENTED, BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING THAT COMPLIES WITH
SECTION 11.2. BORROWER AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RELY ON ANY COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF
PERFORMANCE, OR ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS BY ANY REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY AGENT OR ANY BANK
THAT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH SECTION 11.2 TO EFFECT AN AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, WAIVER OR
SUPPLEMENT TO THE AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

11.24 Payments Set Aside.

     To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the
Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent or any Bank, or the Administrative Agent or any
Bank exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any
part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set
aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative
Agent or such Bank in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other
party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a)
to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be
satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not
been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Bank severally agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or
repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to
the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time
to time in effect.

11.25 Hazardous Materials Indemnity.

     Without limiting any other indemnity provided
for in the Loan Documents, Borrower agrees to indemnify the Indemnitees from any claim,
liability, loss, cost or expense (including Attorney Costs) directly or indirectly
arising out of the use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, release, threatened
release, discharge, disposal or presence of any Hazardous Materials if such Hazardous
Materials are on, under, about or relate to Borrower’s Property or operations, so long as
such claim, liability, loss, cost or expense arises out of or relates to a Commitment, the
use of proceeds of any Loans, any transaction contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, or
any relationship or alleged relationship of any Indemnitee to Borrower related to this
Agreement.

11.26 USA PATRIOT Act Notice.

     Each Bank that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter
defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Bank) hereby
notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of
Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain,
verify and record information that identifies the

-100-

 

Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other
information that will allow such Bank or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to
identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act. The Borrower hereby agrees to provide any
such information that is reasonably requested by any Bank or the Administrative Agent.

11.27 Replacement of Banks.

     If (a) any Bank requests compensation under Section 3.5
or Sections 3.6(a) through 3.6(e), (b) any Bank is a Non-Extending Bank under Section 2.9,
(c) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount pursuant to Section 3.10, (d) any
Bank is a Defaulting Bank or (e) any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the
Borrower the right to replace a Bank as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole
expense and effort, upon notice to such Bank and the Administrative Agent, require such Bank
to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions
contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.8), and such Bank shall assign within 5
Business Days after the date of such notice, all of its interests, rights and obligations
under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall
assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Bank, if a Bank accepts such
assignment), provided that:

	 	(a)	 	the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee
specified in Section 11.8(b);
	 
	 	(b)	 	such Bank shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding
principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all
other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any
amounts under Section 3.6(f) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding
principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other
amounts) and including all amounts due to such Bank under Sections 3.5, 3.10, 11.3,
11.6(e) and 11.10, but subject to the provisions of clause (c) below);
	 
	 	(c)	 	in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation
under Sections 3.6(a) through 3.6(e) or payments required to be made pursuant to
Section 3.10, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or
payments thereafter; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

A Bank shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as
a result of a waiver by such Bank or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to
require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

-101-

 

11.28 Deliveries Under Prior Revolving Loan Agreement.

     Any items required to be delivered
under this Agreement which may have been delivered under the Prior Revolving Loan Agreement
prior to the Closing Date hereof will be deemed delivered for all purposes under this
Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

-102-

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the
date first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KB HOME, a Delaware Corporation	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Kelly M. Allred	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	     Vice President, Treasury & Risk Management	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as Co-Syndication Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	CALYON NEW YORK BRANCH, as Co-Documentation Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc, as Co-Documentation Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Co-Documentation Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	BNP PARIBAS, as Managing Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	SUNTRUST BANK, as Managing Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Co-Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	FANNIE MAE, as Co-Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page —

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	GUARANTY BANK, as Co-Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Co-Agent and a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	NATEXIS BANQUES POPULAIRES, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	COMERICA BANK, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	EMIGRANT SAVINGS BANK,	 	 
	 	 	A Division of New York Private Bank & Trust, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE , as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THE GOVERNOR AND COMPANY OF THE BANK OF	 	 
	 	 	IRELAND, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature
Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	CITY NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association,	 	 
	 	 	as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	FIFTH THIRD BANK, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD., as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A., as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	CALIFORNIA BANK & TRUST, a California banking	 	 
	 	 	corporation, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	COMPASS BANK, an Alabama banking corporation, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, as a Bank	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Title:	 	 	 	 

[Signature Page –

Revolving Loan Agreement]

 

 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY

          THIS SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY (“Guaranty”) dated as of November 22, 2005, is made by each of the
undersigned guarantors and each other person who may become a guarantor pursuant to Section 19
hereof (each a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”) in favor of Bank of
America, N.A., as the Administrative Agent (“Administrative Agent”), under the Loan
Agreement referred to below, and the Banks that are party to the Loan Agreement from time to time
(each a “Bank” and collectively the “Banks”) (the Administrative Agent and the
Banks are referred to herein collectively as the “Lender Parties” and each individually as
a “Lender Party”), with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

          A. Pursuant to that certain Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of November 22, 2005, by and
among KB Home, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Banks and the Administrative
Agent (as amended, extended, renewed, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the
“Loan Agreement”), the Banks are making certain credit facilities available to Borrower.
Terms defined in the Loan Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the
meanings given to those terms in the Loan Agreement and such definitions are incorporated by
reference herein in full.

          B. As a condition to the availability of such credit facilities, each Guarantor is required to
enter into this Guaranty and to guaranty the Guarantied Obligations (as hereinafter defined),
subject to the limitations set forth herein.

          C. Each Guarantor expects to realize direct and indirect benefits from the availability of the
aforementioned credit facilities to Borrower, as the result of financial or business support which
will be provided to such Guarantor by Borrower.

AGREEMENT

          NOW, THEREFORE, in order to induce the Banks to extend the aforementioned credit facilities,
and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby are
acknowledged, each Guarantor hereby represents, warrants, covenants, agrees and guaranties, on a
joint and several basis, as follows:

          1. Guaranty. Each Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a
guarantee of payment and not merely as a guarantee of collection, prompt payment when due, whether
at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all
existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of every kind, nature and character, direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, voluntary or involuntary, of the
Borrower to Lender Parties arising under the Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents (collectively,
the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Lender Parties’ books and records showing the amount of
the Guaranteed Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall
be binding upon the Guarantors and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the
Guaranteed Obligations, absent manifest error. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the
validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any instrument or agreement
evidencing any Guaranteed Obligations, or any question as to the authenticity of such instrument or
agreement, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, or extent of any collateral
therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Guaranteed Obligations which might
otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty, other than
payment in full by the Borrower or any other Person. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall

-1-

 

be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its
obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11,
United States Code) or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law.

          2. No Setoff or Deductions; Taxes. Each Guarantor represents and warrants that it is
incorporated or formed under the laws of a state of the United States of America and is a resident
in the United States of America. All payments by each Guarantor hereunder shall be paid in full,
without setoff or counterclaim or any deduction or withholding whatsoever, including, without
limitation, for any and all present and future taxes. If any Guarantor must make a payment under
this Guaranty, such Guarantor represents and warrants that it will make the payment from one of its
U.S. resident offices to the Lender Parties so that no withholding tax is imposed on the payment.
If notwithstanding the foregoing, a Guarantor makes a payment under this Guaranty to which
withholding tax applies, or any taxes (other than taxes on net income (a) imposed by the country or
any subdivision of the country in which a Lender Party’s principal office or actual lending office
is located and (b) measured by the United States taxable income the Lender Parties would have
received if all payments under or in respect of this Guaranty were exempt from taxes levied by such
Guarantor’s country) are at any time imposed on any payments under or in respect of this Guaranty
including, but not limited to, payments made pursuant to this Section 2, such Guarantor shall pay
all such taxes to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law such that the Lender
Parties receive the sum they would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made and
shall also pay to the Lender Parties, on demand, all additional amounts which the Lender Parties
specify as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Lender Parties would have received if such
taxes had not been imposed. The Guarantors shall promptly provide the Lender Parties with an
original receipt or certified copy issued by the relevant authority evidencing the payment of any
such amount required to be deducted or withheld.

          3. No Termination. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all
Guaranteed Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until
all of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full and any commitments of the Banks or facilities
provided by the Banks with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated. At the
Administrative Agent’s option, all payments under this Guaranty shall be made to an office of the
Administrative Agent located in the United States and in U.S. Dollars.

          4. Waiver of Notices. Each Guarantor waives notice of the acceptance of this Guaranty and
of the extension or continuation of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof. Each Guarantor
further waives presentment, protest, notice, dishonor or default, demand for payment and any other
notices to which such Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.

          5. Subrogation. The Guarantors shall exercise no right of subrogation, contribution or
similar rights against the Borrower or any other Guarantor with respect to any payments on the
Guaranteed Obligations made to the Lender Parties under this Guaranty until all of the Guaranteed
Obligations are paid in full and any commitments of the Banks or facilities provided by the Banks
with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated. If any amounts are paid to a Guarantor
in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such
amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Lender Parties and shall forthwith be paid to
the Lender Parties to reduce the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or
unmatured.

          6. Waiver of Suretyship Defenses. Each Guarantor agrees that the Lender Parties may, at
any time and from time to time, and without notice to such Guarantor, make any agreement with the
Borrower or with any other person or entity liable on any of the Guaranteed Obligations or
providing collateral as security for the Guaranteed Obligations, for the extension, renewal,
payment, compromise, discharge or release of the Guaranteed Obligations or any collateral (in whole
or in part), or for any

-2-

 

modification or amendment of the terms thereof or of any instrument or
agreement evidencing the Guaranteed Obligations or the provision of collateral, all without in any
way impairing, releasing, discharging or otherwise affecting the obligations of such Guarantor
under this Guaranty. Each Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or
other defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever of
the liability of the Borrower (other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations), or any
claim that such Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower
and waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting the liability of such Guarantor
hereunder. Each Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy which any Lender Party now has or
may hereafter have against the Borrower and waives any benefit of and any right to participate in
any security now or hereafter held by any Lender Party until all of the Guaranteed Obligations are
paid in full and any commitments of the Banks and facilities provided by the Banks with respect to
the Guaranteed Obligations are terminated. Further, each Guarantor consents to the Lender Parties’
taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks
of the Guarantors under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a
discharge of any Guarantor. Each Guarantor waives any rights and defenses that are or may become
available to such Guarantor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855 inclusive, of the California Civil
Code.

          7. Exhaustion of Other Remedies Not Required. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder
are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Guaranteed
Obligations. Each Guarantor waives diligence by the Lender Parties and action on delinquency in
respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, including, without limitation any
provisions of law requiring the Lender Parties to exhaust any right or remedy or to take any action
against the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other person, entity or property before enforcing
this Guaranty against such Guarantor.

          8. Reinstatement. Notwithstanding anything in this Guaranty to the contrary, this Guaranty
shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of
any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations is revoked, terminated, rescinded or reduced or must
otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower
or any other person or entity or otherwise, as if such payment had not been made and whether or not
the Lender Parties are in possession of or have released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior
revocation, rescission, termination or reduction.

          9. Subordination. While an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Guarantor
hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower owing to such
Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation
of the Borrower to the Guarantor as subrogee of the Lender Parties or resulting from such
Guarantor’s performance under this Guaranty,
until such time as all Guaranteed Obligations have been paid in full. If the Lender Parties so
request, any such obligation or indebtedness of the Borrower to the Guarantor shall be enforced and
performance received by the Guarantors as trustee for the Lender Parties and the proceeds thereof
shall be paid over to the Lender Parties on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, but without
reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Guarantors under this Guaranty.

          10. Information. While an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each Guarantor
shall furnish promptly to the Lender Parties any and all financial or other information regarding
such Guarantor or its property as the Lender Parties may reasonably request in writing.

          11. Stay of Acceleration. In the event that acceleration of the time for payment of any of
the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the

-3-

 

Borrower or any other person or entity, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable
by the Guarantors immediately upon demand by the Lender Parties.

          12. Expenses. The Guarantors shall pay, within 30 days after demand, all the reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and costs disbursements
of any law firm or other external counsel) in any way relating to the enforcement or protection of
the Lender Parties’ rights under this Guaranty, including any incurred in the preservation,
protection or enforcement of any rights of the Lender Parties in any case commenced by or against
any Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code) or any similar or successor
statute, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.3 of the Loan Agreement (which
limitations shall be applied as if such expenses were payable by the Borrower thereunder). The
obligations of the Guarantors under the preceding sentence shall survive termination of this
Guaranty.

          13. Amendments. No provision of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or
modified, except by a written instrument executed by the Administrative Agent, the Required Banks
under Section 11.2 of the Loan Agreement and the Guarantors.

          14. No Waiver; Enforceability. No failure by the Lender Parties to exercise, and no delay
in exercising, any right, remedy or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall
any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy or power hereunder preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are
cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or in equity. The unenforceability or
invalidity of any provision of this Guaranty shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any
other provision herein. Subject to the terms hereof and of the Loan Agreement, any right, remedy,
power or privilege of the Lender Parties hereunder may be exercised by the Administrative Agent or
the Required Banks.

          15. Assignment; Governing Laws; Jurisdiction. This Guaranty shall (a) bind each Guarantor and its successors and assigns, provided
that no Guarantor may assign its rights or obligations under this Guaranty without the prior
written consent of the Lender Parties (and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be
void), (b) inure to the benefit of the Lender Parties and their respective successors and assigns
and the Lender Parties may, subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement but without notice to the
Guarantors and without affecting the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder, assign or sell
participations in the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty, in whole or in part, and (c) be
governed by the internal laws of the State of California. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably (i)
submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States Federal or State court sitting in
Los Angeles, California in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty,
and (ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any defense asserting an inconvenient forum
in connection therewith. Service of process by the Lender Parties in connection with such action
or proceeding shall be binding on a Guarantor if sent to such Guarantor by registered or certified
mail at its address specified below. Each Guarantor agrees that the Lender Parties may, subject to
Section 11.12 of the Loan Agreement, disclose to any prospective purchaser and any purchaser of all
or part of the Guaranteed Obligations any and all information in the Lender Parties’ possession
concerning the Guarantors.

          16. Condition of the Borrower. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole
responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower such information
concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower as such Guarantor
requires, and that the Lender Parties have no duty, and such Guarantor is not relying on the Lender
Parties at any time, to disclose to such Guarantor any information relating to the business,
operations or financial condition of the Borrower.

-4-

 

          17. Setoff. After demand upon the Guarantors for payment under this Guaranty, each
Guarantor hereby specifically authorizes each Bank (subject to the approval of the Required Banks)
in which such Guarantor maintains a deposit account (whether a general or special deposit account,
other than trust accounts) or a certificate of deposit to setoff any Guaranteed Obligations owed to
the Banks against such deposit account or certificate of deposit without prior notice to any
Guarantor (which notice is hereby waived) whether or not such deposit account or certificate of
deposit has then matured. Nothing in this shall limit or restrict the exercise by a Bank of any
right to setoff or banker’s lien under applicable Law, subject to the approval of the Required
Banks.

          18. Other Guarantees. Unless otherwise agreed by the Lender Parties and the Guarantors in
writing, this Guaranty is not intended to supersede or otherwise affect any other guaranty now or
hereafter given by the Guarantors for the benefit of the Lender Parties or any term or provision
thereof.

          19. Additional Guarantors. Any other Person may become a Guarantor hereunder and become
bound by the terms and conditions of this Guaranty by executing and delivering to the
Administrative Agent an Instrument of Joinder substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit “A”.

          20. Representations and Warranties. Each Guarantor represents and warrants that (i) it is duly organized and in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the requisite corporate or limited
partnership, as applicable, power to make and perform this Guaranty, and all necessary corporate or
limited partnership, as applicable, authority for the making and performance of this Guaranty by
such Guarantor has been obtained; (ii) this Guaranty constitutes its legal, valid and binding
obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited
by Debtor Relief Laws or by equitable principles relating to the granting of specific performance
and other equitable remedies as a matter of judicial discretion; (iii) the making and performance
of this Guaranty does not and will not violate the provisions of any applicable material law,
regulation or order, does not and will not require any consent under, any material agreement,
instrument, or document to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound
or affected and does not and will not (when aggregated with any defaults and breaches of the
Borrower and other Guarantors) result in the breach of or constitute a default under, any material
agreement, instrument, or document to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may
be bound or affected with respect to any obligation or obligations aggregating $50,000,000 or more;
(iv) all material consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations of, and filings and
registrations with, any governmental authority required under applicable law and regulations for
the making and performance of this Guaranty have been obtained or made and are in full force and
effect; and (v) by virtue of its relationship with the Borrower, the execution, delivery and
performance of this Guaranty is for the direct benefit of such Guarantor and it has received
adequate consideration for this Guaranty.

          21. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; FINAL AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO
THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY. THIS GUARANTY
REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF
PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN
ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Signature Pages Follow]

-5-

 

          Executed as of the date first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	GUARANTORS:
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KB HOME PHOENIX INC., an Arizona corporation
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Kelly M. Allred
	 

	 	 	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KB HOME COASTAL INC.,
a California corporation
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Kelly M. Allred
	 

	 	 	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KB HOME NORTH BAY INC., a California corporation
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Kelly M. Allred
	 

	 	 	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KB HOME SOUTH BAY INC., a California corporation
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Kelly M. Allred
	 

	 	 	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KB HOME GREATER LOS
ANGELES INC., a
	 	 	California corporation
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Kelly M. Allred
	 

	 	 	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KB HOME COLORADO INC., a Colorado corporation
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Kelly M. Allred
	 

	 	 	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KB HOME NEVADA INC., a Nevada corporation
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Kelly M. Allred
	 	 	 	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	KB HOME LONE STAR LP, a Texas limited
	 	 	partnership
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	 	KBSA, Inc., a Texas corporation,
	 	 	 	 	Its general partner
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Kelly M. Allred
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

EXHIBIT A

INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER

          THIS INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER (“Joinder”) is executed as of                     , by
                                                                                                                                            , a                     
(“Joining Party”), and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Subsidiary Guaranty
dated as of November 22, 2005 (the “Guaranty”). Terms used but not defined in this Joinder shall
have the meanings defined for those terms in the Guaranty.

RECITALS

          A. The Guaranty was made by the Guarantors in favor of the Banks that are parties to that
certain Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2005 (the “Loan Agreement”) among KB
Home, a Delaware corporation, as Borrower, the Banks signatory thereto, and Bank of America, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent.

          B. Joining Party has become a Significant Subsidiary (as defined in the Loan Agreement) or has
been designated by Borrower as a Guarantor Subsidiary (as defined in the Loan Agreement), and as
such is required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Loan Agreement to become a Guarantor.

          C. Joining Party expects to realize direct and indirect benefits as a result of the
availability to Borrower of a credit facility pursuant to the Loan Agreement, and as a result of
becoming a party to the Guaranty.

          NOW THEREFORE, Joining Party agrees as follows:

AGREEMENT

          1. By this Joinder, Joining Party becomes a “Guarantor” under and pursuant to Section 19 of
the Guaranty. Joining Party agrees that, upon its execution hereof, it will become a Guarantor
under the Guaranty with respect to all Indebtedness of Borrower heretofore or hereafter incurred
under the Loan Agreement, and will be bound by all terms, conditions, and duties applicable to a
Guarantor under the Guaranty.

          2. The effective date of this Joinder is                     .

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	“Joining Party”
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 

	 	a	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Printed Name and Title

-1-

 

ACKNOWLEDGED:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent

	 	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Printed Name and Title	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	KB HOME, a Delaware corporation	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Printed Name and Title	 	 

-2-

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00094-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00094-of-00352.parquet"}]]